FitSugar

How Long Does it Take To Gain Weight?

FitSugar — Tue, 17 Jul 2007 15:45:00 -0700

We all have those days where we may have had one or two (or three) extra pieces of cake at your niece's 4th birthday party. Does this mean that by morning the damage is done? After all a moment on the lips is a lifetime on the hips...

Fortunately, this is not quite how it works. In fact from what I've researched (and since I am no doctor), all I have found is that there is no real way to figure out how long it takes for excess calories to turn into fat. Of course there is a balancing act of calories in with calories out, but many other factors that impact the answer to that vary from person to person based on genetics, metabolism and hormonal factors.

Temporary weight gain could appear quickly after a large meal or two, but that does not mean that if you've overdone it, you're doomed. After all, daily weight fluctuations are normal.

Generally speaking though, if you keep your calories burned in line with your calories consumed over a week's time, you shouldn't gain -- 3,500 calories is equal to one pound. If you do have a surplus of 3,500 calories by the end of one week, most people will be up a pound from the prior week. The most worrisome is the gradual weight gain that people experience, which is more likely to represent new pounds that you truly gain over time. Keep a food diary to try and help combat this gradual weight gain and (you knew this was coming) exercise regularly!

Source

5 Things That Can Affect The Number on The Scale

FitSugar — Tue, 24 Apr 2007 10:15:00 -0700

If you religiously live by the scale, you've probably noticed that your weight can (and will) fluctuate a few pounds. Women's Health gives us five reasons that the number on the scale may be up (or down) a few pounds:

You were thirsty! Downing 16 ounces of any fluid can cause an immediate "gain" of 1 pound.
You're backed up. Constipation can tilt the scale by as much as 2 pounds if it's been more than a couple of days since your bowels did their thing.
You're going on vacation. To Thailand. The changes in air pressure can make you retain water on flights longer than 4 hours, which can show up as an extra 1 to 3 pounds on the scale.
You ate the Chicken Kung Pao. Have a salty dinner and you could wake up 2 to 3 pounds heavier - your body retains water to dilute all that sodium.
Aunt Flo's on her way. Hormone fluctuations in the 3 days leading up to your period can make you retain up to 5 pounds of water.

Exercise

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:02 -0700

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Chronic Conditions and Exercise:

A new study found that aerobic and resistance training significantly reduced fatigue in men undergoing radiation treatments for prostate cancer. Fatigue is a common side effect of such treatments.
Doctors at the Mayo Clinic found that exercise improves the physical and emotional well-being of patients with Alzheimer's disease. The patients exercised for as little as 60 minutes each week. Doctors noted improvements in areas ranging from depression to wandering.

Exercise and Smoking:

A 2007 review of existing studies found that moderate exercise, for as little as 5 minutes, can help combat the nicotine withdrawal symptoms people experience when they try to stop smoking.

Exercise and Aging:

A 2006 report found that older and elderly adults who exercised twice a week for 4 months significantly increased their body strength, flexibility, balance, and agility. The average age of the study participants was 83.5.

Before and After Exercising:

You should do warm-up exercises for 5 - 10 minutes at the beginning of an exercise session. Low-level aerobic exercise is the best warm-up.
To cool down, you should walk slowly until your heart rate is 10 - 15 beats above your resting heart rate. Stopping too suddenly may sharply reduce blood pressure or cause muscle cramping.
You must be careful when stretching during your warm-up to avoid injuring cold muscles.

Definitions:

Aerobic exercise: Aerobic exercise forces the heart and lungs to work harder for longer periods. It builds endurance, improves blood flow throughout the body, and increases the levels of "good" cholesterol.
Resistance Training: Resistance training works muscles against a force (usually weights). It burns fat and builds muscle.

Introduction

Everyone's goal of living a long and healthy life should include a healthy diet, regular exercise, and maintaining normal weight. The combination of inactivity and eating the wrong foods is the second most common preventable cause of death in the United States (smoking is the first).

Most research on the benefits of exercise focuses on heart protection. Studies clearly show that exercise helps the heart. In addition, new studies are reporting that even people at higher risk for heart disease may lower their risk of dying from it if they exercise.

Evidence suggests that our genes evolved to favor exercise. In other words, during prehistoric times, if a person couldn't move quickly and wasn't strong, he or she died. Those who were fit survived to reproduce and pass on these "fitter" genes. Some researchers believe that with our current inactive lifestyle, these genes produce a number of bad effects, which can lead to many chronic illnesses.

The benefits of exercise include:

Improved oxygen delivery throughout the body
Improved metabolic processes - the way the body breaks down and builds necessary substances
Improved strength and endurance
Decreased body fat
Improved movement of joints and muscles
Improved sense of well-being

In addition, exercise can help change other dangerous lifestyle habits. A 2007 review of existing studies found that moderate exercise, for as little as 5 minutes at a time, can help combat the nicotine withdrawal symptoms people experience when they try to stop smoking.

No one is too young or too old to exercise. The United States Surgeon General recommends at least 30 minutes of moderate exercise, such as brisk walking, nearly every day. However, vigorous exercise carries risks that people should discuss with a doctor. You should always check with your doctor before starting a new exercise program, especially if you have any of the following risk factors:

History of smoking
Obesity
Family history of a long-term disease
A symptom you haven’t told your doctor about
Chest pain
Shortness of breath
Heart palpitations
Blood clots
Infections
Fever
Unexplained weight loss
Foot or ankle sores that won’t heal
Joint swelling
Pain or trouble walking after a fall
Eye injury or eye surgery
Hernia
Hip surgery

Fifty percent of all people who begin a vigorous training program drop out within a year. The key to reaching and maintaining physical fitness is to find activities that are exciting, challenging, and satisfying.

Recommended Exercise Methods

A few simple rules are helpful as you develop your own routine.

Don't eat for 2 hours before vigorous exercise.
Drink plenty of fluids before, during, and after a workout.
Adjust your activity level according to the weather, and reduce it when you are fatigued or ill.
When exercising, listen to the body's warning symptoms, and consult a doctor if exercise causes chest pain, irregular heartbeat, undue fatigue, nausea, unexpected breathlessness, or light-headedness.

Heart rate is the standard guide for determining aerobic exercise intensity. It can be determined by counting one's own pulse or with the use of a heart rate monitor. To feel your own pulse, press the first two fingers of one hand gently down on the inside of the wrist or under the jaw on the right or left side of the front of the neck. You should feel a faint pounding as blood passes through the artery. Each pounding is a beat.

Click the icon to see how to take a radial pulse

Click the icon to see how to take a carotid pulse.

There are different types of heart rates.

Resting heart rate. The average heart rate for a person at rest is 60 - 80 beats per minute. It is usually lower for people who are physically fit, and often rises as you get older. You can determine your resting heart rate by counting how many times your heart beats in one minute. The best time to do this is in the morning after a good night’s sleep before you get out of bed.

Maximum heart rate. To determine your own maximum heart rate per minute subtract your age from 220. For example, if you are 45, you would calculate your maximum heart rate as follows: 220 - 45= 175.

Target heart rate. Your target rate is 50 - 75% of your maximum heart rate. You should measure your pulse off and on while your exercise to make sure you stay within this range. After about 6 months of regular exercise, you may be able to increase your target heart rate to 85% (but only if you can comfortably do so).

Certain heart medications may lower your maximum and target heart rates. Always check with your doctor before starting an exercise program.

Note: Swimmers should use a heart rate target of 75% of the maximum and then subtract 12 beats per minute. The reason for this is that swimming will not raise the heart rate quite as much as other sports because of the so-called "diving reflex," which causes the heart to slow down automatically when the body is immersed in water.


Age	Low	High
	(50% max.)	(75% max.)
20	100	150
30	95	142
40	90	135
50	85	127
60	80	120
Source: American Heart Association

VO2 Max. Serious exercisers may use a VO2 max calculation, which measures the amount of oxygen consumed during intensive, all-out exercise. The most accurate testing method uses computers, but anyone can estimate V02 without instrumentation (with an accuracy of about 95%):

After running at top pace for 15 minutes, round off the distance run to the nearest 25 meters.
Divide that number by 15.
Subtract 133.
Multiply the total by 0.172, then add 33.3.

Olympic and professional athletes train for VO2 max levels above 80. But for the average person interested in fitness, a VO2 max equaling between 50 and 80 is considered an excellent score for overall fitness.

Click the icon to see an image on exercise and heart rate.

Warming up and cooling down are important parts of every exercise routine. They help the body make the transition from rest to activity and back again, and can help prevent soreness or injury, especially in older people.

Warm-up exercises should be practiced for 5 - 10 minutes at the beginning of an exercise session. Older people need a longer period to warm up their muscles. Low-level aerobic exercise such as brisk walking, swinging the arms, or jogging in place, is the best approach.
To cool down, you should walk slowly until the heart rate is 10 - 15 beats above your resting heart rate. Stopping too suddenly can sharply reduce blood pressure, and is dangerous for older people. It may also cause muscle cramping.
Stretching may be appropriate for the cooling down period, but it must be done carefully for warming up because it can injure cold muscles. (There is no clear evidence, however, that stretching reduces muscle injuries.)

Warming up before exercise and cooling down after is just as important as the exercise itself. By properly warming up the muscles and joints with low-level aerobic movement for 5 - 10 minutes, one may avoid injury and build endurance over time. Cooling down after exercise by walking slowly, then stretching muscles, may also prevent strains and blood pressure fluctuation.

For most people, exercise may be divided into three general categories:

Aerobic or endurance
Strength or resistance
Flexibility

A balanced program should include all three. Speed training is also a major category, but generally only competitive athletes practice it.

Benefits of Aerobic Exercise. Regular aerobic exercise provides the following benefits:

Builds endurance
Keeps the heart pumping at a steady and high rate for a long time
Boosts HDL ("good") cholesterol levels
Helps control blood pressure
Strengthens the bones in the spine
Helps maintain normal weight
Improves one's sense of well-being

Types of Aerobic Exercise. Aerobic exercise is usually categorized as high or low impact. Examples of each include the following:

Low- to moderate-impact exercises: Walking, swimming, stair climbing, step classes, rowing, and cross-country skiing. Nearly anyone in reasonable health can engage in some low- to moderate-impact exercise. Brisk walking burns as many calories as jogging for the same distance and poses less risk for injury to muscle and bone.
High-impact exercises: Running, dance exercise, tennis, racquetball, squash. High-impact exercises should be performed no more than every other day, and less often for those who are overweight, elderly, out of condition, or have an injury or other medical problem that would rule out high-impact.

Click the icon to see an image of aerobic exercise.

Aerobic Regimens. As little as one hour a week of aerobic exercises is helpful, but 3 - 4 hours per week are best. Some research indicates that simply walking briskly for 3 or more hours a week reduces the risk for coronary heart disease by 65%. In general, the following guidelines are useful for most individuals:

For most healthy young adults, the best approach is a mix of low- and higher-impact exercise. Two weekly workouts will maintain fitness, but three to five sessions a week are better.
People who are out of shape or elderly should start aerobic training gradually. For example, they may start with 5 - 10 minutes of low-impact aerobic activity every other day and build toward a goal of 30 minutes per day, three to seven times a week. (For heart protection, frequency of exercises may be more important than duration.)
Swimming is an ideal exercise for many elderly and certain people with physical limitations, including pregnant women, individuals with muscle, joint, or bone problems, and those who suffer from exercise-induced asthma.
People who seek to lose weight should aim for six to seven low-impact workouts a week.

One way of gauging the optimal intensity of exercise is to aim for a "talking pace," which is enough to work up a sweat and still be able to converse with a friend without gasping for breath. As fitness increases, the "talking pace" will become faster and faster.

Shoes. All that's really necessary for a workout is a good pair of shoes that are made well and fit well. They should be broken in, but not worn down. They should support the ankle and provide cushioning for impact sports such as running or aerobic dancing. Airing out the shoes and feet after exercising reduces chances for skin conditions such as athlete's foot.

Clothing. Comfort and safety are the key words for workout clothing. For outdoor nighttime exercise, a reflective vest and light-colored clothing must be worn. Bikers, roller bladers, and equestrians should always wear safety devices such as helmets, wrist guards, and knee and elbow pads. Goggles are mandatory for indoor racquet sports. For vigorous athletic activities, such as football, ankle braces may be more effective than tape in preventing ankle injuries.

Aerobic-Exercise Equipment. Home aerobic exercise machines can be adapted to any fitness level and used day or night. Before investing in any exercise machine, however, it is wise to first test it at a gym. In addition, initial supervised training when using these machines can reduce the risk of injury that might occur with self-instruction.

Very inexpensive exercise machines tend to be flimsy and hard to adjust, but many sturdy machines are available at moderate prices. The higher-end models may utilize computers to record calories burned, speed, and mileage. While their readouts may provide motivation and gauge the intensity of a workout, however, they are not always accurate.

The following are a few observations on specific equipment:

A good floor mat is important to provide cushioning for all home exercises.
A simple jump rope improves aerobic endurance for people who are able to perform high-impact exercise. Jumping rope should be done on a floor mat plus a surface that has some give to avoid joint injury.
For burning calories, the treadmill has been ranked best, followed by stair climbers, the rowing machine, cross-country ski machine, and stationary bicycle. (Elliptical trainers, however, may be even better than treadmills for increasing heart rate, calorie expenditure, and oxygen consumption.)
Stationary bikes condition leg muscles and are fairly economical and easy to use safely. The pedals should turn smoothly, the seat height should adjust easily, and the bike's computer should be able to adjust intensity.
Stair machines also condition leg muscles. They offer very intense, low-impact workouts and may be as effective as running with less chance of injury.
Rowing and cross-country ski machines exercise both the upper and lower body.


Aerobic dancing	Sufficient cushioning to absorb shock and pressure that are many times greater than ordinary walking. Arches that maintain side-to-side stability. Thick upper leather support. Toe-box. Orthotics may be required for people with ankles that over-turn inward or outward. Soles should allow for twisting and turning.
Cycling	Rigid support across the arch to prevent collapse during pedaling. Heel lift. Cross-training or combination hiking/cycling shoes may be sufficient for casual bikers. Toe clips or specially designed shoe cleats for serious cyclers. In some cases, orthotics may be needed to control arch and heel and balance forefoot.
Running	Sufficient cushioning to absorb shock and pressure. Fully bendable at the ball of the foot. Sufficient traction on sole to prevent slipping. Consider insoles or orthotics with arch support for problem feet.
Tennis	Allow side-to-side sliding. Low-traction soles. Snug fitting heels with cushioning. Padded toe box with adequate depth. Soft-support arch.
Walking	Lightweight. Breathable upper material (leather or mesh). Wide enough to accommodate ball of the foot. Firm padded heel counter that does not bite into heel or touch ankle bone. Low heel close to ground for stability. Good arch support. Front provides support and flexibility.

Benefits of Strength Exercise. While aerobic exercise increases endurance and helps the heart, it does not build upper body strength or tone muscles. Strength-training exercises provide the following benefits:

Build muscle strength while burning fat
Help maintain bone density
Improve digestion

It is also associated with a lower risk for heart disease, possibly because it lowers LDL (the so-called "bad") cholesterol levels.

Click the icon to see an image of cholesterol.

Strength exercise is beneficial for everyone, even people in their 90s. It is the only form of exercise that can slow and even reverse the decline in muscle mass, bone density, and strength that occurs with aging. Please note: People at risk for cardiovascular disease should not perform strength exercises without checking with a doctor.

Types of Muscle Contractions. There are three types of muscle contractions involved in strength training:

Isometric contractions do not change the length of the muscle. An example is pushing against a wall.
Concentric contractions shorten muscles. An example is the "up" phase of a bicep curl.
Eccentric contractions lengthen muscles. An example is the "down" phase as weights are lowered.

Click the icon to see an image of isometric exercise.

Strength-Training Regimens. Strength training involves intense and short-duration activities. For beginners, adding 10 - 20 minutes of modest strength training two to three times a week may be appropriate. The following are some guidelines for starting a strength regimen:

The sequence of a strength training session should begin with training large muscles and multiple joints at higher intensity and end with small muscle and single joint exercises at lower intensities.
Both shortening and lengthening muscle actions should be performed. Emphasizing the movements that lengthen muscles is of increasing interest. This approach involves slowing and increasing the duration of these "down" movements. It appears to significantly increase blood flow, and some evidence suggests it may achieve stronger muscles more quickly. It may also improve heart function compared to standard movements. Exercises that lengthen muscles may be particularly beneficial for older people and some people with chronic health problems. This type of training increases the risk for muscle soreness and injury, however, and this approach is still controversial.
Strength training involves moving specific muscles in the same pattern against a resisting force (such as a weight) for a preset number of times. This is called a repetition. Students should first choose a weight that is about half of what would require a maximum effort in one repetition. In other words, if it would take maximum effort to do a single repetition with a 10-pound dumbbell, the person would start with a five-pound dumbbell. In the beginning, most people can start with one set of 8 - 15 repetitions per muscle group with low weights. As individuals are able to perform one or two repetitions over their routine, weights can be increased by 2 - 10%.
Breathe slowly and rhythmically. Exhale as the movement begins. Inhale when returning to the starting point.
The first half of each repetition typically lasts 2 - 3 seconds. The return to the original position lasts 4 seconds.
An alternative technique called "super slow" training stretches out one repetition to a 14-second count. This method places far more stress on the muscle group, so fewer repetitions are needed. A full week of recovery is required before repeating this workout. The goal is to initiate changes in the muscles so that the body continues to burn calories after the exercise. Some people report dramatic results from this approach, but scientific proof of these claims is not available. It is a very tedious workout, and people have a hard time sticking with it. People with high blood pressure should not use this approach.
Joints should be moved rhythmically through their full range of motion during a repetition. Do not lock up the joint while exercising it.
For maximum benefit, one should allow 48 hours between workouts for full muscle recovery.

Click the icon to see the proper way to breathe during exercise.

Strength-Training Equipment. Unlike aerobic exercise, strength training almost always requires some equipment. Strength-training equipment does not, however, have to cost anything.

Any heavy object that can be held in the hand, such as a plastic bottle filled with sand or water, can serve as a weight.
Dumbbells (1 - 10 pounds) and resistance bands are inexpensive, portable, and effective.
Wearable weights help strengthen and tone the upper body.
Ankle weights strengthen and tone muscles in the lower body. Wearable ankle weights should not be worn during high-impact aerobics or jumping.
Hand grips strengthen arms and are good for relieving tension.
A pull-up bar can be mounted in a doorway for chin-ups and pull-ups.

More elaborate and expensive home equipment for working body muscles is also available, costing from $100 to over $1,000. No one should purchase or use strength-training equipment without instruction from a professional.

Benefits of Flexibility Training. Flexibility training uses stretching exercises. Many stretching exercises are particularly beneficial for the back. In general, flexibility training provides the following benefits:

Prevents cramps, stiffness, and injuries
Improves joint and muscle movement (improved range of motion)

Certain flexibility practices, such as yoga and tai chi, also involve meditation and breathing techniques that reduce stress. Such practices appear to have many health and mental benefits. They may be very suitable and highly beneficial for older people, and for patients with certain chronic diseases.

Click the icon to see an image of flexibility exercise.

Flexibility Training Regiments. Doctors recommend performing stretching exercises for 10 to 12 minutes at least three times a week. The following are some general guidelines:

When stretching, exhale and extend the muscles to the point of tension, not pain, and hold for 20 - 60 seconds. (Beginners may need to start with a 5- to 10-second stretch.)
Breathe evenly and constantly while holding the stretch.
Inhale when returning to a relaxed position. Holding your breath defeats the purpose; it causes muscle contraction and raises blood pressure.
When doing stretches that involve the back, relax the spine to keep the lower back flush with the mat, and to work only the muscles required for changing position (often these are only the abdominal muscles).

Studies continue to show that it is never too late to start exercising. A report published in the February 2006 Journal of Aging and Health found that elderly adults who exercised twice a week for four months significantly increased their body strength, flexibility, balance, and agility. The exercise program included walking and lifting weights. The average age of the study participants was 83.5. The study adds further evidence that even small improvements in physical fitness and activity can prolong life and independent living.

Still, about half of Americans over 60 describe themselves as sedentary (inactive). According to a 2004 report by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, approximately 12% of people aged 65 - 75 years and 10% of people aged 75 years or older meet current recommendations for strength training.

The following tips for exercising may be helpful:

Any older person should have a complete physical and medical examination, as well as professional instruction, before starting an exercise program.
Start low and go slow. For sedentary, older people, one or more of the following programs may be helpful and safe: Low-impact aerobics, gait (step) training, balance exercises, tai chi, self-paced walking, and lower legs resistance training, using elastic tubing or ankle weights. Even in the nursing home, programs aimed at improving strength, balance, gait, and flexibility have significant benefits.
Strength training assumes even more importance as one ages, because after age 30 everyone undergoes a slow process of muscular erosion. The effect can be reduced or even reversed by adding resistance training to an exercise program. As little as one day a week of resistance training improves overall strength and agility. Strength training also improves heart and blood vessel health.
Power training, which aims for the fastest rate at which a muscle or muscle group can perform work, may be particularly helpful for older women in strengthening muscles and preventing falls.
Flexibility exercises promote healthy muscle growth and help reduce the stiffness and loss of balance that accompanies aging.
Chair exercises may be performed by people who are unable to walk.
Older women are at risk for incontinence accidents during exercise. This can be reduced or prevented by performing Kegel exercises, limiting fluids (without risking dehydration), going to the bathroom frequently, and using leakage prevention pads or insertable devices.

Exercise's Effects on the Heart

Inactivity is one of the major risk factors for heart disease. However, exercise helps improve heart health, and can even reverse some heart disease risk factors.

Like all muscles, the heart becomes stronger as a result of exercise, so it can pump more blood through the body with every beat and continue working at maximum level, if need be, with less strain. The resting heart rate of those who exercise is also slower, because less effort is needed to pump blood.

A person who exercises often and vigorously has the lowest risk for heart disease, but any amount of exercise is beneficial. Studies consistently find that light-to-moderate exercise is even beneficial in people with existing heart disease. Note, however, that anyone with heart disease should seek medical advice before beginning a workout program.

The heart is a large muscular organ that pumps blood throughout the body. Valves inside the heart open and close. This controls how much blood enters or leaves the heart.

Exercise has a number of effects that benefit the heart and circulation (blood flow throughout the body). These benefits include improving cholesterol and fat levels, reducing inflammation in the arteries, assisting weight loss programs, and helping to keep blood vessels flexible and open. Studies continue to show that physical activity and avoiding high-fat foods are the two most successful means of reaching and maintaining heart-healthy levels of fitness and weight.

The American Heart Association recommends that individuals perform moderately-intense exercise for at least 30 minutes on most days of the week. This recommendation supports similar exercise guidelines issued by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and the American College of Sports Medicine.

Coronary Artery Disease. People who maintain an active lifestyle have a 45% lower risk of developing heart disease than do sedentary people. Experts have been attempting to define how much exercise is needed to produce heart benefits. In 2002, a well-conducted study on overweight adults confirmed previous research that reported beneficial changes in cholesterol and lipid levels, including lower LDL levels (bad cholesterol), even when people performed low amounts of moderate- or high-intensity exercise such as walking or jogging 12 miles a week. However, more intense exercise is required to significantly change cholesterol levels, notably increasing HDL (good cholesterol). An example of this kind of program would be jogging about 20 miles a week. Such benefits in the study occurred even with very modest weight loss, suggesting that overweight people who have trouble losing pounds can still achieve considerable heart benefits by exercising.

Some studies suggest that for the greatest heart protection, it is not the duration of a single exercise session that counts but the total daily amount of energy expended. Therefore, the best way to exercise may be in multiple short bouts of intense exercise, which can be particularly helpful for older people.

Resistance (weight) training has also been associated with heart protection. It may offer a complementary benefit to aerobics by reducing LDL levels. Exercises that train and strengthen the chest muscles may prove to be very important for patients with angina.

Effects of Exercise on Blood Pressure. Regular exercise helps keep arteries elastic (flexible), even in older people. This, in turn, ensures good blood flow and normal blood pressure. Sedentary people have a 35% greater risk of developing high blood pressure than athletes do.

Click the icon to see the risks associated with untreated hypertension.

It should be noted that high-intensity exercise may not lower blood pressure as effectively as moderate-intensity exercise. In one study, moderate exercise (jogging 2 miles a day) controlled high blood pressure so well that more than half the patients who had been taking drugs for the condition were able to discontinue their medication. However, a small study published in 2005 suggests that moderate exercise does not have a significant impact on systolic blood pressure (the top number) in older adults. While those who exercised did have notable drops in both the top and lower (diastolic) blood pressure levels, the only statistically significant change was the decrease in the lower number.

Experts recommend at least 30 minutes of exercise on most -- if not all -- days. Studies show that yoga and tai chi, an ancient Chinese exercise involving slow, relaxing movements, may lower blood pressure almost as well as moderate-intensity aerobic exercises.

Click the icon to see an image of someone practicing yoga.

Anyone with existing high blood pressure should discuss an exercise program with their doctor. Before starting to exercise, people with moderate-to-severe high blood pressure should lower their pressure, and be able to control it with medications. Everyone, and especially people with high blood pressure, should breathe as normally as possible through each exercise. Holding the breath increases blood pressure.

Effects of Exercise on Heart Failure. Traditionally, heart failure patients have been discouraged from exercising. Now, exercise performed under medical supervision is proving to be helpful for select patients with stable heart failure.

Studies continue to report benefits from exercise training. In one study, heart failure patients as old as 91 years old increased their oxygen use significantly, after 6 months of supervised treadmill and stationary bicycle exercises.
Progressive resistance training may be particularly useful for heart failure patients, since it strengthens muscles, which commonly weaken in this disorder. Even simply performing daily handgrip exercises can improve blood flow through the arteries.

Experts warn, however, that exercise is not appropriate for all heart failure patients.

All stroke survivors should have a pre-exercise evaluation done by their doctor before starting an exercise program.

The effects of exercise on stroke are less established than those on heart disease, but most studies show benefits. The following are some examples:

According to one major analysis, men cut their risk for stroke in half if their exercise program was roughly equivalent to about an hour of brisk daily walking 5 days a week. In the same study, exercise that involved recreation was more protective against stroke than exercise routines consisting simply of walking or climbing.
A 2000 study of women also found substantial protection from stroke in brisk walking or striding (rather than casual walking).

Anyone with heart disease or risk factors for developing heart disease or stroke should seek medical advice before beginning a workout program. Patients with heart disease can nearly always exercise safely as long as they work out under medical supervision. Still, it is often difficult for a doctor to predict health problems that might arise as the result of an exercise program. At-risk individuals should be very aware of any symptoms warning of harmful complications while they exercise.

Some experts believe that anyone over 40 years old, whether or not they are at risk for heart disease, should have a complete physical examination before starting or intensifying an exercise program. Some doctors use a questionnaire for people over 40 to help determine whether they require such an examination. The questions they use are as follows:

Has any doctor previously recommended medically supervised activity because of a heart condition?
Is chest pain brought on by physical activity?
Has chest pain occurred during the previous month?
Does the person faint or fall over from dizziness?
Is bone or joint pain intensified by exercise?
Has medication been prescribed for hypertension (high blood pressure) or heart problems?
Is the person aware of or has a doctor suggested any physical reason for not exercising without medical supervision?

Those who answer "yes" to any of the above questions should have a complete medical examination before developing an exercise program.

Stress Test. A stress test helps determine the risk for a heart problem resulting from exercise. Anyone with a heart condition or history of heart disease should have a stress test before starting an exercise program. Experts currently also recommend this test before a vigorous exercise program for older persons who are sedentary, even in the absence of known or suspected heart disease. The test is expensive, however, and some experts believe that it may not be necessary for many older people with no evident health problems or risk factors.

A small percentage of heart attacks occur after heavy physical work.

High-Risk Individuals. In general, the following people should avoid intense exercise or start it only with careful monitoring:

People who have certain medical conditions: These conditions include uncontrolled diabetes, uncontrolled seizures, uncontrolled high blood pressure, a heart attack within the previous 6 months, heart failure, unstable angina, significant aortic valve disease, or aortic aneurysm.
People with moderate-to-severe hypertension: Experts generally recommend that moderate or severe high blood pressure (systolic blood pressure over 160 mm Hg or diastolic (bottom number) pressure over 100 mm Hg) should be brought to lower levels before a person starts a vigorous exercise program.
Sedentary people should be cautious. One major study found that sedentary people who throw themselves into a grueling workout significantly increase their risk of heart attack.
Episodes of exercise-related sudden death in young people are rare but of great concern. Some are preceded by fainting, which is due to a sudden and severe drop in blood pressure. It should be noted that fainting is relatively common in athletes, and is dangerous only in people with existing heart conditions. Young people with genetic or congenital (present at birth) heart disorders should avoid intensive competitive sports.
Anabolic steroids or products containing ephedra have been associated with cases of stroke, heart attack, and even death.

The risk for heart attack from exercise should be kept in perspective, however. Some form of exercise, carefully personalized, has benefits for most of the individuals mentioned above. In many cases, particularly when the only risk factors are a sedentary lifestyle and older age, exercise can often be increased over time until it is intense.

Hazardous Activities for High-Risk Individuals. The following activities may pose particular dangers for high-risk individuals:

Intense workouts (snow shoveling, slow jogging, speed walking, tennis, heavy lifting, heavy gardening) may be particularly hazardous for people with risk factors for heart disease, especially older people. They tend to stress the heart, raise blood pressure for a brief period, and may cause spasms in the arteries leading to the heart. (See image: Coronary Artery Spasm)
Some studies suggest that competitive sports, which couple intense activity with aggressive emotions, are more likely to trigger a heart attack than other forms of exercise.

Listening for Warning Signs. It should be noted that according to one study, at least 40% of young men who die suddenly during a workout have previously experienced, and ignored, warning signs of heart disease. In addition to avoiding risky activities, the best preventive tactic is simply to listen to the body and seek medical help at the first sign of symptoms during or following exercise. These symptoms include the following:

Irregular heartbeat
Shortness of breath
Chest pain

Click the icon to see an image of a coronary artery spasm.

Click the icon to see an image of stable angina.

Exercise's Effects on Diabetes

Moderate aerobic exercise can lower your risk for type 2 diabetes. An important study found that adults who worked out 2 and 1/2 hours a week cut their risk by 58%.

Exercise has positive benefits for those who have diabetes. It can lower blood sugar, improve insulin sensitivity, and strengthen the heart. Strength training, which increases muscle and reduces fat, may be particularly helpful for people with diabetes, but more evidence is needed to confirm this theory. One study reported that yoga helped patients with type 2 diabetes reduce their need for oral medications.

In 2005, researchers found that people with type 2 diabetes who walked a minimum of 3 miles every day were in better health, and had lower medical expenses, after 2 years of such exercise. Those who remained sedentary for that time period experienced a decline in their overall health and higher health care-related expenses. Study participants who worked out for an average of 38 minutes per day lowered their blood pressure, cholesterol ,and A1C levels (glucose concentration over time). These participants also had lower heart disease risk, even if they didn't lose weight. The increase in the study participants' activity equaled about 2,200 extra steps a day. The findings were reported in the journal Diabetes Care.

An earlier study found that healthy lifestyle changes may work better than the prescription medication metformin (Glucophage), when it comes to preventing metabolic syndrome. Metabolic syndrome is a combination of risk factors including abdominal obesity, insulin resistance, high triglycerides, and hypertension.

The following are precautions for all people with diabetes, whether type 1 or 2:

Because people with diabetes are at higher than average risk for heart disease, they should always check with their doctors before starting a demanding exercise program. For best and fastest results, frequent high-intensity (not high-impact) exercises are best for people who are cleared by their doctor. For people who have been sedentary, or have other medical problems, lower-intensity exercises are recommended, using programs the patients designed with their doctors.
Strenuous strength training or high-impact exercise is not recommended for people with uncontrolled diabetes. Such exercises can strain weakened blood vessels in the eyes of patients with retinopathy (a common diabetic complication). High-impact exercise may also injure blood vessels in the feet.

Patients who are taking medications that lower blood glucose, particularly insulin, should take special precautions before starting a workout program.

Glucose levels swing dramatically during exercise. People with diabetes should monitor their levels carefully before, during, and after workouts.
Patients should probably avoid exercise if glucose levels are above 300 mg/dL or under 100 mg/dL.
To avoid hypoglycemia (low blood sugar), people with diabetes should inject insulin in sites away from the muscles they use the most during exercise.
People with diabetes should drink plenty of fluids. Before exercising, they should avoid alcohol, which increases the risk of hypoglycemia.
Insulin-dependent athletes may need to decrease insulin doses, or take in more carbohydrates, prior to exercise. However, they may need to take an extra dose of insulin after exercise. Stress hormones released during exercise may increase blood glucose level (in people without diabetes, insulin is released to control this increase). People with diabetes must regularly test their blood sugar, and take any medications as instructed by their doctor.

A person with diabetes must regularly check their blood sugar (glucose) level.

Exercise's Effects on Bones and Muscles

Exercise is critical for strong muscles and bones. Muscle strength declines as people age, but studies report that when people exercise they are stronger and leaner than others in their age group.

Exercise helps kids lower their risk of chronic pain in the future. Research has shown that it helps them prevent back and neck pain. The more flexible men are as teenagers, the lower their risk of neck tension in the future, according to a study published in the February 2006 British Journal of Sports Medicine. The same report found that women who had the greatest endurance strength as teenagers had a lower risk of tension neck than those with lower teenager endurance strength. However, men with the greatest endurance strength had higher rates of knee injuries later on.

Joints are complex structures. They are designed to bear weight and move the body. Above the knee is the femur (thigh bone). Below the knee is the tibia (shin bone) and fibula. The kneecap is also called the patella. It rides on top of the lower portion of the femur and the top portion of the tibia. The muscles and ligaments connect these bones and the space between them is cushioned by fluid-filled capsules (synovia) and cartilage. When you exercise, the muscles pull on the bones, strengthening them. The range of motion of a joint represents how far it can be flexed (bent) and extended (stretched).

Joints require motion to stay healthy. Long periods of inactivity cause the arthritic joint to stiffen and the adjoining tissue to weaken. A moderate exercise program that includes low-impact aerobics, power, and strength training has benefits for osteoarthritic patients, even if exercise does not slow down the disease progression. Many patients who start an exercise program report less disability and pain. They are also better able to perform daily chores, and remain independent longer than their inactive peers. Older patients and those with medical problems should always check with their doctor before starting an exercise program.

Click the icon to see an image of osteoporosis.

The following are useful exercises for osteoarthritis patients:

Strengthening exercises builds muscle strength. Some experts encourage patients to emphasize strengthening leg muscles as a first treatment step, even before using pain relievers. They fear that patients who rely on painkilling drugs may overuse knees, which do not have strong enough muscle tissue to protect the joints from further damage. Strengthening the thigh muscles is certainly protective for those who have not developed osteoarthritis.
Range-of-motion exercises increase the amount of movement in a joint and muscle. The best examples are yoga and tai chi, which focus on flexibility, balance, and proper breathing. In one 2001 study, older adults who practiced the gentle movement, breathing, and meditation exercises of tai chi for 10 weeks reported less pain than their peers who did not learn the technique.
Low-impact aerobic workouts help stabilize and support the joints. Cycling and walking are beneficial, and swimming or exercising in water is highly recommended for people with arthritis. Patients with arthritis should avoid high-impact sports, such as jogging, tennis, and racquetball.
Some researchers are now focusing on "power" training, which involves improving the muscle's ability to move more rapidly against resisting forces, such as gravity. For example, such training helps people stand up or climb stairs more quickly. Muscle power declines more rapidly than muscle strength, and may be particularly important in older people.

Exercise is very important for slowing the progression of osteoporosis, and extremely important for reducing the risk of falling, which causes fractures. Falls are one of the leading causes of death in people over the age of 65. Exercise helps build balance and flexibility, which reduces the risk of falling.

Specific exercises may be especially helpful for reducing the risk of fractures:

Weight-bearing exercise is very beneficial for bones in people of all ages, even older people. This approach applies tension to muscle and bone, and the body responds to this stress by increasing bone density, in young adults by as much as 2 - 8% a year. Careful weight training can also be very beneficial for elderly people, particularly women. In addition to improving bone density, weight-bearing exercise reduces the risk of fractures by improving muscle strength and balance, thus helping to prevent falls.
Regular brisk long walks improve bone density and mobility. In one 2002 study, for example, older women reduced their risk of hip fracture by over 40% by working out just four hours a week.
Exercises specifically targeted to strengthen the back can be beneficial in improving posture, and may even reduce kyphosis (hunchback) in people with osteoporosis.
Low-impact exercises, particularly yoga and tai chi, which improve balance and strength, have been found to decrease the risk of falling. In one study, tai chi reduced this risk by almost half.

Click the icon to see an image of the bone-building exercise.

Note on Female Athlete Triad. Some young female athletes who exercise very intensely, and are subject to intense pressure to remain thin, are at risk for the female athlete triad. This syndrome is a combination of three disorders -- an eating disorder, loss of menstrual periods, and osteoporosis.

People who do not exercise regularly face an increased risk for low back pain, especially during times when they suddenly have to perform stressful, unfamiliar activities. These activities may include shoveling, digging, or moving heavy items. Although no definitive studies have been done to prove the relationship between lack of exercise and low back pain, sedentary living is probably a primary nonmedical cause contributing to this condition.

Lack of exercise leads to the following conditions that may threaten the back:

Muscle inflexibility can restrict the back's ability to move, rotate, and bend.
Weak stomach muscles can increase the strain on the back and can cause an abnormal tilt of the pelvis (hip bones).
Weak back muscles may increase the load on the spine and the risk of disk compression.
Obesity puts more weight on the spine and increases pressure on the vertebrae and disks. Studies report only a weak association between obesity and low back pain, however.

Benefits for Chronic Back Pain. People in with sudden and severe back pain should not exercise. Exercise plays a very beneficial role in relieving chronic back pain, however. In one study, patients with back pain lasting for an average of 18 months were assigned eight 1-hour exercise sessions over 4 weeks. They showed greater improvement in nearly every area, including reduced pain, compared to patients who did not exercise.

Exercise should be considered as part of a broader program to return to normal home, work, and social activities. In this way, the positive benefits of exercise not only affect strength and flexibility but they also alter and improve the patients' attitudes toward their disability and pain.

Repetition is the key to increasing flexibility, building endurance, and strengthening the specific muscles needed to support the spine. Some exercise programs used for prevention or treatment of chronic low back pain include the following:

Low-impact Aerobic Exercises: Low-impact aerobic exercises, such as swimming, bicycling, and walking, can strengthen muscles in the abdomen and back without over-straining the back. Programs that use strengthening exercises while swimming may be a particularly beneficial approach for many patients with back pain. In one study, for example, pregnant women who engaged in a water gymnastics program had less back pain, and were able to continue working longer.
Lumbar Extension Strength Training: Exercises called lumbar extension strength training are proving to be effective. Generally, these exercises attempt to strengthen the abdomen, and improve lower back mobility, strength, and endurance. They also enhance flexibility in the hip and hamstring muscles, and in the tendons at the back of the thigh.
Yoga, Tai Chi, and Chi Kung: These exercises combine low-impact physical movements and meditation. They are based on principles of disciplining the mind to achieve a physical and mental balance, and can be very helpful in preventing recurrences of low back pain. In one study of Pilates, an exercise practice that uses yoga principles, the exercises were helpful in a woman with progressive and disabling severe low back pain resulting from early scoliosis. This approach deserves further research.
Flexibility Exercises: Whether flexibility exercises alone offer any significant benefit for chronic back pain is uncertain. One study suggested that any benefits derived from flexibility exercises are lost unless the exercise programs are sustained.
Retraining Deep Muscles: Studies are finding a link between low back pain and poor motor control of deep muscles in the back and trunk. According to these studies, contraction exercises specifically designed to retrain these muscles may be effective for patients with both acute and chronic pain.

It is important for any person who has low back pain to have an exercise program guided by professionals who understand the limitations and special needs of back pain and who can address individual health conditions. One study indicated that patients who planned their own exercise did worse than those in physical therapy or doctor-directed programs.

Hazardous Effects on the Back. Improper or excessive exercise can also cause back pain.

Exercise's Effects on the Lungs

Patients with chronic lung problems have difficulty exercising. Shortness of breath is a major limitation in most patients, but in about a third, muscle fatigue is an even greater problem. Although exercise does not improve lung function, training helps many patients with chronic lung disease by strengthening their limb muscles, thus improving endurance and reducing breathlessness.

In people who already have colds, exercise has no effect on the illness' severity or duration. People should avoid strenuous physical activity when they have fevers, muscle aches, or other symptoms of a widespread viral illnesses.

Long-term exercise may help control asthma and reduce hospitalization. One 2000 study found that aerobic exercise improves breathing capacity and function in patients with mild asthma. People with asthma who enjoy running should probably choose an indoor track, to avoid pollutants. Swimming is particularly excellent for people with asthma. Yoga practice, which uses both stretching, breathing, chest expansion, and meditation techniques may have specific benefits that include stress reduction as well as airway opening. One study reported that two thirds of patients who practiced yoga regularly were able to reduce or eliminate their asthma medications.

Exercise-Induced Asthma. About 40 - 90% of asthma cases are exercise-induced asthma (EIA), in which exercise triggers coughing, wheezing, or shortness of breath. It occurs most often in children and young adults and during intense exercise in cold dry air. EIA is triggered only by exercise. Unlike allergic asthma, there is no long-term increase in airway activity. People who only have EIA do not require long-term maintenance therapy. The warm-up and cool-down periods, which are important for any exercise regimen, may help reduce EIA events. A study of military recruits found that exercise-induced asthma attacks did not hinder their ability to perform or train, suggesting that EIA is not a reason to exclude people from physically demanding occupations.

Exercise-induced asthma is distinct from allergic asthma in that it does not produce long-term increase in airway activity. People who only experience asthma when they exercise may be able to control their symptoms with preventive measures such as warm-up and cool-down exercises.

Walking is the best exercise for people with emphysema. Patients should try to walk three to four times daily for 5 - 15 minutes each time. Devices that assist ventilation may reduce breathlessness that occurs during exercise.

Inspiratory muscle training involves exercises and devices that make inhaling (breathing in) more difficult, in order to strengthen breathing muscles. In a 2001 study, patients who took part in an inspiratory muscle training group improved their breathing, walking capacity, and quality of life. Yoga or martial arts exercises, such as tai chi, which emphasize breathing techniques and balanced movements, may be particularly beneficial for patients with emphysema.

Exercise's Effects on Weight

Exercising helps people reduce their weight, maintain weight loss, and fight obesity. Research has shown that women who regularly exercise but do not change their diet can lose significantly more weight than less active women.

Thirty minutes of moderate-intensity exercise may be adequate to maintain cardiovascular health, but it might not prevent weight gain. Recommendations published in 2003 and 2004 suggest that 45 - 60 minutes of exercise per day is necessary to promote weight loss. Children may need more activity.

Losing significant weight requires both exercise and calorie restriction. In addition, if a person exercises without dieting, any actual weight loss may be minimal because dense and heavier muscle mass replaces fat. Nonetheless, regardless of weight loss, a fit body will look more toned and be healthier.

People who exercise are more apt to stay on a diet plan. Exercise improves psychological well-being and replaces sedentary habits that usually lead to snacking. Exercise may even act as a mild appetite suppressant.

Exercising without dieting still adds health benefits. One study found that overweight but fit people have half the death rate of overweight, unfit people. Research suggests that people who have trained for a long time develop more efficient mechanisms for burning fat and are able to stay leaner.

Lifting weights builds muscle, which burns calories more efficiently than other body tissues.

The following are some suggestions and observations on exercise and weight loss:

The treadmill burns the most calories of standard aerobic machines. It may be particularly effective when used in short multiple bouts during the day. Exercise sessions as short as 10 minutes, which are done frequently (about four times a day), may be the most successful program for obese people.
The more strenuous the exercise, the longer the body continues to burn calories before returning to its resting level. This state of fast calorie burning can last for as little as a few minutes after light exercise, to as long as several hours after prolonged or heavy exercise.
Resistance (strength) training is excellent for replacing fat with muscles. It should be performed two or three times a week.
Fidgeting may be very helpful in keeping pounds off. Regular exercise is certainly the best course, but for people who must sit for hours at work, frequently shifting positions while sitting may have some benefit.
It is important to realize that as people slim down, they burn fewer calories per mile of walking or jogging. The rate of weight loss slows down, sometimes discouragingly so, after an initial dramatic head start using diet and exercise combinations. People should be aware of this trend and keep adding to their daily exercise routine.
Changes in fat and muscle distribution may differ between men and women as they exercise. Men tend to lose abdominal fat (which lowers their risk for heart disease faster than reducing general body fat). Exercise, however, does not appear to have the same effect on weight distribution in women. A study of women who practiced aerobic and strength training showed the training resulted in fat loss in the women's arms and trunk. However, they did not gain muscle tissue in those areas.

Because obesity is one of the risk factors for heart disease, anyone who is overweight must discuss their exercise program with a physician before starting.

Exercise's Effects on Other Conditions

Physical activity makes you healthier. It lowers your risk for cardiovascular disease and reduces bone loss. Physical activity also helps the body use calories more efficiently, which helps you eliminate body fat and lose weight. It also helps you maintain weight loss by increasing your metabolism and reducing your appetite.

A number of studies have indicated that regular exercise may reduce the risk of breast, colon, and possibly prostate cancers.

Studies confirm that exercise significantly reduces the risk of both colon cancer (by up to 50%) and breast cancer (by up to 30%).

A 2006 study found that, though protection from breast cancer may vary among the types of tumor, exercise offered the most marked protection from the more aggressive tumors. A second study, also done in 2006, supported this finding. Several studies also suggested that more intense exercise is more protective against breast cancer. Exercising consistently throughout life gives the best protection. Exercise not only lowers a woman's chance of getting breast cancer, it can help those who have received chemotherapy for the disease fight off fatigue.

While endurance athletes may suffer from stomach problems, low intensity exercise has a marked protective effect against colon cancer, according to studies, including the Nurses Health Study and the American Cancer Society's Cancer Prevention Study II. Furthermore, a 2006 study found that people with colon cancer who exercise reduce their risk of a recurrence.

Exercise also has a beneficial effect on people receiving treatment for prostate cancer. A new study found that aerobic and resistance training significantly reduced fatigue in men undergoing radiation treatments for prostate cancer. Fatigue is a common side effect of such treatments. In this study, 122 patients received supervised aerobic training, resistance training, or neither. At the end of 24 weeks, participants in both exercise groups noted significant improvement in their fatigue symptoms, compared to the control group. Participants in the resistance training group also lost a significant percentage of their body fat.

Endurance athletes often report stomach problems, such as bloating, diarrhea, and gas, even at rest. Experts suggest that moderate regular exercise might reduce the risk for some intestinal disorders. These disorders include ulcers, irritable bowel syndrome, indigestion, and diverticulosis. Older people who exercise moderately may have a lower risk for severe gastrointestinal bleeding.

Patients with end-stage kidney disease who exercise four to five times per week have better survival rates than those who are less active, according to researchers involved in the Dialysis Morbidity and Mortality Wave 2 study. However, the majority of study participants said that severe physical limitations prevented them from exercising so often.

Studies have shown that regular exercise, particularly walking, helps reduce one's risk for memory loss. A 2005 study found that older men who walked less than a mile daily had a 71% higher risk of dementia than those who walked more than two miles a day. A 2006 study found that people older than 65 who exercise regularly had lower risk of developing dementia, particularly Alzheimer's disease. An earlier study found that walking regularly protects women from mental decline. To date, there are no clear explanations for this apparent benefit. A preliminary study in mice suggests that physical activity changes the way brain-damaging proteins are processed in the brain, thus slowing the development of Alzheimer's disease. Aerobic exercise has been linked with improved reaction time, perception, and math skills in people of all ages.

Doctors found that exercise improves the physical and emotional well-being of patients who already have Alzheimer's disease. The patients exercised moderately for as little as 60 minutes each week. Doctors noted patients who exercised were less depressed, wandered away less, suffered fewer falls, and were placed in nursing homes later, compared to patients who did not exercise.

People with existing neurological diseases, such as multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, and Alzheimer's disease, should be encouraged to exercise. Specialized exercise programs that improve mobility are particularly valuable for patients with Parkinson's disease. Patients with neurological disorders who exercise experience less stiffness, as well as reduction in, and even reversal of, muscle wasting. In addition, the psychological benefits of exercise are extremely important in managing these disorders. Exercise machines, aquatic exercises, and walking are particularly useful.

Some research has suggested that exercise may have antidepressant effects. Although there is little strong evidence that exercise can help manage depression, a number of studies have suggested benefits. Research findings include:

Just 30 minutes of brisk exercise three times a week was as effective as medication in relieving symptoms, and reducing relapse, in many patients with mild-to-moderate depression.
Over half of older women with depression that did not respond to medication improved with 10 weeks of exercise. (About a third of women who did not exercise also improved during that time.)
Studies on elderly, depressed patients report modest benefits from exercise, even in those who do not response to antidepressants. Simply participating in a group activity may help improve mood.
Teenagers who are active in sports have a greater sense of well-being than their sedentary peers. The more vigorously they exercise, the better their emotional health.
Physical inactivity is strongly linked to depression in children 8 - 12 years of age.

Specific exercises may be particularly beneficial:

Aerobics. Either brief periods of intense training or prolonged aerobic workouts can raise levels of certain chemicals in the brain. These chemicals -- which include endorphins, adrenaline, serotonin, and dopamine -- produce the so-called runner's high. Weight loss and increased muscle tone can boost self-esteem.

Yoga. Yoga practice, which involves rhythmic stretching movements and breathing, has been found to positively affect mood. It may have clinical potential as a technique for improving and stabilizing mood. A study comparing yoga to aerobic exercise found that men have significantly lower levels of tension, fatigue, and anger after yoga, compared with levels after swimming. Yoga and swimming tended to produce equal benefits in women.

Click the icon to see an image of the benefits of yoga.

Moderate exercise in healthy pregnant women does not increase the risk for miscarriage, preterm labor, or rupture of the membrane. Not exercising increases the risk for complications, including low-birth weight babies. Exercising increases the fetal heart rate, which in turn protects the baby.

Healthy women with normal pregnancies should exercise at least three times a week, being careful to warm up, cool down, and drink plenty of liquids. Many prenatal calisthenics programs are available.

The following are specific exercises that may benefit the pregnant woman:

Swimming and water aerobics may be the best option for most pregnant women. Swimming has special benefits for those with fluid buildup. Water exercises involve no impact, overheating is unlikely, and swimming face down promotes optimum blood flow to the uterus.
Performing yoga exercises under the guidance of informed instructors can be very helpful.
Walking is also beneficial.

To strengthen pelvic muscles, women should perform Kegel exercises at least six times a day. This involves contracting the muscles around the vagina and urethra for three seconds 12 - 15 times in a row.

Experts generally recommend the following precautions for pregnant women who exercise:

Fit women who have exercised regularly before pregnancy may work out intensely as long as the doctor approves and no discomfort occurs.
As a rule for previously sedentary, low-risk expectant mothers, the pulse rate should not exceed 70 - 75% of the maximum heart rate, or more than 150 beats per minute. Any sedentary expectant mother should check with her doctor before starting an exercise program.
According to one study, vigorous exercise may improve the chances for a timely delivery. All pregnant women, however, should avoid high-impact, jerky, and jarring exercises, such as aerobic dancing, which can weaken the pelvic floor muscles that support the uterus.
During exercise, women should monitor their temperature to avoid overheating, a side effect that can damage the fetus. (Pregnant women should also not use hot tubs or steam baths, which can cause fetal damage and miscarriage.)

Note: Strenuous exercise may affect the flavor of breast milk for a short time afterward. Nursing mothers who engage in such activity might want to wait about an hour after exercising before they feed their infant.

Complications

Exercise may lead to injury if not done properly. Always exercise with care.

Competitive running or high-impact aerobics pose a high risk of a number of injuries to the bones and muscle. The effect of high-impact exercise on the back is not entirely clear. Some research suggests that over time, high-impact exercise may increase the risk for degenerative disk disease. A survey of people who played tennis, however, found no increased risk for low back pain or sciatica.

High-impact exercise can also cause dizziness, ringing in the ear, motion sickness, or loss of high-frequency hearing.

Some research further suggests that in people unused to exercise, intense activity increases production of harmful particles in the body called free radicals. These unstable oxygen particles injure muscle tissue. Muscle pain in this case does not occur until 24 - 48 hours after exercise.

Some people have a higher than average risk for injury:

About half of people at any age who participate in competitive running or high-impact aerobics experience minor injuries at least once a year. Young, intensely competitive athletes may be at risk for permanent injury. Studies are mixed over whether intensive high-impact sports in younger people cause long-term degenerative joint disease.
As the number of older people who start exercising increases, there has also been an increase in injuries for this age group. Between 1990 and 1996, injuries from active sports increased by 54% in people age 65 and older.
Women are far more likely than men to suffer knee injuries.
Urinary incontinence affects many female athletes who engage in high-impact exercise.
Tennis players are at high risk for injuries from repetitive force on the shoulder joint.

Preventing High-Impact Injuries. The following may be helpful for preventing injury:

Wear shock-absorbing footwear with weight-dampening inserts.
Combine weight lifting with jumping exercises. This may prevent injury by strengthening hamstrings and improving coordination.
Vary training and alternate easy and harder workouts.
Be careful to warm up, cool down, and stretch. Flexibility is the key to preventing many muscle strains.
Take days off now and then. The risk of injury increases when athletes train more than five times a week.

Because of the association between high-impact exercises and oxidation, some experts suggest eating foods rich in antioxidants, such as vitamins A, C, and E. Such foods, which may protect against damage from free radicals, include many fresh fruits and vegetables.

Treating Minor Injuries. Most mild or moderate injuries respond well to a simple, four-step treatment: rest, ice, compression, and elevation (RICE). This combination works well for both spot injuries and chronic problems. Ice packs, which reduce inflammation and pain, can help new injuries, and can be useful for the first few hours after a chronically injured area is exercised. How much or how long to compress the injury is unclear.

Evidence suggests that early movement is helpful, although taping or bracing in people with a recurrent ankle sprain is known to be protective. It may not be helpful in those without a previous ankle injury.

Minor injuries like sprains may be treated at home if broken bones are not suspected. The acronym RICE can help you remember how to treat minor injuries: "R" stands for rest, "I" is for ice, "C" is for compression, and "E" is for elevation. Pain and swelling should decrease within 48 hours. Gentle movement may help, but pressure should not be put on a sprained joint until pain is completely gone. This can take up to a few weeks.

Heat, ultrasound, whirlpool, and massage may speed healing if applied a day or two after the initial injury or for warm-up before another workout session.

Some young female athletes who exercise very intensely, and are subject to intense pressure to remain thin, are at risk for a syndrome known as the female athlete triad. This combination of symptoms includes loss of menstruation, eating disorders, and osteoporosis. Eating disorders among young female athletes are estimated at 15 - 62%. Women at higher risk include ballet dancers, gymnasts, and divers. Continued intense exercise causes a stress response in which estrogen (the primary female hormone) is lost. Estrogen loss can lead to infertility and osteoporosis. Iron loss and anemia may also be a problem in women who exercise frequently, even at moderate intensity. A doctor should be consulted for any of these concerns.

Incorrect movements can literally cause mechanical problems in the muscles. These problems are usually the result of improper exercise instruction, and lack of attention. A single jerky golf swing, or the incorrect use of exercise equipment (especially free weights, nautilus, and rowing machines), can cause serious back injuries.

Between 30 - 70% of cyclists experience low back pain. Pain may be improved by adjusting the angle of the bicycle seat.

Everyone should drink lots of fluid during intense exercise. Thirst is often a poor indicator of dehydration in people who exercise, particularly older people. During a tough workout in a hot environment, the body can lose two liters of fluid per hour through sweat.

Anyone who exercises intensely should take the following precautions:

Drink 6 - 8 ounces of fluid about 15 minutes before a workout, and then pause regularly during exercise to drink more.
Water is the best choice for replenishing body fluids. Glucose-sodium-potassium solutions, the so-called "sports drinks," which promise instant energy, appear to be no better than water at improving endurance during prolonged intense running.
Caffeinated beverages like coffee and soft drinks give short bursts of energy, but can actually cause fluid loss. Caffeine before a workout has been shown to temporarily raise blood pressure, and reduces blood flow to inactive limbs.

Contrary to popular belief, drinking fluids will not cause cramps. Drinking enough, in fact, helps prevent the painful involuntary muscle spasms that sometimes occur during exercise.

Overheating, or hyperthermia, can be a problem with hard exercise, or when working out in hot weather. Overheating can cause mild to life-threatening conditions. Heat exhaustion, a moderate form of hyperthermia, is characterized by the following symptoms:

Lightheadedness, nausea, headache, hyperventilation, fatigue, and loss of concentration
A high temperature (above 103° F), possibly accompanied by complaints of chills and clammy skin

Individuals should rest in a cool, dry place, drink plenty of fluids, and bring down their body temperature with ice packs pressed against the skin.

Heatstroke. Heatstroke is the most dangerous complication of hyperthermia. The victim may suddenly stop sweating, after which symptoms such as altered consciousness, seizures, and even coma may quickly follow. Heat stroke is a medical emergency and requires immediate cooling of the victim in an ice-water bath or with ice packs. One study suggests that risk for serious complications from exercising in high temperatures may persist as late as the following day, even if the weather has cooled down.

Click the icon to see an image of the dangers of heatstroke.

Precautions are also necessary in cold weather. When exercising in winter dress in layers, including gloves and socks, which create insulated air pockets that trap heat. In cold weather, wear shoes with less ventilation than those worn in the summer. Fingers, toes, ears, and nose are most susceptible to frostbite. Frostbite progresses from stinging or aching to numbness. Fingers and toes may become white. Soaking the hands and feet in warm water can help, but only once there is no risk of refreezing, since a second bout of frostbite after thawing can quicken tissue damage.

Hypothermia can be life-threatening and can occur even after long exposure to temperatures that are above freezing. The condition is characterized by extreme fatigue, mental confusion, apathy, and a lack of coordination. The victim should be warmed as soon as possible with blankets, body heat, and warm fluids.

Motivation

Motivation, or a lack thereof, is one reason many people stop exercising. Here are some tips for avoiding burnout:

Think of exercise as a menu rather than a diet. Choose a number of different physical activities that are personally enjoyable such as sports, dancing, or biking. Although experts say you should get 30 minutes of aerobic exercises at least five times a week, those times can be divided into shorter periods -- such as 10 minute sessions. In addition, people can achieve health benefits from other exercise programs, including weight training, yoga, or tai chi.
Stick to a prepared schedule and record progress.
Develop an interest or hobby that requires physical activity.
Adopt simple routines such as climbing the stairs instead of taking the elevator, walking instead of driving to the local newsstand, or canoeing instead of zooming along in a powerboat.
Try cross training (regularly switching from one type of exercise to another). Studies suggest it is more beneficial than focusing only on one form of exercise.
Exercise with friends.
Join a gym or take classes. Many affordable programs are available.
For those who can afford them, personal trainers can be very helpful and are available in many gyms and exercise clubs. Personal trainers without any connection to a well-reputed gym or fitness club should be certified by a major fitness organization, such as the Aerobics and Fitness Association of America (AFAA) or the American Council on Exercise.
Exercise videos may also be helpful, but people should be sure they are suited to their individual age and health needs, and bear the seal of the AFAA.
Consider getting a dog. A study in the February 2006 American Journal of Preventive Medicine found that dog owners in Canada walk almost twice as much as those who don’t own a dog. Regular walking is a good way to improve health.

Differences in Motivation Between Men and Women. Motivation factors may differ by gender, and women appear to have a harder time. In one study, weight loss was the greatest motivator to exercise for women, and muscle tone was the primary motivator for men. Unfortunately, effects on appearances may take a long time to show, discouraging people from continuing an exercise program even though their health is improving.

Overweight among children and adolescents has now become an epidemic in the United States. Experts say that children should be vigorously active for at least 20 - 60 minutes 3 - 5 days a week. Parents and schools must be imaginative and rigorous in encouraging children to exercise.

Role of Parents. Parents must make conscious efforts to limit sedentary activities, and to encourage physical ones for their children. This includes monitoring the time children spend on the computer, in front of the TV, or playing video games. Parents should suggest different forms of entertainment. Even children who aren't interested in joining a Little League team may enjoy a round of catch with their parents, walking in the park, or swimming in a local lake.

Role of Schools. Early school physical education programs can make a significant difference and the earlier these routines are learned, the more likely they will be carried forth into a healthy adulthood. Schools should emphasize team cooperation or individual improvement and self-mastery. Studies have shown that people tend to give up more quickly and feel less competent if their perceptions of success are based only on comparison to their peers.

People mature at different rates, and there seems to be a genetic component to coordination, strength, speed, and one's response to resistance exercise. Nonetheless, everyone should strive to be as fit as they possibly can, given their strengths and limitations.

The decision to adopt a healthier behavior -- whether it's more exercise, weight loss, or quitting smoking -- is not as simple as just deciding to do it. Behavior change expert James Prochaska and his colleagues outlined a theory, which has been supported by numerous studies, showing that people cycle through a variety of stages before a new behavior is successfully adopted over the long term. It may help you to understand how this works. As you read the description of each stage -- specifically as it relates to exercise -- you may find yourself nodding and saying to yourself, "Yes, that's me!"

Stage 1: Pre-Contemplation. People at this stage have no plans or desire to exercise. They aren't even considering exercising. They are generally unaware of the specific benefits that exercise can bring -- exercise may seem more like a hassle than something worth doing. Or, they may simply have "failed" in the past and have given up.

There's no point in talking about how to start an exercise program if you are at this stage. Instead, it is important to think about how exercise might be good for you personally -- by helping you to lose weight, feel better, have more confidence, live longer, sleep better, or reduce your stress levels. The benefits must be identified before a person will consider exercise.

If you are at this stage, a good activity is to ask four friends or family members why they exercise. Their answers may show you some real-life benefits, and inspire enough interest to compel you to take the next step.

Stage 2: Contemplation. A person at this stage is thinking, "I think I should probably exercise, but I need help getting started." People at this stage know that exercise is good for them, but it seems like a daunting task or they don't think they can pull it off. Some may have tried and "failed" in the past, but they are still receptive to another go-round.

It's important for people at this stage to consider some of the truths and falsehoods of exercise. For example, it is helpful to know that there are many forms of physical activity to select from, and that you can do your exercising in small chunks. It is not true that exercise has to be painful, or that you either succeed or fail. There is no such thing as "failure" -- people become more or less active at different stages of their lives, and it is never too late to get moving again. And people at this stage should find assurance that an exercise plan can be very simple.

If you are at this stage, a good activity is to write down all the things that you believe make exercise difficult -- and to learn strategies for overcoming or side-stepping those hurdles. People at this stage might benefit from making a pledge, contract, or other commitment that they are going to get more active in the near future. The goal is to get un-stuck by identifying the roadblocks and the ways to overcome these roadblocks. The final goal at this stage is to make a commitment.

Stage 3: Preparation. These folks are primed and motivated. They are ready to give exercise a try. The goal of this stage is to create a specific action plan that takes all factors into account, so that the "launch" is successful. People at this stage need to know how much they should be exercising, their target heart rate, and the types of exercises. They should explore the different kinds of exercises and decide which ones to try.

At this stage, people will evaluate exercise machines and health plans, if that interests them, pick the proper clothing or accessories, and consult a doctor if necessary. They also need to think about how they are going to fit their exercise plans into their daily and weekly schedule.

If you are at this stage, you should also consider some backup plans -- what to do if it rains, or if you don't feel like exercising. That way you are prepared to overcome that hurdle when you encounter it. You should be aware of what to expect realistically at the beginning -- for example, be aware that weight loss takes time, but health benefits begin immediately.

Stage 4: Action! People at this stage have just started exercising. This stage is where the biggest behavior change occurs -- these people have started to exercise but it is not yet a long-term, ingrained habit. This stage requires significant commitment and energy.

If you are at this stage, keep talking to friends and family for inspiration. Review your backup plans. Reward yourself for small achievements. Give yourself notes and reminders to exercise. Having a friend to exercise with can be very helpful as you get through this stage. You want to build and maintain momentum, because exercising gets easier once it is a habit!

Stage 5: Maintenance. The people at this stage have been exercising for at least 6 months. At this point, exercising has started to become a habit. The goal here is to prevent relapse. If you are at this stage, identify ways that you can fine-tune your program. Continue to identify roadblocks and improve your backup plans. Think about what you have found most enjoyable about exercising.

What benefits have you gained? Keep reminding yourself of these perks. If giving yourself a challenge was part of your initial motivation, set new goals and find new challenges. If you risk getting bored with your routine, find ways to vary it. Or maybe you have found a comfortable routine that you enjoy -- if it's working, great! There is no need to change it. You might want to read or learn more about your method of exercising, and develop a deeper level of understanding about it. Soon you'll be a pro!

One point about this theory is that people do not proceed from one stage to another in a simple, step-by-step fashion. They actually cycle or spiral back and forth, so that they may move from stage 1 to 2 to 3, and then back to 2 again. They may stay in maintenance mode for years and then fall back to stage 2. Remember that this is normal -- if you tried exercising in the past and didn't stick with it, don't consider yourself a failure. Just know that it's time to try again!

Resources

http://fitness.gov -- The President's Council on Physical Fitness and Sports
www.ncppa.org --National Coalition for Promoting Physical Activity
www.acefitness.org --American Council on Exercise
www.arthritis.org --The Arthritis Foundation offers tips on exercising with arthritis
www.justmove.org -- Just Move (American Heart Association)

References

Taylor, A.H., Ussher, M., & Faulkner, G. The acute effects of exercise on cigarette cravings, withdrawal symptoms, affect and smoking behaviour: a systematic review. Addiction. 2007;102:534-543.

Kruk J. Lifetime physical activity and the risk of breast cancer: a case-control study. Cancer Detect Prev. 2007;31(1):18- 28.

Tehard B, Friedenreich CM, Oppert JM, et al. Effect of physical activity on women at increased risk of breast cancer: results from the E3N cohort study. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev. 2006 Jan;15(1):57-64.

Adams SA, Matthews CE, Hebert JR, et al. Association of physical activity with hormone receptor status: the Shanghai Breast Cancer Study. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev. 2006 Jun;15(6):1170-8.

Larson EB, Wang L, Bowen JD et al. Exercise is associated with reduced risk for incident dementia among persons 65 years of age and older. Ann Intern Med. 2006 Jan 17;144(2):73-81.

Meyerhardt JA, Heseltine D, Niedzwiecki D, et al. Impact of physical activity on cancer recurrence and survival in patients with stage III colon cancer: findings from CALGB 89803. J Clin Oncol. 2006 Aug 1;24(22):3535-41.

Slattery ML. Physical activity and colorectal cancer. Sports Med. 2004;34(4):239-52.

Peters HP, De Vries WR, Vanberge-Henegouwen GP et al. Potential benefits and hazards of physical activity and exercise on the gastrointestinal tract. Gut. 2001 Mar;48(3):435-9.

Abbott, RD, White, LR, G. Ross, W, et al. Walking and Dementia in Physically Capable Elderly Men. JAMA. 2004;292:1447-1453

Calton BA, Lacey JV Jr, Schatzkin A, Schairer C, Colbert LH, Albanes D, Leitzmann MF. Physical activity and the risk of colon cancer among women: A prospective cohort study (United States). Int J Cancer. 2006 Feb 17; [Epub ahead of print]

Di Loreto C, Fanelli C, Lucidi P, et al. Make your diabetic patients walk: long-term impact of different amounts of physical activity on type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care. 2005 Jun;28(6):1295-302.

Mikkelsson LO, Nupponen H, Kaprio J, Kautiainen H, Mikkelsson M, Kujala UM. Adolescent flexibility, endurance strength, and physical activity as predictors of adult tension neck, low back pain, and knee injury: A 25 year follow up study. Br J Sports Med. 2006 Feb;40(2):107-13.

Brown SG, Rhodes RE. Relationships among dog ownership and leisure-time walking in Western Canadian adults. Am J Prev Med. 2006 Feb;30(2):131-6.

Simons R, Andel R. The effects of resistance training and walking on functional fitness in advanced old age. J Aging Health. 2006 Feb;18(1):91-105.

Review Date:
4/30/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M., Inc. is accredited by URAC, also known as the American Accreditation HealthCare Commission (www.urac.org). URAC's accreditation program is an independent audit to verify that A.D.A.M. follows rigorous standards of quality and accountability. A.D.A.M. is among the first to achieve this important distinction for online health information and services. Learn more about A.D.A.M.'s editorial policy, editorial process and privacy policy. A.D.A.M. is also a founding member of Hi-Ethics and subscribes to the principles of the Health on the Net Foundation (www.hon.ch).

A.D.A.M. Copyright

The information provided herein should not be used during any medical emergency or for the diagnosis or treatment of any medical condition. A licensed medical professional should be consulted for diagnosis and treatment of any and all medical conditions. Call 911 for all medical emergencies. Links to other sites are provided for information only -- they do not constitute endorsements of those other sites. © 1997-2009 A.D.A.M., Inc. Any duplication or distribution of the information contained herein is strictly prohibited.

adam.com

Eating disorders

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:00 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Risk Factors
Causes
Complications of Bulimia...
Complications of Anorexia...
Symptoms
Diagnosis
Treatment
Treatment for Bulimia
Treatment for Anorexia
Therapy
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Eating Disorders Overview

Eating disorders typically occur among young women.
Bulimia nervosa involves a pattern of bingeing and purging. Many people with bulimia nervosa also suffer from depression.
Anorexia nervosa involves a pattern of self-starvation. Patients often have an accompanying anxiety disorder (such as obsessive compulsive disorder) or depression. Patients who have anorexia and depression have a high risk for suicide. Some studies estimate that anorexia nervosa has the highest death rate of any psychiatric disorder.

Treatment of Bulimia Nervosa

Bulimia nervosa is treated with a combination of psychotherapy and medication. Cognitive behavioral therapy, which is given along with nutritional counseling, is the preferred psychotherapeutic approach. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), such as fluoxetine (Prozac), are the first choice for drug therapy.

Treatment of Anorexia Nervosa

Unlike bulimia nervosa, anorexia nervosa does not respond as well to drug treatment, although SSRIs are sometimes used as an adjunct to psychotherapy. Therapy that includes the entire family -- not just the patient -- is an important part of the treatment process, as is nutritional education. Patients who are severely underweight and who have other physical risks may need to be hospitalized while weight is restored. Recovery is a long process that can take 5 - 6 years to achieve.

Introduction

Eating disorders are behavioral issues brought on by a complex interplay of factors, which may include emotional and personality disorders, family pressures, a possible genetic or biologic susceptibility, and a culture in which there is an overabundance of food and an obsession with thinness. There are four general categories of eating disorders:

Bulimia nervosa
Anorexia nervosa
Binge eating
Eating disorders not otherwise specified

These are not new disorders. Although anorexia nervosa was first defined as a medical problem in the late 1800s, descriptions of self-starvation have been found even in medieval writings.

Bulimia nervosa is more common than anorexia, and it usually begins early in adolescence. It is characterized by cycles of bingeing and purging, and typically takes the following pattern:

Bulimia is often triggered when young women attempt restrictive diets, fail, and react by binge eating. (Binge eating involves consuming larger than normal amounts of food within a 2-hour period.)
In response to the binges, patients compensate, usually by purging, vomiting, using enemas, or taking laxatives, diet pills, or drugs to reduce fluids.
Patients then revert to severe dieting, excessive exercise, or both. (Some patients with bulimia follow bingeing only with fasting and exercise. They are then considered to have non-purging bulimia.)
The cycle then swings back to bingeing and then to purging again.
Some studies have reported that patients with bulimia average about 14 episodes of binge-purging per week. To be diagnosed with bulimia, however, a patient must binge and purge at least twice a week for 3 months. (Some experts believe that going through the cycle only once a week is sufficient for a diagnosis.)
In some cases, the condition progresses to anorexia. Most people with bulimia, however, have a normal to high-normal body weight, although it may fluctuate by more than 10 pounds because of the binge-purge cycle.

Young people who occasionally force vomiting after eating too much are not considered bulimic, and most of the time this occasional unhealthy behavior does not continue beyond youth.

The term "anorexia" literally means absence of appetite. Anorexia nervosa involves an aversion to food that leads to a state of starvation and emaciation. It is a very serious illness that some experts believe is an entirely different condition from bulimia and should be not be diagnosed as a simple eating disorder.

Facts associated with anorexia nervosa:

At least 15% to as much as 60% of normal body weight is lost.
The patient with anorexia nervosa has an intense fear of gaining weight, even when severely underweight.
Individuals with anorexia nervosa have a distorted image of their own weight or shape and deny the serious health consequences of their low weight.
Women with anorexia nervosa miss at least three consecutive menstrual periods. (Some experts believe women can be anorexic without this occurrence.)

Patients with this condition are often characterized as anorexia restrictors or anorexic bulimic patients. Each type is equally prevalent.

Anorexia restrictors reduce their weight by severe dieting.
Anorexic bulimic patients maintain emaciation by purging. Although both types are serious, the bulimic type, which imposes additional stress on an undernourished body, is the more damaging.

Severe anorexia is common in the elderly, who may experience weight loss because of social isolation, impaired gastrointestinal function, or loss of certain chemicals related to the feeding drive. Such age-related anorexia, however, is not synonymous with anorexia nervosa, a psychologic disorder.

Bingeing without purging is characterized as compulsive overeating (binge eating) with the absence of bulimic behaviors, such as vomiting or laxative abuse (used to eliminate calories). Binge eating usually leads to becoming overweight.

To be diagnosed as a binge eater, a person typically has the following characteristics:

Bingeing at least twice a week for 6 months
Consuming 5,000 - 15,000 calories in one sitting
Eating three meals a day plus frequent snacks
Overeating continually throughout the day, rather than consuming large amounts of food during binges

Since binge eating disorder is generally associated with weight gain, it will not be further discussed in this report. [For more information, see In-Depth Report #53: Weight control and diet.]

A fourth category called eating disorders not otherwise specified (NOS) has been established to define eating disorders not specifically defined as anorexia or bulimia. This category includes:

Infrequent binge-purge episodes (occurring less than twice a week or having such behavior for less than months)
Repeated chewing and spitting without swallowing large amounts of food
Normal weight and anorexic behavior

Such patients tend to be older at diagnosis. Although less serious than other eating disorders, these patients still face similar health problems, including a higher risk for fractures and other conditions.

Risk Factors

Many factors contribute to the risk of developing an eating disorder. In the United States, about 7 million women and 1 million men suffer from eating disorders.

Eating disorders occur most often in adolescents and young adults. However, new research finds that they are increasingly prevalent among young children. Eating disorders are more difficult to identify in young children because they are rarely suspected.

Studies indicate that eating disorders occur predominantly among girls and women. About 90 - 95% of patients with anorexia nervosa, and about 80% of patients with bulimia nervosa, are female.

Most studies of individuals with eating disorders have been conducted using Caucasian middle-class females. Studies now indicate, however, that minority populations (including Hispanic Americans and African-Americans) are increasingly affected.

Living in any economically developed nation on any continent appears to pose a risk for eating disorders. Within nations, eating disorders can affect people of all socioeconomic levels.

People with eating disorders tend to share similar personality and behavioral traits, including low self-esteem, dependency, and problems with self-direction. Specific psychiatric personality disorders may put people at higher risk for eating disorders.

Avoidant Personalities. Some studies indicate that many patients with anorexia nervosa have avoidant personalities. This personality disorder is characterized by:

Being a perfectionist
Being emotionally and sexually inhibited
Having less of a fantasy life than people with bulimia or those without an eating disorder
Being perceived as always being "good," not being rebellious
Being terrified of being ridiculed or criticized or of feeling humiliated

People with anorexia are extremely sensitive to failure, and any criticism, no matter how slight, reinforces their own belief that they are "no good".

Obsessive-Compulsive Personality. Obsessive-compulsive personality defines certain character traits (being a perfectionist, morally rigid, or preoccupied with rules and order). This personality disorder has been strongly associated with a higher risk for anorexia. These traits should not be confused with the anxiety disorder called obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), although they may increase the risk for this disorder.

Borderline Personalities. Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD) is associated with self-destructive and impulsive behaviors. People with BPD tend to have other co-existing mental health problems, including eating disorders.

Narcissistic Personalities. Studies have also found that people with bulimia or anorexia are often highly narcissistic and tend to:

Have an inability to soothe oneself
Have an inability to empathize with others
Have a need for admiration
Be hypersensitive to criticism or defeat

Many patients with eating disorders experience depression and anxiety disorders. Depression, anxiety, or both is also common in families of patients with eating disorders. It is not clear if emotional disorders, particularly obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), cause the eating disorders, increase susceptibility to them, or share common biologic cause.

Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD). Obsessive-compulsive disorder is an anxiety disorder that occurs in up to two thirds of patients with anorexia and up to one third of patients with bulimia. In fact, some experts believe that eating disorders are variants of OCD. Obsessions are recurrent or persistent mental images, thoughts, or ideas, which may result in compulsive behaviors (repetitive, rigid, and self-prescribed routines) that are intended to prevent the manifestation of the obsession. Women with anorexia and OCD may become obsessed with exercise, dieting, and food. They often develop compulsive rituals (weighing every bit of food, cutting it into tiny pieces, or putting it into tiny containers). The presence of OCD with either anorexia or bulimia does not, however, appear to have any influence on whether a patient improves or not.

Obsessive-compulsive disorder is an anxiety disorder characterized by an inability to resist or stop continuous, abnormal thoughts or fears combined with ritualistic, repetitive, and involuntary defense behavior.

Other Anxiety Disorders. A number of other anxiety disorders have been associated with both bulimia and anorexia, including:

Phobias. Phobias often precede the onset of the eating disorder. Social phobias, in which a person is fearful about being humiliated in public, are common in both types of eating disorders.
Panic Disorder. Panic disorder often follows the onset of an eating disorder. It is characterized by periodic attacks of anxiety or terror (panic attacks).
Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder. Many women with serious eating disorders report a past traumatic event, and many exhibit symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) -- an anxiety disorder that occurs in response to life-threatening circumstances.

Depression. Depression is common in people with eating disorders, for both anorexia and bulimia. Major depression is unlikely to be a cause of eating disorders, however, because treating and relieving depression rarely cures an eating disorder. In addition, depression often improves after anorexic patients begin to gain weight.

Extreme eating disorder behaviors, including use of diet pills, laxatives, diuretics, and vomiting, are reported more often in overweight teenagers. Researchers are working on strategies for preventing the development of eating disorders among overweight adolescents. A 2006 study that targeted overweight college-age women reported success with an Internet-based cognitive behavioral therapy program that helped these women become more comfortable with their body weight and shape. The program also included information on the risks of eating disorders, and education on healthy eating and weight maintenance.

Body Dysmorphic Disorder. Body dysmorphic disorder (BDD) involves a distorted view of one's body that is caused by social, psychologic, or possibly biologic factors. It is often associated with anorexia or bulimia, but it can also occur without any eating disorder. People with this disorder commonly suffer from emotional disorders, including obsessive-compulsive disorder and depression. As part of obsessive thinking, some people with BDD may obsess about a perceived deformity in one area of their body, and may repeatedly seek cosmetic surgery to "correct" it. People with BDD are also at higher risk for suicidal thinking and attempts. Some evidence suggests that treatment with fluoxetine (Prozac), a common antidepressant known as an SSRI helps reduce this problem, even in people without an eating disorder.

Muscle Dysmorphia. Experts are also increasingly reporting a disorder in which people have distorted body images involving their muscles. It tends to occur in men who perceive themselves as being "puny," which results in excessive body building, preoccupation with diet, and social problems. Such individuals are prone to eating disorders and other unhealthy behaviors, including the use of anabolic steroids.

Highly competitive athletes are often perfectionists, a trait common among people with eating disorders.

Female Athletes. Excessive exercise is associated with many cases of anorexia (and, to a lesser degree, bulimia). In young female athletes, anorexia postpones puberty, allowing them to retain a muscular boyish shape without the normal accumulation of fatty tissues in breasts and hips that may blunt their competitive edge. Many coaches and teachers compound the problem by overstressing calorie counting and loss of body fat.

In response, people who are vulnerable to such criticism may lose excessive weight, which has been known to be deadly even for famous athletes. The term "female athlete triad" in fact, is now a common and serious disorder facing young female athletes and dancers and describes the combined presence of the following problems:

Eating disorders, including anorexia
Amenorrhea (absence or irregular menstruation)
Osteoporosis (bone loss, which appears to be related to low weight)

Male Athletes. Male wrestlers and lightweight rowers are also at risk for excessive dieting. One-third of high school wrestlers use a method called weight-cutting for rapid weight loss. This process involves food restriction and fluid depletion by using steam rooms, saunas, laxatives, and diuretics. Although male athletes are more apt to resume normal eating patterns once competition ends, studies show that the body fat levels of many wrestlers are still well below their peers during off-season and are often as low as 3% during wrestling season.

Men and Women in the Military. Studies also show a higher-than-average risk for eating disorders in men and women in the military. A study of eating behavior on one Army base reported that 8% of the women had an eating disorder, compared to 1 - 3% in the civilian female population.

In general, vegetarianism, with careful planning, is a healthy practice for both adults and adolescents. Studies report, however, that vegetarianism in adolescence may be a risk factor for eating disorders in both males and females. Vegetarian teens have been found to be twice as likely to diet frequently, four times as likely to intensively diet, and eight times as likely to use laxatives as their non-vegetarian peers.

These studies do not mean that being a vegetarian equates with having an eating disorder. They do suggest, however, that parents with children who suddenly become vegetarians should be sure that their children are eating a balanced meal with sufficient protein, calories, and important minerals, such as calcium. Parents also might suspect anorexic behavior in their child under certain conditions:

If the child has stopped eating meat only to avoid fat rather than from other motives, such as love of animals or to improve health.
If the vegetarian diet coincides with rapid weight loss.
If the child avoids important vegetable products because of calories (such as whole grains) or because of fats and oils (such as tofu, nuts, and dairy products).

Eating disorders may be more common in teenagers with chronic illness, such as diabetes or asthma. Some recent research suggests an endocrinological link between obesity, diabetes, and eating disorders.

Diabetes. Eating disorders are particularly serious problems for people with either type 1 or type 2 diabetes.

Binge eating (without purging) is most common in type 2 diabetes and, in fact, the obesity it causes may even trigger this diabetes in some people.
Both bulimia and anorexia are common in type 1 diabetes. A 2005 study indicated that as many as 25% of young women with type 1 diabetes may develop abnormal eating habits, and that the combination of diabetes and an eating disorder can have serious health consequences in the women's future. Diabetic women often omit or underuse insulin in order to control weight. If such patients develop anorexia, their extremely low weight may appear to control the diabetes for a while. Eventually, however, if they fail to take insulin and continue to lose weight, these patients develop life-threatening complications.

Click the icon to see an image of type 1 diabetes.

There is a greater risk for eating disorders and other emotional problems for girls who undergo early puberty, when the pressures experienced by all adolescents are intensified by experiencing, possibly alone, these early physical changes, including normal increased body fat. One interesting study reported that:

Before puberty, girls ate quantities of food appropriate to their body weight, were satisfied with their bodies, and noted their depression increased with lower food intake.
After puberty, girls ate about three-quarters of the recommended calorie intake, had a worse body self-image, and noted their depression increased with higher food intake.

This study reported on girls without eating disorders, but it certainly suggests patterns that can lead to eating problems, particularly in girls who go through puberty early. Other studies also indicate that girls who start menstruating at a younger age are more likely to develop eating disorders.

Causes

There is no single cause for eating disorders. Although concerns about weight and body shape play a role in all eating disorders, the actual cause of these disorders appear to result from many factors, including cultural and family pressures and emotional and personality disorders. Genetics and biologic factors may also play a role.

Negative influences within the family may play a major role in triggering and perpetuating eating disorders. Some studies have produced the following observations and theories regarding family influence.

Insecure Infancy. Some experts theorize that parents who fail to provide a safe and secure foundation in infancy may foster eating disorders. In such cases, children experience so-called insecure attachments. They are more likely to have greater weight concerns and lower self-esteem than are those with secure attachments.
Parental Behaviors. Poor parenting by both mothers and fathers has been implicated in eating disorders. One study found that 40% of 9- and 10-year-old girls trying to lose weight generally with the urging of their mothers. Some studies have found that mothers of anorexics tend to be over-involved in their child's life, while mothers of people with bulimia are critical and detached. Overly critical fathers, brothers, or both may play a factor in the development of anorexia in both girls and boys.
Family Meals. How often a family eats together may influence whether a child develops an eating disorder. A study published in the Journal of Adolescent Health found that young girls who ate 3 - 4 meals per week with their families were about half as likely to engage in extreme weight control behaviors as girls who ate family meals less often.
Family History of Addictions or Emotional Disorders. Studies report that people with either anorexia or bulimia are more likely to have parents with alcoholism or substance abuse than are those in the general population. Parents of people with bulimia appear to be more likely to have psychiatric disorders than parents of patients with anorexia.
History of Abuse. Women with eating disorders, particularly bulimia, appear to have a higher incidence of sexual abuse. Studies have reported sexual abuse rates as high as 35% in women with bulimia.
Family History of Obesity. People with bulimia are more likely than average to have an obese parent or to have been overweight themselves during childhood.

At least one study has reported that the most positive way for parents to influence their children's eating habits and to prevent weight problems and eating disorders is to have healthy eating habits themselves.

Anorexia is eight times more common in people who have relatives with the disorder, and some experts estimate that genetic factors are the root cause of many cases of eating disorders. Twins had a tendency to share specific eating disorders (anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, and obesity). Researchers have identified specific chromosomes that may be associated with bulimia and anorexia. In particular, regions on chromosome 10 have been linked to bulimia as well as obesity. Some evidence has also reported an association with genetic factors responsible for serotonin, the brain chemical involved with both well-being and appetite. Researchers have also pinpointed certain proteins such as brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF). This protein may influence an individual's susceptibility to developing an eating disorder.

The approach to food in Western countries is extremely problematic. Enough food is produced in the U.S. to supply 3,800 calories every day to each man, woman, and child, far more than any single person needs to sustain life. Obesity is a global epidemic, and few people living in this over-fed and sedentary culture eat a meal guiltlessly.

One interesting anthropologic study reported the following observations:

During historical periods or in cultures where women are financially dependent and marital ties are stronger, the standard is toward being curvaceous, possibly reflecting a cultural or economic need for greater reproduction.
During periods or in cultures where female independence has been possible, the standard of female attractiveness tends toward thinness.

The response of the media to the cultural drive for thinness and the overproduction of food both likely play major roles in triggering obesity and eating disorders.

On the one hand, advertisers heavily market weight-reduction programs and present anorexic young models as the paradigm of sexual desirability.
Clothes are designed and displayed for thin bodies in spite of the fact that few women could wear them successfully.
On the other hand, the media floods the public with attractive ads for consuming foods, especially "junk" foods.

Hormonal abnormalities are common in eating disorders and include chemical abnormalities in the thyroid, the reproductive regions, and areas related to stress, well-being, and appetite. Many of these chemical changes are certainly a result of malnutrition or other aspects of eating disorders, but they also may play a role in perpetuating or even creating susceptibility to the disorders.

The primary setting of many of these abnormalities originate in a small area of the brain called the limbic system. A specific system called hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis (HPA) may be particularly important in eating disorders. It originates in the following regions in the brain:

Hypothalamus. The hypothalamus is a small structure that plays a role in controlling our behavior, such as eating, sexual behavior and sleeping, and regulates body temperature, emotions, secretion of hormones, and movement.

Click the icon to see an image of the hypothalamus.

The pituitary gland. The pituitary gland is involved in controlling thyroid functions, the adrenal glands, growth, and sexual maturation.
Amygdala. This small almond-like structure lies deep in the brain and is associated with regulation and control of major emotional activities, including anxiety, depression, aggression, and affection.

Click the icon to see an image of the brain-thyroid link.

Stress Hormones. The HPA systems trigger the production and release of stress hormones called glucocorticoids, including the primary stress hormone cortisol. Chronically elevated levels of stress chemicals have been observed in patients with anorexia and bulimia. Cortisol is very important in marshaling systems throughout the body (including the heart, lungs, circulation, metabolism, immune systems, and skin) to deal quickly with any threat.

Release of Neurotransmitters. The HPA system also releases certain neurotransmitters (chemical messengers) that regulate stress, mood, and appetite and are being heavily investigated for a possible role in eating disorders. Abnormalities in the activities of three of them, serotonin, norepinephrine, and dopamine, are of particular interest. Serotonin is involved with well-being, anxiety, and appetite (among other traits), and norepinephrine is a stress hormone. Dopamine is involved in reward-seeking behavior. Recent research suggests that people with anorexia have increased activity in the brain's dopamine receptors. This overactivity may explain why people with anorexia do not experience a sense of pleasure from food and other typical comforts.

Ghrelin. High levels of ghrelin, a hormone that increases the feeling of hunger and slows metabolism, have been noted in patients with anorexia and bulimia.

Low-Leptin Levels. Leptin is a hormone that appears to trigger the hypothalamus to stimulate appetite, and low levels have been observed in people with anorexia and bulimia.

Low Reproductive Hormones. The hypothalamic-pituitary system is also responsible for the production of important reproductive hormones that are severely depleted in anorexics. Although most experts believe that these reproductive abnormalities are a result of anorexia, others have reported that in 30 - 50% of people with anorexia, menstrual disturbances occurred before severe malnutrition set in and remained a problem long after weight gain, indicating that hypothalamic-pituitary abnormalities precede the eating disorder itself.

In some cases, infection has been associated with anorexia. In such cases, immune factors released to fight these infections may cause inflammation and injury in the areas of the brain that affect appetite and behavior.

Streptococcal Infection. The bacteria responsible for strep throat and rheumatic fever -- called group A beta-hemolytic streptococcal (GABHS) -- is now a suspect in some cases of anorexia. Some children who have been infected with these bacteria develop a syndrome that includes obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), tics, and anorexia nervosa. The syndrome is called PANDAS (Pediatric Autoimmune Neuropsychiatric Disorders Associated with Streptococcus). More research is needed to confirm this as an actual cause of anorexia and to determine if it may be treatable with antibiotics.

Epstein Barr Virus. Epstein Barr, the virus that causes mononucleosis, has also been associated with the development of anorexia.

Click the icon to see an image of infectious mononucleosis.

Complications of Bulimia

Most studies report that patients who have bulimia without severe weight loss have a much better outlook than patients with anorexia. Some studies have suggested that 60 - 80% of bulimic patients are in remission within 3 months of treatment. However, relapse is common, and over half of women with bulimia continue to battle disordered eating habits for years. In one study, bulimia itself persisted in 10 - 25% of patients after treatment.

Many medical problems are directly associated with bulimic behavior, including:

Tooth erosion, cavities, and gum problems
Water retention, swelling, and abdominal bloating
Acute stomach distress
Fluid loss with low potassium levels (due to excessive vomiting or laxative use; can lead to extreme weakness, near paralysis, or lethal heart rhythms)
Irregular periods
Swallowing problems and esophagus damage

Forced vomiting causes repetitive assaults on the esophagus (the food pipe) from forced vomiting. It is not clear, however, if swallowing problems are common.

The esophagus connects the nose and mouth with the stomach. The epiglottis folds over the trachea when a swallow occurs, to prevent the swallowed substance from being inhaled into the lungs. When a person is unable to swallow because of illness or coma, a tube may be inserted either through the mouth or nose, past the epiglottis, through the esophagus and into the stomach. Nutrients pass directly through the tube into the stomach.

Rupture of the esophagus, or food pipe
Weakened rectal walls (rare, but serious condition that requires surgery)

Click the icon to see an image of the rectum.

A number of self-destructive behaviors occur with bulimia:

Smoking. Many teenage girls with eating disorders smoke because it is thought to help prevent weight gain.
Impulsive Behaviors. Women with bulimia are at higher-than-average risk for dangerous impulsive behaviors, such as sexual promiscuity, self-cutting, and kleptomania. Some studies have reported such behaviors in half of those with bulimia.
Alcohol and Substance Abuse. An estimated 30 - 70% of patients with bulimia abuse alcohol, drugs, or both. This rate is higher than that of the general population and for people with anorexia. However, this higher rate of substance abuse may be a distortion because studies are conducted only on diagnosed patients. Bulimia tends not to get diagnosed. And reports of bulimia in the community (where the incidence of the eating disorder is higher than statistics suggest) indicate that substance abuse is actually lower than in people with anorexia.

Women with bulimia frequently abuse over-the-counter medications, such as laxatives, appetite suppressants, diuretics, and drugs that induce vomiting (ipecac). None of these drugs is without risk. For example, ipecac poisonings have been reported, and some people become dependent on laxatives for normal bowel functioning. Diet pills, even herbal and over-the-counter medications, can be hazardous, particularly if they are abused.

Complications of Anorexia

Anorexia nervosa is a very serious illness that has a wide range of effects on the body and mind. It is also associated with other problems, ranging from frequent flus and general poor health to life-threatening conditions. Some experts believe that it should not be approached as a simple eating disorder but as a serious condition requiring staging according to severity.

At this time, no treatment program for anorexia nervosa is completely effective. Recovery rates vary between 23 - 50%, and relapses range from 4 - 27%. Recovery takes an average of 5 - 6 years from the time of diagnosis. Up to 30% of patients do not recover.

Even after treatment and weight gain, many patients continue to display characteristics of the disorder, including perfectionism and a drive for thinness, which could keep them at risk for recurrence.

Some research suggests that anorexia nervosa has the highest death rate of any psychiatric disorder. According to different studies, the risk for early death is higher for people with the following conditions or characteristics:

Being younger
Having bulimia anorexia (twice as high in this group than in the anorexic-restrictor types)
Being severely low in weight at the time of treatment
Being sick for more than 6 years
Having been previously obese
Having an accompanying severe psychological disorder including personality disorders

One of the most serious effects of anorexia is hormonal changes, which can have severe health consequences.

Reproductive hormones, including estrogen and dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA), are lower. Estrogen is important for healthy hearts and bones. DHEA, a weak male hormone, may also be important for bone health and for other functions.
Thyroid hormones are lower.
Stress hormones are higher.
Growth hormones are lower. Children and adolescents with anorexia may experience retarded growth.

The result of many of these hormonal abnormalities in women is long-term, irregular or absent menstruation (amenorrhea). This can occur early on in anorexia, even before severe weight loss. Over time this causes infertility, bone loss, and other problems. Low weight alone may not be sufficient to cause amenorrhea. Extreme fasting and purging behaviors may play an even stronger role in hormonal disturbance.

Adolescents with eating behaviors associated with anorexia (fasting, frequent exercise to lose weight, and self-induced vomiting) are at high risk for anxiety and depression in young adulthood. Alcohol and drug abuse are more common in patients with anorexia. Suicide has been estimated to account for as many as half the deaths in anorexia with studies showing up to a fifth of anorexic patients attempting suicide.

Heart disease is the most common medical cause of death in people with severe anorexia. The effects of anorexia on the heart are:

Dangerous heart rhythms, including slow rhythms known as bradycardia, may develop. Such abnormalities can show up even in teenagers with anorexia.

Bradycardia is a slowness of the heartbeat, usually at a rate under 60 beats per minute (normal resting rate is 60 - 100 beats per minute).

Blood flow is reduced
Blood pressure may drop
The heart muscles starve, losing size
Cholesterol levels tend to rise

Click the icon to see an image of cholesterol.

A primary danger to the heart is from abnormalities in the balance of minerals, such as potassium, calcium, magnesium, and phosphate, which are normally dissolved in the body's fluid. The dehydration and starvation that occurs with anorexia can reduce fluid and mineral levels and produce a condition known as electrolyte imbalance. Electrolytes (calcium and potassium) are critical for maintaining the electric currents necessary for a normal heartbeat. An imbalance in these electrolytes can be very serious and even life threatening unless fluids and minerals are replaced. Heart problems are a particular risk when anorexia is compounded by bulimia and the use of ipecac, a drug that causes vomiting.

After treatment and an increase in weight, estrogen levels are usually restored and periods resume. In severe anorexia, however, even after treatment, normal menstruation never returns in 25% of such patients.

If a woman with anorexia becomes pregnant before regaining normal weight, she faces a higher risk for miscarriage, cesarean section, and for having an infant with low birth weight or birth defects. She is also at higher risk for postpartum depression.
Women with anorexia who seek fertility treatments have lower chances for success.

Most pregnant women with a history of eating disorders have healthy pregnancies. However, some studies suggest that they may face higher risks for a number of complications, including cesarean sections, postpartum depression, miscarriages, complicated deliveries, and premature birth. Many studies indicate that babies born to mothers with eating disorders have a higher risk for low birth weight. However, an encouraging 2006 study reported that mothers with a history of anorexia nervosa do not have a higher risk for pregnancy complications or poor birth outcomes.

Almost 90% of women with anorexia experience osteopenia (loss of bone minerals), and 40% have osteoporosis (more advanced loss of bone density). Up to two-thirds of children and adolescent girls with anorexia fail to develop strong bones during their critical growing period. Boys with anorexia also suffer from stunted growth. The less the patient weighs, the more severe the bone loss. Women with anorexia who also binge-purge face an even higher risk for bone loss.

Bone loss in women is mainly due to low estrogen levels that occur with anorexia. Other biologic factors in anorexia also may contribute to bone loss, including high levels of stress hormones (which impair bone growth) and low levels of calcium, certain growth factors, and DHEA (a weak male hormone). Weight gain, unfortunately, does not completely restore bone. Only achieving regular menstruation as soon as possible can protect against permanent bone loss. The longer the eating disorder persists the more likely the bone loss will be permanent.

Testosterone levels decline in boys as they lose weight, which also can affect their bone density. In young boys with anorexia, weight restoration produces some catch-up growth, but it may not produce full growth.

People with severe anorexia may suffer nerve damage that affects the brain and other parts of the body. The following nerve-related conditions have been reported:

Seizures
Disordered thinking
Numbness or odd nerve sensations in the hands or feet (peripheral neuropathy)

Brain scans indicate that parts of the brain undergo structural changes and abnormal activity during anorexic states. Some of these changes return to normal after weight gain, but there is evidence that some damage may be permanent. Still, the extent of the neurologic problems is unclear.

Anemia is a common result of anorexia and starvation. In one study, 38% of anorexic participants had anemia. A particularly serious blood problem is pernicious anemia, which can be caused by severely low levels of vitamin B12. If anorexia becomes extreme, the bone marrow dramatically reduces its production of blood cells, a life-threatening condition called pancytopenia.

Bloating and constipation are both very common problems in people with anorexia.

In very late anorexia, the organs simply fail. The main warning sign is high blood levels of liver enzymes, which require immediate administration of calories.

Eating disorders are very serious for young people with type 1 diabetes. A study of over 2,000 women found that bulimia, or a combination of bulimia and anorexia, was more common among women with type 1 diabetes.

The complications of eating disorders that affect all patients are even more dangerous in this group of patients. Low blood sugar, for example, is a danger for anyone with anorexia, but it is a particularly dangerous risk for those with diabetes. If patients do not take their insulin, high blood sugar, which is also very dangerous, can occur. Unfortunately, patients with eating disorders may skip or reduce their daily insulin in order to decrease their intake of calories. Extremely high blood sugar levels can cause diabetic ketoacidosis, a condition in which acidic chemicals (ketones) accumulate in the body. This condition can lead to coma and death.

Symptoms

Possibly the most bewildering symptom of eating disorders is the distorted body image (body dysmorphia ). Although people typically associate distorted body image with severe anorexia, one study indicated that distortion may be more prevalent in people with bulimia. People with bulimia were more likely than those with anorexia to overestimate their size. There was also a greater disparity between what they wanted to look like and what they believed they looked like.

People with bulimia nearly always practice it in secret, and, although they may be underweight, they are not always anorexic. Symptoms or signs of bulimia may, therefore, be very subtle and go unnoticed. They may include:

Evidence of discarded packaging for laxatives, diet pills, emetics (drugs that induce vomiting), or diuretics (medications that reduce fluids)
Regularly going to the bathroom right after meals
Suddenly eating large amounts of food or buying large quantities that disappear right away
Compulsive exercising
Broken blood vessels in the eyes (from the strain of vomiting)
Pouch-like appearance to the corners of the mouth due to swollen salivary glands (occurs within days of vomiting in about 8% of people with bulimia)
Dry mouth
Tooth cavities, diseased gums, and irreversible enamel erosion from excessive acid
Rashes and pimples
Small cuts and calluses across the tops of finger joints due to self-induced vomiting

Weight Loss. The primary symptom of anorexia is major weight loss from excessive and continuous dieting, which may either be restrictive dieting or binge-eating and purging.

Other symptoms of anorexia may include:

Infrequent or absent menstrual periods
Compulsive exercising coupled with excessive thinness
Refusal to eat in front of others
Ritualistic eating, including cutting food into small pieces
Hypersensitivity to cold -- some women wear several layers of clothing to both keep warm and hide their thinness
Yellowish skin, especially on the palms of the hands and soles of the feet -- from eating too many vitamin A-rich vegetables such as carrots
Dry skin covered with fine hair
Thin scalp hair
Cold or swollen feet and hands
Stomach problems, including bloating after eating
Confused or slowed thinking
Poor memory or judgment

Diagnosis

The first step towards a diagnosis is to admit the existence of an eating disorder. Often, the patient needs to be compelled by a parent or others to see a doctor because the patient may deny and resist the problem. Some patients may even self-diagnose their condition as an allergy to carbohydrates, because after being on a restricted diet, eating carbohydrates can produce gastrointestinal problems, dizziness, weakness, and palpitations. This may lead such people to restrict carbohydrates even more severely.

It is often extremely difficult for parents as well as the patient to admit that a problem is present. For example, because food is such an intrinsic part of the mother-child relationship, a child's eating disorder might seem like a terrible parental failure. Parents may have their own emotional issues with weight gain and loss and perceive no problem with having a "thin" child.

It is recommended that a supportive companion be present during part of the initial medical interview to offer additional information on the patient's eating history and to help offset any resistance or denial the patient may express.

Various questionnaires are available for assessing patients. The Eating Disorders Examination (EDE), which is an interview of the patient by the doctor, and the self-reported Eating Disorders Examination-Questionnaire (EDE-Q) are both considered valid tests for assessing eating disorder diagnosis and determining specific features of the individual’s condition (such as vomiting or laxative use).

Another test is called the SCOFF questionnaire. It is proving to be very reliable in accurately identifying both very young and adult patients who meet the full criteria for anorexia or bulimia nervosa. (It may not be as accurate in people who do not meet the full criteria.)

SCOFF Questionnaire

Do you make yourself Sick because you feel uncomfortably full?

Do you worry you have lost Control over how much you eat?

Have you recently lost more than One stone 's worth of weight (14 pounds) in a 3-month period?

Do you believe yourself to be Fat when others say you are too thin?

Would you say that Food dominates your life?

Answering yes to two of these questions is a strong indicator of an eating disorder.

In spite of the prevalence of bulimia, a majority of doctors have never diagnosed bulimia in a patient. Younger and female doctors are more likely to detect bulimia. A doctor should make a diagnosis of bulimia if there are at least two bulimic episodes per week for 3 months. Because people with bulimia tend to have complications with their teeth and gums, dentists could play a crucial role in identifying and diagnosing bulimia.

Generally, an observation of physical symptoms and a personal history will quickly confirm the diagnosis of anorexia. The standard criteria for diagnosing anorexia nervosa are:

The patient's refusal to maintain a body weight normal for age and height
Intense fear of becoming fat even though underweight
A distorted self-image that results in diminished self-confidence
Denial of the seriousness of emaciation and starvation
The loss of menstrual function for at least 3 months

The doctor then categorizes the anorexia further:

Restricting (severe dieting only)
Anorexia bulimia (binge-purge behavior)

Because the disorder rarely shows up in men, doctors may not be on the lookout for it in male patients, even if they show classic symptoms of anorexia. Doctors should be very aware of these symptoms in anyone, particularly in athletes and dancers.

Once a diagnosis is made, doctors should immediately check for any serious complications of starvation. They should also rule out other medical disorders that might be causing the anorexia. Tests should include:

A complete blood count
Tests for electrolyte imbalances (low potassium levels mean the disorder is more likely to be accompanied by the binge-purge syndrome)
Test for protein levels
An electrocardiogram and a chest x-ray
Tests for liver, kidney, and thyroid problems
A bone density test

Treatment

Treatment goals for eating disorders include:

Restore normal weight for anorexia nervosa
Reduce, and hopefully stop, binge eating and purging for bulimia nervosa
Treat physical complications and any associated psychiatric disorders
Teach patients proper nutritional habits and how to develop healthy eating patterns and meal plans
Change patients’ dysfunctional thoughts about the eating disorder
Improve self-control, self-esteem, and behavior
Provide family counseling
Prevent relapse

The first major difficulty in treating eating disorders is resistance by everyone involved:

The anorexic patient often believes that the emaciation is normal and even attractive.
The bulimic patient may feel that purging is the only way to prevent obesity.
Even worse, the anorexic condition may be encouraged by friends who envy thinness or by dance or athletic coaches who encourage low body fat.
The family itself may deny the problem and be obstructive or manipulative, adding to the difficulties of treatment.

It is very important that the patient and any close friends and relatives be informed about the serious potential of these conditions and the importance of receiving immediate help.

A multidisciplinary team approach with consistent support and counseling is essential for long-term recovery from all severe eating disorders. Depending on the severity and type of disorder, team members may include:

Doctors specializing in relevant medical complications
Dietitians
Cognitive-behavioral therapists
Psychotherapists
Nurses

All should be skilled in treating eating disorders. Studies have found that people treated by such specialists have a lower mortality rate than those treated only as psychiatric patients.

Patients may drop out of programs if they have unrealistic expectations of being "cured" simply through the therapists' insights. Before a program begins, the following possibilities should be made clear:

The process is painful and requires hard work on the part of the patient and family.
A number of therapeutic methods are likely to be tried until the patient succeeds in overcoming these difficult disorders.
Relapse is common but should not be greeted with despair. (In one study, about 90% of bulimic patients responded to treatments after 6 years.)

Although the outcome for bulimics is generally more favorable than for anorexics, long-term studies are showing recovery in most people treated for anorexia.

Psychotherapies. Eating disorders are nearly always treated with some form of psychiatric or psychologic treatment. Depending on the problem, certain psychologic approaches may work better than others.

Medications. Various medications may be helpful for patients depending on the type of eating disorder, psychiatric state, and severity of the condition.

Nutritional Rehabilitation. Nutritional counseling can help patients regain weight and learn normal expectations concerning hunger and eating patterns.

The patient’s condition, social circumstances, and health insurance coverage determine the type of treatment facility -- inpatient hospitalization, residential hospitalization, partial hospitalization, or outpatient care. Weight is not the sole determining factor. The patient’s overall physical condition, psychological state, behavior patterns, and family support are all factors. Patients and their families should discuss with their doctors the various options available and how structured and intense the treatment should be.

Treatment for Bulimia

Some experts recommend a stepped approach for patients with bulimia, which follow specific stages depending on the severity and response to initial treatments:

Support groups. This is the least expensive approach and may be helpful for patients who have mild conditions with no health consequences.
Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) along with nutritional therapy is the preferred first treatment for bulimia that does not respond to support groups.
Drugs. The drugs used for bulimia are typically antidepressants known as selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs). A combination of CBT and SSRIs is very effective if CBT alone is not helpful.

Patients with bulimia rarely need hospitalization except under the following circumstances:

Binge-purge cycles have led to anorexia
Drugs are needed for withdrawal from purging
Major depression is present

Psychologic Therapy. Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) is the first-line of therapy for most patients with bulimia and is successful in about 60% of cases. Patients who do not respond to CBT tend to be less committed to the treatment, are more preoccupied with their symptoms, and have ritualized eating behaviors. Interpersonal therapy may be tried if CBT fails. Some studies have found that bulimic patients respond well to self-help CBT with a CD-ROM or manual. These methods, the research found, reduced the incidence of both binging and vomiting. Patients who do not respond to CBT may wish to try interpersonal therapy (also known as “talk therapy’), where therapists help patients explore how social and family relationships may affect their eating disorder.

Antidepressants. The most common antidepressants prescribed for bulimia are selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) such as:

Fluoxetine (Prozac)
Sertraline (Zoloft)
Paroxetine (Paxil)
Fluvoxamine (Luvox)

Studies are mixed, however, on whether SSRIs offer an additional advantage in reducing binge-eating compared to CBT. Fluoxetine has been approved for bulimia and is considered the drug of choice, although some studies suggest that other SSRIs work just as well.

Antidepressants may increase the risks for suicidal thoughts and actions during the first few months of treatment. In particular, adolescents and young adults should be carefully monitored during this time period for any changes in behavior.

Topiramate. The antiepileptic drug topiramate (Topamax) has been shown in studies to reduce bingeing and purging episodes in patients with bulimia. However, due to this drug’s risk for serious side effects, topiramate should be used only if other medication has failed. In addition, because people tend to lose weight while taking topiramate, it should not be used by patients who have low or even normal body weight.

Treatment for Anorexia

Treatment goals for patients with anorexia require a team approach. Doctors should immediately check and treat any medical problems related to the condition, such as bone loss, imbalances in important electrolytes, and any hormonal deficiencies, including thyroid and reproductive hormones. Nutrition rehabilitation and psychotherapy also plays an important part in anorexia therapy.

Many moderately to severely ill anorexic patients require hospitalization when:

Weight loss continues even with outpatient treatment
Weight is 30% below ideal body weight
Depression is severe or the patient is suicidal
There are symptoms of medical complications (disturbed heart rate, low potassium levels, altered mental status, low blood pressure, severe sensations of cold)

When severe metabolic or medical problems occur, patients with anorexia may need to be hospitalized either voluntarily or involuntarily. A variety of partial hospitalization or day care programs are also available.

Duration of Inpatient Treatment. For people with severe anorexia, many experts believe that 10 - 12 weeks of hospitalization with full nutritional support are required to reach ideal body weight. Check to see how many days your insurance company allows for inpatient treatment. Many rarely cover more than 15 days in the hospital. It is particularly important for women with both diabetes and anorexia to achieve 100% of ideal weight before being released.

The body mass index (BMI) is the measurement of body fat. It is derived by multiplying a person's weight in pounds by 703 and then dividing it twice by the height in inches.

A healthy BMI for women over age 20 is 19 - 24.
Those over 24 are considered to be at risk for health problems related to obesity.
Those under 17.5 are considered to be at risk for health problems related to anorexia. (However, young teenagers can have lower BMIs without necessarily being anorexic.)

For example, a woman who is 5'5" and weighs 125 pounds has a healthy BMI of 21. A woman at the same height who weighs 90 pounds would have a dangerously low BMI of 15.

Nutritional intervention is essential. Weight gain is associated with fewer symptoms of anorexia and with improvements in both physical and mental function. Restoring good nutrition can help reduce bone loss, and raising the level of energy available to the body by balancing food intake and exercise can normalize hormonal function. Restoring weight is also essential before the patient can fully benefit from additional psychotherapeutic treatments.

Goals for Weight Gain and Good Nutrition. A weight-gain goal of 2 - 3 pounds a week for hospitalized patients, and 0.5 - 1 pound a week for outpatients, is strongly encouraged. Patients typically begin with a calorie count as low as 1,000 - 1,600 calories a day, which is then gradually increased to 2,000 - 3,500 calories a day. Patients may initially experience intensified anxiety and depressive symptoms, as well as fluid retention, in response to weight gain. These symptoms decrease as the weight is maintained.

Tubal Feedings. Feeding tubes that pass through the nose to the stomach are not commonly used, since many experts believe they discourage a return to normal eating habits and because many patients interpret their use as punishing forced feeding. However, for patients who are at significant risk or for those who refuse to eat, tube feeding through the nose or through a tube inserted through the abdomen into the stomach can help with weight gain and improve the nutritional status of the patient. One method is to administer such feedings only at nighttime, with the patient eating normally during the day.

Intravenous Feedings. Intravenous feedings may be needed in life-threatening situations. This involves inserting a needle into the vein and infusing fluids containing nutrients directly into the bloodstream. Intravenous feedings must be administered carefully. When given at home, no more than the prescribed amount should be used. Overzealous administration of glucose solutions can trigger the so-called refeeding syndrome, in which phosphate levels drop severely and cause a condition called hypophosphatemia. Emergency symptoms include irritability, muscle weakness, bleeding from the mouth, disturbed heart rhythms, seizures, and coma.

The role of exercise in recovery is complex, since, for those with anorexia, excessive exercise is often a component of the original disorder. However, very controlled exercise regimens may be used as both a reward for developing good eating habits and as a way to reduce the stomach and intestinal distress that accompanies recovery. Exercise should not be performed if severe medical problems still exist and if the patient has not gained significant weight. The goal of exercise should be on improving physical fitness and health, not on burning off calories.

Psychologic Therapies Used in Anorexia. Family therapy is an important component of anorexia treatment, especially for children and adolescents. Adults usually begin with motivational psychotherapy that provides an empathetic setting and rewards positive efforts towards weight gain. After weight is restored, cognitive behavioral therapy techniques are helpful.

Antidepressants. Studies have not reported many benefits for treating anorexia nervosa with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), the antidepressants that are often useful for patients with bulimia. A few studies suggest that these drugs could be useful for people with anorexia nervosa who also have obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD).

Doctors hoped that SSRIs could help prevent relapse in patients who have successfully restored their body weight. However, in a well-designed study in the Journal of the American Medical Association there was no difference in the time to relapse between patients who received fluoxetine (Prozac) and those who received placebo.

Nutritional Supplements. Calcium and vitamin D supplements are often recommended. Some studies have reported that zinc supplements may help patients gain weight.

Therapy

Eating disorders are nearly always treated with some form of psychiatric or psychologic treatment. Depending on the problem, different psychologic approaches may work better than others.

Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) works on the principle that a pattern of false thinking and belief about one's body can be recognized objectively and altered, thereby changing the response and eliminating the unhealthy reaction to food. One approach for bulimia is the following:

Over a period of 4 - 6 months the patient builds up to eating 3 meals a day, including foods that the patient has previously avoided.
During this period, the patient monitors and records the daily dietary intake along with any habitual unhealthy reactions and negative thoughts toward eating while they are occurring.
The patient also records any relapses (binges or purging). Such lapses are reported objectively and without self-criticism and judgment.
The patient discusses the responses with a cognitive therapist at regular sessions. Eventually the patient is able to discover the false attitudes about body image and the unattainable perfectionism that underlies the opposition to food and health.
Once these habits are recognized, food choices are broadened, and the patient begins to challenge any entrenched and automatic ideas and responses. The patient then replaces them with a set of realistic beliefs along with actions based on reasonable self-expectations.

Interpersonal therapy deals with depression or anxiety that might underlie the eating disorders along with social factors that influence eating behavior. This therapy does not deal with weight, food, or body image at all.

The goals are the following:

To express feelings
To discover how to tolerate uncertainty and change
To develop a strong sense of individuality and independence
To address any relevant sexual issues or traumatic or abusive event in the past that might be a contributor of the eating disorder

Studies generally report that interpersonal therapy is not as effective as cognitive therapy for bulimia and binge eating, but may be useful for some patients with anorexia. The skill of the therapist plays a strong role in its success.

Because of the major role family attitudes play in eating disorders, one of the first steps in treating the patient with early-onset anorexia is to also treat the family. Family therapy can be useful for both younger and older patients.

If the patient is hospitalized, experts recommend that family therapy start after the patient has gained weight, but before discharge. It should usually continue after the patient has left the hospital.

The feelings of intense guilt and anxiety that caregivers experience are probably similar to those produced by living with a person who is suicidal. An over-involved parent may even support the patient's eating disorder for various reasons:

Some parents may be afraid of releasing some underlying anger or grief directed at the patient.
Other parents may identify with the goal of thinness and not even perceive that their child is unhealthily underweight.

In such cases, it is extremely important that the family members fully understand the danger of this disorder and that they are collaborating in their child's illness, or even death, by encouraging this state.

Resources

www.nimh.nih.gov -- National Institute of Mental Health
www.anad.org -- National Association of Anorexia Nervosa and Associated Disorders
www.aedweb.org -- Academy for Eating Disorders
www.nationaleatingdisorders.org -- Eating Disorders Awareness and Prevention
www.eatright.org -- American Dietetic Association
www.aabt.org -- Association for Behaviorial and Cognitive Therapies
www.psych.org -- The American Psychiatric Association
www.aacap.org -- American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry

References

American Psychiatric Association. Treatment of patients with eating disorders, third edition. American Psychiatric Association. Am J Psychiatry. 2006 Jul;163(7 Suppl):4-54.

Berkman ND, Lohr KN, Bulik CM. Outcomes of eating disorders: a systematic review of the literature. Int J Eat Disord. 2007 May;40(4):293-309.

Bulik CM, Berkman ND, Brownley KA, Sedway JA, Lohr KN. Anorexia nervosa treatment: a systematic review of randomized controlled trials. Int J Eat Disord. 2007 May;40(4):310-20.

Morris J, Twaddle S. Anorexia nervosa. BMJ. 2007 Apr 28;334(7599):894-8.

Signorini A, De Filippo E, Panico S, De Caprio C, Pasanisi F, Contaldo F. Long-term mortality in anorexia nervosa: a report after an 8-year follow-up and a review of the most recent literature. Eur J Clin Nutr. 2007 Jan;61(1):119-22. Epub 2006 Aug 2.

Schmidt U, Lee S, Beecham J, et al. A randomized controlled trial of family therapy and cognitive behavior therapy guided self-care for adolescents with bulimia nervosa and related disorders. Am J Psychiatry. 2007 Apr;164(4):591-8.

Review Date:
12/31/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Editor-in-Chief, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital. Also reviewed by David Zieve, MD, MHA, Medical Director, A.D.A.M., Inc.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Parkinson's disease

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:13 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Symptoms
Risk Factors
Complications
Diagnosis
Treatment
Levadopa (L-dopa)
Other Medications
Surgery
Lifestyle Changes
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Drug Approvals

In 2007, the FDA approved the first skin patch drug for treatment of Parkinson’s disease. Transdermal rotigotine (Neupro) is a dopamine agonist drug that may help improve symptoms of early-stage Parkinson’s disease. The patch is applied daily.
Rivastigimine (Exelon), an Alzheimer’s disease drug, was approved in 2006 for treatment of mild-to-moderate dementia associated with Parkinson’s disease.

Drug Withdrawal

In 2007, the FDA withdrew the dopamine agonist pergolide (Permax) from the market due to safety concerns. Several articles published in 2007 in the New England Journal of Medicine indicated that pergolide and a similar drug, cabergoline (Dostinex), are associated with heart valve problems. Cabergoline is not approved in the U.S. for treatment of Parkinson’s disease.

Dietary Supplements

In 2007, the U.S. National Institutes of Health launched a large-scale clinical trial to study whether creatine may help slow the progression of Parkinson’s disease. Creatine is a nutritional supplement that is sometimes used to enhance exercise performance.
Coenzyme Q10, an antioxidant dietary supplement, does not help improve Parkinson’s disease symptoms, according to a study published in 2007 in the Archives of Neurology.

Deep-Brain Stimulation

Deep-brain stimulation outperformed drug therapy in a randomized trial comparing these two treatment approaches. In a study published in 2006 in the New England Journal of Medicine, patients who received deep-brain stimulation had better symptom and quality of life improvement than those who were treated with only medications. However, more serious side effects were reported in the deep-brain stimulation group. Deep-brain stimulation is a surgical technique that involves implanting electrodes in a target area of the brain.

Introduction

Parkinson's disease (PD) is a slowly progressive disorder that affects movement, muscle control, and balance. Parkinson's disease is referred to as idiopathic, which means that the cause is unknown. This term distinguishes the primary disease from parkinsonism, which are the symptoms occurring from a known cause. In addition to its effects on motor control, Parkinson's disease is now recognized as a broader condition that can include cognitive and behavioral disturbances, sleep disorders, speech difficulties, and other problems.

Parkinson's disease occurs from the following process in the brain:

PD develops as cells are destroyed in certain parts of the brain stem, particularly the crescent-shaped cell mass known as the substantia nigra.

Parkinson's disease is a slowly progressive disorder that affects movement, muscle control, and balance. Part of the disease process develops as cells are destroyed in certain parts of the brain stem, particularly the crescent-shaped cell mass known as the substantia nigra. Nerve cells in the substantia nigra send out fibers to tissue located in both sides of the brain. There the cells release essential neurotransmitters that help control movement and coordination.

Nerve cells in the substantia nigra send out fibers to the corpus stratia, gray and white bands of tissue located in both sides of the brain.
There the cells release dopamine, an essential neurotransmitter (a chemical messenger in the brain). Loss of dopamine in the corpus stratia is the primary defect in Parkinson's disease.

Dopamine. Dopamine deficiency is the hallmark feature in PD. It is one of three major neurotransmitters known as catecholamines, which help the body respond to stress and prepare it for the fight-or-flight response. Loss of dopamine negatively affects the nerves and muscles controlling movement and coordination, resulting in the major symptoms characteristic of Parkinson's disease. Dopamine also appears to be important for efficient information processing, and deficiencies may also be responsible for problems in memory and concentration that occur in many patients.

Although it is clear that dopamine deficiency is the primary defect in Parkinson's disease, it is not clear what causes dopamine loss. The culprit is less likely to be a single cause than a combination of genetic and biologic factors, which are triggered by some environmental assault.

Other Changes. The PD disease process also appears to impair nerve endings in the heart to cause dysautonomia-- changes in the autonomic (also called sympathetic) nervous system. Such changes may impair the release of norepinephrine, a hormone that regulates blood pressure, pulse rate, perspiration, and other automatic responses to stress. Evidence suggests this may be responsible for the abrupt drops in blood pressure when standing that occur in PD. Further research is underway to determine if the loss of nerve terminals is confined to the heart or if it affects other organs as well.

Click the icon to see an animation about Parkinson's disease.

Apoptosis and Alpha Synuclein. Important research now suggests that three molecules are critical in the development of inherited PD: alpha synuclein, parkin, and ubiquitin, which all interact in the normal brain. Abnormally high levels of alpha synuclein, which is produced in dopamine-rich nerve cells, may play a central role. Normally, two other molecules, parkin and ubiquitin, are involved in the natural self-destruction of synuclein -- a natural process of programmed cell death called apoptosis. If this process goes awry, for instance, with a defective parkin gene, cell death fails to occur. If synuclein is not eliminated in these cells, it builds up and becomes toxic to dopamine. In such cases, synuclein accumulates in Lewy bodies, the deposits of fibrous tissue found in all patients with PD.

Another protein, beta amyloid, also increases the build-up of synuclein. Beta amyloid is a known factor in Alzheimer's disease, and may help explain the co-existence between Alzheimer's and Parkinson's disease in many patients.

Lewy Bodies. The fibrous deposits known as Lewy bodies are the hallmark signs of Parkinson's disease. They are found in the substantia nigra, the place in the brain where dopamine is first released. It is not clear whether Lewy bodies are the major killers of the nerve cells or whether they are simply a byproduct of the degenerative process. They are found not only in the brains of patients with Parkinson's disease but, in rare cases, may show up in cells in other parts of the body (the heart, intestine), causing severe disabling symptoms. These substances are also present in other diseases that cause dementia, such as Alzheimer's, and can occur in people without neurologic symptoms.

The Mitochondria and Oxygen-Free Radicals. Some research has observed that certain patients with PD have significantly low levels of complex I, an enzyme found in the mitochondria, sausage-like structures that are the primary source of energy within cells. Some theories suggest that low amounts of complex I may make nerve cells vulnerable to the assault of oxygen free radicals (also called oxidants). Oxidants are unstable molecules that bind to other molecules in the body. They are normally produced by the natural chemical processes in the body. If the body is subjected to environmental stresses, however, they can be over-produced. In excess, they can damage any cell, including nerve cells in the brain, and even interfere with their DNA.

NMDA Receptors. Also of interest in PD are processes that occur in an area of the brain called the subthalamic nucleus. Here, receptors known as glutamatergic N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) become persistently overexcited and produce high levels of calcium ions within brain cells. This in turn leads to a cascade of events that trigger oxygen-free radicals and cell damage.

Immune Factors and the Inflammatory Response. An over-responsive immune system triggered by initial damage may also play a role in perpetuating Parkinson's disease. When the immune system becomes overactive, it produces excessive numbers of potent factors called cytokines, which cause inflammation and further injury in brain cells. Important cytokines under investigation are interleukin-1 and tumor necrosis factor.

Specific genetic factors appear to play a strong role in early-onset Parkinson's disease, an uncommon form of the disease. Research from the last several years suggests that multiple genetic factors may also be involved in late-onset Parkinson’s disease. Several important studies, published in 2005, lay the groundwork for potential genetic screening for this disease. Researchers identified the leukine-rich repeat kinase 2 (LRRK2) gene, located on a region of chromosome 12 known as PARK8, as a key gene involved in inherited forms of Parkinson’s. The researchers estimate that a single gene mutation in LRRK2 may be responsible for 5% of inherited Parkinson’s cases and about 2% of isolated cases.

Early Onset PD. The cases of genetic early-onset Parkinson's disease have most often been detected in specific family groups.

Defective genes that regulate the molecules alpha synuclein and parkin, which are important in the PD disease process, may be responsible for a number of early-onset cases. For example, genetic abnormalities the alpha synuclein protein have been detected in some early-onset Parkinson's patients of European descent.
The parkin gene may be the cause of many cases of early-onset Parkinson's in young adults. (Parkinson's cases associated with this mutation tend to progress slowly and respond well to treatment, even after years of symptoms. Dementia is also rare with this form.)

Late Onset PD. Two landmark studies published in the Journal of the American Medical Association provided the first evidence of a genetic link to late-onset Parkinson’s disease. In these 2001 studies, researchers found that regions on chromosomes 5, 6, 8, 9, and 17 were implicated with Parkinson’s. The parkin gene (located on chromosome 6) and the tau gene (located on chromosome 17) were both found in families that had late onset Parkinson’s. Parkin was previously thought to be responsible only for early-onset Parkinson’s, but this research identified it in families that had both early- and late-onset disease forms. These studies also bolstered the theory that Parkinson’s does have a genetic component and is not caused solely by environmental factors. A 2005 study found that a G2019S mutation in the LRRK gene, located on the PARK8 region of chromosome 12, was definitively associated with late-onset Parkinson’s disease in North American and European families.

Environmental toxins, infections, and other triggers can provoke excessive production in the body of oxygen free-radicals, damaging particles that may play a major role in the deterioration of nerve cells that lead to Parkinson's.

Infectious Organisms. Some research has identified immune factors that suggest a viral presence in the Lewy bodies and swollen nerve pathways of Parkinson's brains. Influenza and other potent viruses have long been known to be a cause of parkinsonism. In one well-known example, a major flu epidemic causing encephalitis in the early twentieth century left many of its victims with parkinsonism.

Environmental and Industrial Chemicals. Intense exposure to certain environmental and industrial chemicals is also being studied.

Pesticides and Herbicides. Some evidence implicates pesticides and herbicides as important factors in many cases of Parkinson's disease. A higher incidence of parkinsonism has long been noted in people who live in rural areas, particularly those who drink private well water or are agricultural workers. A large 2000 study found a strong link between high exposure to insecticides and herbicides at home and a 50 - 70% increase in risk of Parkinson's.
Other Chemicals. Intense exposure to other industrial chemicals and metals (manganese, copper, lead, iron, mercury, zinc, aluminum, and others) has also been linked with parkinsonism, a cause that is often reversible. The role of long-term exposure in the development of Parkinson's disease is unclear. High levels of iron content observed in critical parts of the brain in PD are under particular scrutiny.

Most, but not all, Parkinson's victims are elderly. Some studies indicate that the very elderly are not susceptible to the disease, indicating that the aging process itself is not the major player in the disease. Aging does appear to reduce the concentration of dopamine in structures called dopamine transporters, which carry the neurotransmitter back and forth between nerve cells. Some researchers posit that any excessive stress on these transporters might trigger Parkinson's disease in the aging, and more vulnerable, brain.

Symptoms

Parkinson's disease (PD) symptoms often start with tremor, which may occur in the following ways:

Tremors may first be only occasional, starting in one finger and spreading over time to involve the whole arm. The tremor is often rhythmic, 4 - 5 cycles per second, and frequently causes an action of the thumb and fingers known as pill rolling.
Tremors can occur when the limb is at rest or when it is held up in a stiff unsupported position. They usually disappear briefly during movement and do not occur during sleep.
Tremors can also eventually occur in the head, lips, tongue, and feet. Symptoms can occur on one or both sides of the body. In one study, 44% of patients reported experiencing internal tremors lasting less than half an hour, but occurring several times a week.

In younger patients tremor is usually predominant and often suggests a less aggressive form of the disease. Some evidence suggests that tremor in PD may occur from mechanisms in the brain that are different from those that cause other PD symptoms.

A number of PD symptoms involve motor impairment caused by the abnormalities in the brain that regulate movement:

Slowness of motion (bradykinesia) is one of the classic symptoms of Parkinson's disease. Patients may eventually develop a stooped posture and a slow, shuffling walk. The gait can be erratic and unsteady. After a number of years, muscles may freeze up or stall, usually when a patient is making a turn or passing through narrow spaces, such as a doorway.
Intestinal motility (the ability to swallow, digest, and eliminate) may slow down, causing eating problems and constipation.
Muscles may become rigid (akinesia). This symptom often begins in the legs and neck. Muscle rigidity in the face can produce a mask-like, staring appearance.
Motor abnormalities that limit action in the hand may develop in late stages. Handwriting, for instance, often becomes diminutive.
Normally spontaneous muscle movements, such as blinking, may need to be done consciously.

The traditional view of Parkinson's disease is shifting to reflect growing awareness that it is much more than a motor disease. Many non-motor components and their treatments are now under study. The following symptoms should be carefully monitored by doctors and caregivers:

Depression is the most common psychiatric problem associated with PD, affecting about 40% of patients. Because depression is a common problem in older people, it is likely not to be recognized as a symptom.
Anxiety affects about 30% of patients.
Dementia and paranoia are more common than previously understood.
Orthostatic hypotension -- some patients experience a sudden drop in blood pressure when they stand. This can cause dizziness and fainting.
Changes in sensations of temperature, hot flashes, and excessive sweating.
Daytime sleepiness and other sleep disorders are common.

Risk Factors

Parkinson's disease affects about 3% of Americans over 65 years old. Experts estimate that this percentage could double in the next 30 - 40 years. The symptoms of parkinsonism (tremor, gait disturbance, bradykinesia, and rigidity) occur in even more people, estimated to be 8 million over age 65. In a study that included very mild symptoms, parkinsonism occurred in about 15% of people 65 - 74 years of age, about 30% in those 75 - 84, and over half of people older than age 85.

The average age of onset of Parkinson's disease is 55. About 10% of Parkinson's cases are in people younger than 40 years old. Older adults are at higher risk for both parkinsonism and Parkinson's disease. There is some evidence, however, that the risk declines significantly after age 75 and that the very elderly are at low risk.

Some research indicates that men may face up to twice the risk as women. Estrogen may offer some protection for women up until menopause. A 2001 study, for example, reported a higher rate of Parkinson's disease in women who had undergone hysterectomy. Other studies suggest that the disease also progresses more rapidly in men than women. Older women seem to be more at risk for gait disturbance and men for rigidity and tremor.

People with siblings or parents who developed Parkinson's at a younger age are at higher risk for Parkinson's disease, but relatives of those who were elderly when they had the disease appear to have an average risk.

African- and Asian-Americans have a lower risk than Caucasians. Some evidence suggests that non-Caucasians may be more vulnerable to an atypical form of PD, which causes early impairment in thinking and has a poor response to levodopa, the primary PD treatment.

Increasing weight gain in middle age was associated with a higher risk of PD in a 2002 study.

Complications

Parkinson's disease (PD) is not fatal, but it can reduce longevity. The disease progresses more quickly in older than younger patients, and may lead to severe incapacity within 10 - 20 years. Older patients also tend to experience freezing and greater declines in mental function and daily functioning than younger people. If PD starts without signs of tremor, it is likely to be more severe than if tremor had been present. Having other family members with PD does not appear to have any effect on the severity of the disease.

Parkinson's disease can seriously impair the quality of life in any age group. The physical and emotional impact on the family should not be underestimated as the patient becomes increasingly dependent on their support.

Treatment advances are increasingly effective in alleviating symptoms and even slowing progression of the disease. Taking many of the medications over time, however, can produce significant side effects. Newer drugs may help reduce these occurrences.

The negative effect of overall motor and muscle impairment on daily life can be considerable. Some motor complications can be life-threatening.

Disturbed gait and unstable posture are common and serious problems in elderly patients, since they increase the risk for falling and injury. Some studies have suggested that the appearance of these symptoms early in the course of the disease predict a faster decline than having tremor as the predominant symptom.
Swallowing problems (dysphagia). The presence of dysphagia is associated with shorter survival time. Motor impairment of the muscles in the throat not only impairs swallowing but it also poses a risk for aspiration pneumonia.
Constipation is a major problem and occurs both as a result of the disease and a side effect of its treatment. Laxatives, stool softeners, and other medications may be prescribed.
Bladder control and urinary incontinence are also important complications of PD.
Speech problems occur in more than 70% of patients, by some estimates. Speech difficulty can be caused by rigidity of the facial muscles, loss of motor control, and impaired breath control. Tone can become monotonous, words may be repeated over and over, or the rate of speech may even be very fast.

Depression is extremely common, affecting up to 40% of patients with Parkinson's. PD poses multiple threats on the emotional health:

The disease process itself causes changes in chemicals in the brain that affect mood and well-being.
The complications of its symptoms have a profound impact on daily life that can be emotionally devastating without help and support.
Some drug treatments (levodopa combined with a dopamine agonist) can cause compulsive behavior, such as gambling, shopping, and increased sexuality. Patients who have pre-existing tendencies to novelty-seeking behavior, or a family or personal history of alcohol abuse, may be more likely to develop compulsive gambling. Deep brain stimulus (DBS) surgery may also increase the risk for compulsive gambling in patients who have a history of gambling.

Impaired Thinking (Cognitive Impairment). Defects in thinking, memory, language, and problem solving skills may occur early on in untreated patients or late in the course of the disease. Medications may play a role in thinking problems. In one study, for example, patients with PD were slower in detecting associations, although (unlike in Alzheimer's disease) once they discovered them they were able to apply this knowledge to other concepts. After they were taken off medication, however, they had no problems with the tasks.

Dementia. Dementia is three to six times more common in the elderly Parkinson patient than in the average older adult. It is most likely to occur in older patients who have had major depression. PD marked by muscle rigidity (akinesia), rather than tremor, and early hallucinations also increase the risk for dementia. (Visual hallucinations can also occur in about a third of patients from PD medication.) Unlike in Alzheimer's, language is not usually affected in Parkinson's related dementia.

A number of other problems associated with Parkinson's disease affect daily life:

Vision Problems. Vision is also affected, including impaired color perception and contrast sensitivity. These problems progress and can impair motor functioning.

Sleep Disorders. Excessive daytime sleepiness and other sleep disorders are common in PD, both from the disease itself and from the drugs that treat it. In general, patients have a 25% higher risk for daytime sleepiness, including suddenly falling asleep, than patients with other neurologic diseases.

Restless legs syndrome, an irresistible urge to move the calves, which often occurs at night, affects many patients. However, Parkinson's disease itself does not seem to increase the risk for RLS. Nor does RLS early in life predispose to Parkinson's later on. The common connection between RLS and Parkinson's disease may derive from iron deficiencies that can play a role in both conditions.

Many patients also suffer from nighttime leg cramps. And, some of the medications cause vivid dreams as well as waking hallucinations.

Impaired Sexuality. Although Parkinson's disease and its treatments can cause compulsive sexual behavior, the disease can also affect patients' self-esteem and inhibit sexuality. This is an area not often studied but which is important for many patients' well-being. A 2000 study reported that not only did sexual dysfunction occur, but also affectionate touching and expression of feelings were reduced, even though both partners maintained a desire for intimacy.

Worsened Sense of Smell. The sense of smell is impaired in about 70% of patients.

Osteoporosis. Parkinson’s disease may increase the risk for low bone density and osteoporosis. Both men and women are at risk. Experts recommend that patients with Parkinson’s disease get tested for osteoporosis, especially if they have problems with walking.

Diagnosis

It is difficult to diagnose Parkinson's in early stages. The disease is primarily diagnosed by its symptoms, and studies indicate that doctors make an incorrect initial diagnosis of Parkinson's disease in 8 - 35% of cases. Even neurologists have difficulties in correctly identifying the disease.

A medical and personal history should include any relevant symptoms as well as any medications taken, and information on exposure to environmental toxins.

Early Symptoms. Early treatment may help slow progression, so an early diagnosis of Parkinson's is highly desirable. Early symptoms are often mild, however, so Parkinson's disease can be missed, particularly in young adults. Repeated assessment of symptoms over time is important for improving the accuracy of diagnosis. Too often a younger person with Parkinson's may be diagnosed with mental illness, because the doctor associates the disease only with older people.

Parkinson's may be suspected in patients with the following symptoms:

Slowness and difficulty of movement. These are usually the first symptoms. The patient will be asked to walk and to get out of a chair, preferably a deep one. Early gait disturbance, however, often indicates a disease other than Parkinson's disease.
A tremor when their limb is relaxed. (As many as 25% of patients, however, will not have a tremor.)
Symptoms on one side of the body.

Later Symptoms. In later stages of Parkinson's disease, the symptoms are usually unmistakable, and the problem can often be diagnosed using simple physical tests and a medical and personal history.

The loss of smell is associated with loss of dopamine receptors in the brain. “Scratch and sniff” smell tests can help a doctor diagnose Parkinson’s disease. Smell tests can help differentiate Parkinson’s disease from other conditions with similar symptoms. Some patients with a very similar condition called multiple system atrophy will have a good initial response to levodopa, but it is not usually sustained.

Levodopa and apomorphine can confirm a diagnosis of Parkinson’s disease. If patients’ symptoms improve when they take these drugs, they likely have Parkinson’s, ruling out other neurological diseases.

According to 2006 guidelines from the American Academy of Neurology, there is not enough evidence to recommend for or against the use of imaging techniques such as computerized tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), or positron-emission tomographic (PET) to diagnose PD.

When symptoms resemble Parkinson's disease but have an identifiable cause, the syndrome is known as parkinsonism. People who have parkinsonism, but not Parkinson's disease, often have additional neurologic symptoms. A number of conditions can also have similar or some of these symptoms.

Other Neurologic Conditions. Many medical conditions may cause symptoms of Parkinson's disease:

Hardening of the arteries (arteriosclerosis) in the brain can cause multiple small strokes, which can produce loss of motor control.

Click the icon to see an image of plaque in an artery.

Alzheimer's disease can be very similar. In one study 23% of people with Alzheimer's also met the criteria for Parkinson's disease. The two diseases often coexist, and research suggests that Alzheimer's and Parkinson's disease may sometimes share a common biologic origin, the accumulation of the protein alpha synuclein and Lewy bodies in the brain.
Lewy bodies variant (LBV), also called dementia with Lewy bodies, is a separate disease from both Alzheimer's and Parkinson's disease. It has similar symptoms to both but is marked by early dementia.
Encephalitis caused by influenza has been known to cause parkinsonism.
Primary progressive freezing gait is a progression condition, in which freezing gait occurs at the onset. Other Parkinson-like features, such as slow movement, often develop. Although very similar to PD, this condition does not respond to L-dopa or other PD medications.
Essential tremor, unlike the tremor of Parkinson's disease, often occurs in the head and voice and is usually worse during motion, as opposed to rest.
Progressive supranuclear palsy has similar symptoms, but involves less tremor and earlier rigidity, and it tends to affect both sides of the body symmetrically. Magnetic resonance imaging scans that measure parts of the midbrain may be a reliable method for distinguishing between PD and progressive supranuclear palsy.
Multiple system atrophy (previously called Shy-Drager syndrome) is a degenerative nerve disease that also affects movement and blood pressure and has many of the symptoms of Parkinson's disease. Some research suggests that a trial using the drug apomorphine may help differentiate between the two.
Other problems that may mimic Parkinson's disease include Wilson's disease, thyroid abnormalities, hydrocephalus, tumors, having the fragile X trait (but not the full disorder), and a number of degenerative neurologic diseases.

Drugs. Certain drugs or medications account for about 4% of all cases of parkinsonism. According to some studies, patients who experience drug-induced parkinsonism may actually be at an increased risk of developing Parkinson's disease later in life. A number of drugs can cause these symptoms, including antipsychotic and antiseizure drugs. Anyone with parkinsonism should discuss their medications with their doctor.

The American Academy of Neurology (AAN) recommends the Beck Depression Inventory or the Hamilton Depression Rating Scale to screen for depression in patients with Parkinson’s disease. The AAN recommends the MMSE and CAMCOG tests to screen for dementia. During these tests, the patient answers a series of questions.

Treatment

Drugs, physical therapy, and surgical interventions can manage Parkinson's disease. The goals of treatment for Parkinson's disease are to:

Relieve disabilities
Balance the problems of the disease with the side effects of the medications

Treatment is very individualized for this complicated disease. Patients must work closely with doctors and therapists throughout the course of the disease to customize a program suitable for their particular and changing needs. Patients should never change their medications without consulting their doctor, and they should never stop taking their medications abruptly.

The American Academy of Neurology recommends the following therapies for the initial treatment of Parkinson’s disease:

Levodopa (L-dopa). Levodopa, or L-dopa, has been used for years and is the gold standard for treating Parkinson's disease. The drug increases brain levels of dopamine. It is used in nearly all phases of the disease. The standard preparations (Sinemet, Atamet) combine levodopa with carbidopa, a drug that slows the breakdown of levodopa. Levodopa is better at improving motor problems than dopamine agonists but increases the risk of involuntary movements (dyskinesia).

Dopamine Agonists. Dopamine agonist drugs mimic dopamine to stimulate the dopamine system in the brain. These drugs include pramipexole (Mirapex), ropinirole (Requip), bromocriptine (Parlodel), and rotigotine (Neupro). The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) pulled the dopamine agonist pergolide (Permax) from the market in March 2007 over safety concerns that included potentially fatal heart valve damage.

Selegiline (Eldepryl) and rasagiline (Azilect). Selegiline is a monoamine oxidase B (MAO-B) inhibitor that may have some mild benefit as an initial therapy. However, unlike levodopa, it does not slow the progression of Parkinson’s disease. Another MAO-B inhibitor, rasagiline (Azilect), was approved in May 2006. Unlike selegiline, which needs to be taken by mouth twice a day, rasagiline needs to be taken only once a day.

Drug treatments for Parkinson disease do not consistently control symptoms. At certain points during the day, the beneficial effects of drugs wear off, and patients can experience a return of symptoms, such as uncontrolled muscular motor function, difficulty walking, and loss of energy. In 2006, the American Academy of Neurology (AAN) reviewed evidence for the various drugs used to treat “off time.” The AAN found that the following drugs had the strongest evidence for controlling off time symptoms:

Entacapone (Comtan) belongs to a class of drugs called catechol-o-methyl transferase (COMT) inhibitors. COMT inhibitors help prolong the effects of levodopa by blocking an enzyme that breaks down dopamine.
Rasagiline (Azilect) belongs to a class of drugs called monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitors. These drugs slow the breakdown of dopamine that occurs naturally in the brain and dopamine produced from levodopa.

The AAN also found good evidence for the dopamine agonists ropinirole (Requip) and pramipexole (Mirapex), and the COMT inhibitor tolcapone (Tasmar). Deep brain stimulation is a surgical treatment that may help improve motor fluctuations in some patients.

Both Levodopa and dopamine agonists can cause involuntary movements (dyskinesia). The AAN has not found any strong evidence to recommend any drug for treating dyskinesia. However, weak evidence suggests that the antiviral drug amantadine (Symmetrel) may help reduce stiffness and improve dyskinesia. There is also weak evidence that deep brain stimulation of the subthalamus area may be helpful.

Conditions associated with motor impairment and other symptoms of Parkinson's disease may require a variety of treatments.

Depression. Although depression is very common in PD, there have been surprisingly few controlled studies. Antidepressants used for PD include tricyclics, particularly amitriptyline (Elavil). Some studies have found that selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) -- which include fluoxetine (Prozac), sertraline (Zoloft), and paroxetine (Paxil) -- may worsen symptoms of Parkinson's. Doctors should monitor patients taking SSRIs.

Psychotic Side Effects. Studies indicate that clozapine (Clozaril) and quetiapine (Seroquel), antipsychotic drugs used to treat schizophrenia, may be the best drugs for treating psychosis in patients with Parkinson's disease. A similar drug, olanzapine (Zyprexa), should not be used for patients with PD because it can worsen their psychotic symptoms.

Dementia. The cholinesterase inhibitor drugs donepezil (Aricept) and rivastigmine (Exelon) are used to treat Alzheimer’s disease. Studies suggest that these drugs may also help treat dementia associated with Parkinson’s disease. In 2006, rivastigimine was approved for treatment of mild-to-moderate dementia associated with Parkinson’s disease.

Daytime Sleepiness. Modafinil (Provigil), a drug used to treat narcolepsy, is proving to be very helpful for patients with sleepiness related to their disease.

Drooling. In search of a simple solution for the problem of drooling, scientists have reported that injections of very small amounts of botulinum toxin effectively reduce saliva production and drooling. In such small amounts the toxin is safe.

Voice Loss. A relatively simple procedure using collagen injections in the neck appears to be a safe and effective method of improving the voice and speech disorders caused by PD. The procedure augments the collagen in the vocal fold and works best in patients who can still initiate speech. A 2001 study reported improvements that lasted from 2 - 7 months in 61% of patients.

Erectile Dysfunction. Sildenafil (Viagra) is proving to be very helpful for men who suffer from impotence from Parkinson's disease. However, the drug may worsen orthostatic hypotension, a side effect of some PD medications.

Eventually, symptoms such as stooped posture, freezing, and speech difficulties may not respond to drug treatment. (Total unresponsiveness is unlikely, however, even after 20 years of treatment.) The following approaches may be tried:

Simply increasing the dose of levodopa or its frequency raises an unacceptable risk of the distressing side effects. Some doctors have tried hospitalizing patients, totally withdrawing the levodopa, and then re-administering it. Benefits were seen for only a few months, however, and there were some dangerous risks to the process of withdrawal, including pneumonia and blood clots in the lungs.

An embolus is a blockage of an artery in the lungs by fat, air, tumor tissue, or blood clot.

Surgical treatments, including deep brain stimulation and pallidotomy, may help some patients.
Research is ongoing to develop drugs and procedures that will manage advanced disease and possibly even reverse the process.

Levadopa (L-dopa)

Levodopa, also called L-dopa, which is converted to dopamine in the brain, remains the gold standard for treating Parkinson's disease. The standard preparations (Sinemet, Atamet) combine levodopa with carbidopa, which improves the action of levodopa and reduces some of its side effects, particularly nausea. Levodopa can also be combined with benserazide (Madopar) with similar results, but Sinemet is almost always used in America. Dosages vary, although the preparation is usually taken in three or four divided doses per day. In 2004, the FDA approved a new oral form of carbidopa-levodopa (Parcopa) that dissolves on the tongue.

In general L-dopa has the following effects on Parkinson's disease:

It is most effective against rigidity and slowness.
It produces less benefit for tremor, balance, and gait.

In many patients, levodopa significantly improves the quality of life for many years. If symptoms do not improve after 2 - 3 months, one of the following reasons may account for the failure:

Other neurologic problems may be causing the symptoms.
Some patients have abnormalities in other brain sites that do not respond to L-dopa.
Sometimes patients are so depressed they cannot tell if the drug is beneficial or not. Only a series of physical examinations by the doctor will indicate that the drug is actually helping.

Studies suggest that levodopa may help slow disease progression and protect against brain cell degeneration.

The toxic effects of levodopa with or without carbidopa are considerable.

Physical Side Effects. The physical side effects are as follows:

Low blood pressure. Low blood pressure is a common problem during the first few weeks, particularly if the initial dose is too high. The addition of extra supplements of carbidopa reduces this effect to some degree. The patient should drink lots of fluids and possibly increase salt intake to maintain normal blood pressure.
Arrhythmia. In some cases the drug may cause abnormal heart rhythms.
Gastrointestinal effects. Stomach and intestinal side effects are common even with carbidopa. Taking the drug with food can alleviate the nausea. However, proteins interfere with intestinal absorption of levodopa, and some doctors recommend not eating any protein until nighttime in order to avoid this interference. The drug can also cause gastrointestinal bleeding.
Effects in the lung. Levodopa can cause disturbances in breathing function, although it may benefit patients who have upper airway obstruction.
Hair loss.

Psychiatric and Mental Side Effects. The major adverse effects of the drug are psychiatric. Patients taking levodopa, especially in combination with other drugs, can experience:

Confusion.
Extreme emotional states, particularly anxiety.
Vivid dreams.
Visual and possibly auditory hallucinations. The drug may even unmask dementia that had not been previously noticed.
Effects on learning. L-dopa appears to have mixed effects on learning. It may improve working memory. However, some evidence suggests that it impairs areas of the brain related to other learning functions and social behavior.
Sleepiness and sleep attacks.

Levodopa causes fewer psychiatric side effects than other drugs used for Parkinson's disease, including anticholinergics, selegiline, amantadine, and dopamine agonists. Because psychiatric side effects often occur at night, if they are severe some doctors recommend reducing or stopping the evening dose.

Within 4 - 6 years of treatment with levodopa, the effects of the drug in many patients begin to last for shorter periods of time (called the wearing-off effect) and the following pattern may occur:

Patients may first notice slowness (bradykinesia) or tremor in the morning before the next dose is due.
Less commonly, some experience painful dystonia, muscle spasms that can cause sustained contortions of various parts of the body, particularly the neck, jaw, trunk, and eyes and possibly the feet.
Patients must increase the frequency of levodopa doses. This puts them at risk for dyskinesia (the inability to control muscles), which usually occurs when the drug level peaks. Dyskinesia can take many forms, most often uncontrolled flailing of the arms and legs or chorea, rapid and repetitive motions that can affect the limbs, face, tongue, mouth, and neck. Dyskinesia is not painful, but it is very distressing.
In some people, eventually L-dopa is effective only for 1 - 2 hours and most patients start to experience motor fluctuations. In about 15 - 20% of patients such fluctuations become extreme, a phenomenon known as the on-off effect, which consists of unpredictable, alternating periods of dyskinesia and immobility. Sometimes the symptoms switch back in forth within minutes or even seconds. (The transition may follow such symptoms as intense anxiety, sweating, and rapid heartbeats.)

Reasons for the Wearing-Off Effect. Debate is ongoing about the cause of the wearing-off effect and dyskinesia. Some theories suggested for these effects are:

The disease progresses beyond the ability of levodopa to control it.
Some patients become tolerant to prolonged exposure to dopamine and, at the same time, the disease is progressing.
The brain's own dopamine neurons become incapable of storing dopamine. When the levodopa wears off, little or no natural dopamine remains.
Levodopa itself accelerates the disease by producing oxygen free radicals, unstable particles that increase injuries to the brain and dopamine degradation.

Preventing the Wearing-Off Effect. To reduce the effects of fluctuation and the wearing-off effect, it is important to maintain as consistent a level of dopamine as possible. Unfortunately, levodopa is poorly absorbed and may remain in the stomach a long time. A number of strategies are being developed to take care of these problems:

Some patients take multiple small doses on an empty stomach, crushing the pills and mixing them with a lot of liquid.
A liquid form of Sinemet may produce fewer fluctuations and a prolonged "on" time compared with the tablet.
A prolonged release version of levodopa and carbidopa (Sinemet CR) is also available to control fluctuations for some people. (Some evidence suggests that there is no actual difference in symptom control between the sustained and immediate release forms, but patients on Sinemet CR tend to experience a better quality of life.)

Other Medications

Selegiline (Eldepryl, Movergan, Zelepar), also known as deprenyl, is an antioxidant drug that blocks monoamine oxidase B (MAO-B), an enzyme that degrades dopamine. Until recently, selegiline was the drug most commonly used in early-onset disease and in combination with levodopa for maintenance. A major 2002 study reported, however, that although selegiline delays the need for L-dopa by a few months, it has no effect on long-term progression.

Rasagiline (Azilect), another MAO-B inhibitor, was approved in May 2006 for the initial treatment of Parkinson’s disease. It is used alone during early-stage PD and in combination with L-dopa for moderate-to-advanced PD. Unlike selegiline, which is taken twice a day, rasagiline is taken once a day.

Other Adverse Effects. MAO-B inhibitors may have severe side effects:

One of the most important side effects is orthostatic hypotension, particularly in people taking Sinemet plus selegiline. This condition is a sudden drop in blood pressure that causes dizziness and lightheadedness when a patient stands up. Orthostatic hypotension can also occur with other Parkinson's drugs.
Can cause high blood pressure (hypertension) if combined with drugs that increase serotonin levels -- such drugs include nearly every major antidepressant. Patients suffering from depression and taking selegiline should discuss all treatment options with their doctor.
Can also cause a dangerous increase in blood pressure if patients eat foods rich in the amino acid tyramine. Patients should avoid the following foods while taking selegiline or rasagiline and for 2 weeks after stopping medication: aged cheeses, air-dried meats, pickled herring, yeast extract, aged red wines, draft beers, sauerkraut, and soy sauce

Debate over Mortality Rates. Some major studies have reported higher mortality rates in patients with advanced PD. Such findings may be due to adverse effects on the heart and blood vessels. Although other studies have not reported lower survival rates, some experts believe that, given its modest effects, selegiline may be a poorer drug choice than others, particularly in patients with risk factors for heart disease.

Dopamine agonists stimulate dopamine receptors in the substantia nigra, the part of the brain in which Parkinson's is thought to originate. Dopamine agonists are effective in delaying motor complications during the first 1 or 2 years of treatment.

Newer Dopamine Agonists. The most commonly prescribed dopamine agonists are pramipexole (Mirapex) and ropinirole (Requip). They are used either alone or in combination with L-dopa. Pramipexole appears to work better and have fewer side effects than ropinirole.

Studies still report, however, that L-dopa is superior for improving motor function. In one study, motor function was no different in disease progression among all of the drugs by the third year of treatment. Recent research suggests that L-dopa is better at improving motor disability and dopamine agonists are better at reducing motor complications. L-dopa has a higher risk for dyskinesia side effects than dopamine agonists, but dyskinesia can also occur with dopamine agonists.

Side Effects. Side effects of pramipexole and ropinirole vary but can be severe and include:

Gastrointestinal side effects (nausea and constipation). Nausea can be controlled by drugs, such as domperidone.
Headache
Orthostatic hypotension (sudden drop in blood pressure upon standing up)
Nasal congestion
Nightmares, hallucinations, and psychosis (more severe than with L-dopa for both drugs)
Sudden sleep attacks. These can be very serious, particularly if patients are driving. (Sleep attacks may occur -- although less commonly -- with other PD drugs.)

Other Dopamine Agonists.

Specific dopamine agonists that contain ergot alkaloids include bromocriptine (Parodel), pergolide (Permax), cabergoline (Dostinex), and lisuride (Dopergin). As of 2007, bromocriptine is the only ergot dopamine agonist approved for Parkinson’s treatment in the United States. In January 2007, the New England Journal of Medicine (NEJM) published two studies indicating that pergolide and cabergoline are associated with heart valve damage. In March 2007, due to these safety concerns, the FDA withdrew pergolide from the U.S. market. Cabergoline and lisuride are not approved in the U.S. for Parkinson’s disease treatment but are used for this purpose in other countries. The NEJM studies did not find any heart valve problems associated with bromocriptine or lisuride.
Rotigotine transdermal (Neupro) is a dopamine agonist that is delivered through a skin patch that is changed daily. In 2007, the FDA approved rotigotine transdermal for treatment of symptoms of early Parkinson’s disease. It is the first skin patch approved for Parkinson’s disease. Side effects are similar to those of other dopamine agonists.
Apomorphine is a dopamine agonist used as a "rescue" drug in people experiencing on-off effects severe enough to require going off L-dopa for a few days. In 2004, the FDA approved apomorphine for treating off-time episodes of Parkinson’s disease. Apomorphine is given by injection. Because it causes severe nausea and vomiting, it must be taken with an anti-nausea drug.

Catechol-O-methyl transferase (COMT) inhibitors increase concentrations of existing dopamine in the brain. Entacapone (Comtan, Stalevo) is the current standard COMT inhibitor. (Stalevo combines entacapone and levodopa into a single pill.) It improves motor fluctuations related to the wearing-off effect and has shown good results in improving on time and reducing the requirements for L-dopa. If the patient does not respond to the drug within 3 weeks, it should be withdrawn. No one should withdraw abruptly from these drugs.

Side Effects. Side effects include:

Involuntary muscle movements
Mental confusion and hallucinations
Cramps, nausea, and vomiting
Insomnia
Headache
Urine discoloration (a harmless side effect but should be reported to the doctor)
Diarrhea
Less commonly, constipation, susceptibility to respiratory infection, sweating, dry mouth

Of major concern are reports of a few deaths from liver damage in patients taking the COMT inhibitor tolcapone (Tasmar). The drug has been taken off the market in many countries and is recommended in the U.S. only for patients who cannot tolerate another other drugs. Entacapone does not appear to have the same effects on the liver and does not require monitoring. A 2003 3-year study suggested that the drug is safe and effective over the long term. Still, patients should watch out for symptoms of liver damage, including jaundice (yellowish skin), fatigue, and loss of appetite.

Jaundice is a condition produced when excess amounts of bilirubin circulating in the bloodstream dissolve in the subcutaneous fat (the layer of fat just beneath the skin), causing a yellowish appearance of the skin and the whites of the eyes. With the exception of normal newborn jaundice in the first week of life, all other jaundice indicates overload or damage to the liver, or inability to move bilirubin from the liver through the biliary tract to the gut.

Anticholinergics were the first drugs used for PD, but have largely been replaced by dopamine drugs. They are generally used only against tremor in the early stages. They are not as effective against bradykinesia and posture problems and may increase the risk for dementia in late stages. Among the many anticholinergics are trihexyphenidyl (Artane, Trihexy), benztropine (Cogentin), biperiden (Akineton), procyclidine (Kemadrin), and ethopropazine (Parisdol). Orphenadrine (Norflex) is a drug with anticholinergic properties, but is also a muscle relaxant and does not cause urinary retention.

Side effects of Anticholinergics. Anticholinergics commonly cause dryness of the mouth (which can actually be an advantage in some people who experience drooling). Other side effects are nausea, urinary retention, blurred vision, and constipation. These drugs can also increase heart rate and worsen constipation. Anticholinergics can sometimes cause significant mental problems, including memory loss, confusion, and even hallucinations. People with glaucoma should use these drugs cautiously.

Amantadine (Symadine, Symmetrel) stimulates the release of dopamine and may be used for patients with early mild symptoms. It has some benefit against muscle rigidity and slowness and may help some patients in advanced stages who are unresponsive to other drugs. It is less powerful than levodopa and may lose its effectiveness after 6 months. It may also reduce motor fluctuations brought on by levodopa, however, and these benefits appear to persist for at least a year. Large, well-conducted studies are still needed to determine its true benefits and safety.

Side Effects. Side effects are similar to those of anticholinergic drugs and also may include swollen ankles and mottled skin. It can also cause visual hallucinations. Overdose can cause serious and even life-threatening toxicity. Patients with Parkinson's should not withdraw from this drug abruptly. In rare instances, it can cause acute delirium or a life-threatening condition called neuroleptic malignant syndrome. Pregnant or nursing women should not use this drug.

Anticonvulsants. Zonisamide (Zonegran), a drug used to treat epilepsy, is showing promise in treating tremors, motor problems, and involuntary movements in patients with Parkinson’s disease.

Budipine and Other Glutamate Blockers. A number of experimental drugs are being investigated for Parkinson's disease because they block the actions of glutamate, an amino acid that is a particularly potent nerve cell killer. Some of these drugs block a receptor group to glutamate called N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA). Investigational NMDA antagonists include remacemide, memantine, riluzole, and budipine.

Stem Cell Transplantation. Scientists are investigating whether transplanting embryonic stem cells into the brain may help treat Parkinson’s disease. Researchers hope that the transplanted stem cells may be able to stimulate dopamine production. However, stem cell transplantation research is still in its very early stage. It will be many years before clinical trials will be conducted in humans.

Surgery

Surgical procedures are recommended for specific patients with advanced Parkinson’s disease who no longer respond to drug treatments. Surgical treatment cannot cure Parkinson's disease, but it may help control symptoms such as motor fluctuations and dyskinesia. Pallidotomy and thalamotomy are older procedures that destroy tissue in certain parts of the brain. Deep brain stimulation, the current standard surgical practice for Parkinson’s disease, has largely replaced the older operations.

In deep brain stimulation (DBS), also called neurostimulation, an electric pulse generator controls symptoms. The generator is similar to a heart pacemaker. It sends electrical pulses to specific regions of the brain. Candidates for surgery are generally patients who have responded well to levodopa drug treatment. Patients who have had PD for fewer than 16 years may experience greater benefit from DBS than patients who have had the disease longer.

Evidence indicates that DBS improves motor function and reduces dyskinesia best when the procedure targets the subthalamic nucleus (STN) of the brain. Many studies demonstrate the effectiveness of STN stimulation. Procedures that target the globus pallidus interna or ventral intermediate nucleus of the thalamus can also sometimes treat rigidity and tremors. However, there is not yet enough evidence to support stimulation of these parts of the brain.

The procedure is performed as follows:

The surgeon implants a tiny pulse generator near the collarbone, which is connected to four electrodes that have been implanted in the target area in the brain.
The generator delivers programmed pulses to this area, which the patient can turn on and off using a magnet held over the skin.
When on, the pulses suppress symptoms. Complications occur in 2 - 4% of operations. The most serious ones are bleeding in the brain and infection. Depression is common.

In a 2006 study of patients with advanced Parkinson’s disease and severe motor symptoms, patients who received DBS had better improvement in symptoms and quality of life than those who received only drug therapy. However, patients in the neurostimulation group had more serious side effects than those who were treated only with medications. Researchers are also studying whether DBS can benefit patients with earlier-stage Parkinson’s disease.

Pallidotomy and thalamotomy are surgical procedures that destroy brain tissue in regions of the brain associated with Parkinson’s symptoms such as dyskinesia, rigidity, and tremor. In these procedures, a surgeon drills a small hole in the patient’s skull and inserts an electrode to destroy brain tissue. Pallidotomy targets the global pallidus area. Thalamotomy targets the thalamus. Because these procedures permanently eliminate brain tissue, most experts now recommend deep brain stimulation instead of pallidotomy or thalamotomy.

Surgical complications may include behavioral or personality changes, trouble speaking and swallowing, facial paralysis, and vision problems. Weight gain after surgery is also common.

Scientists are investigating whether stem cells may eventually help treat Parkinson disease. Experimental surgery has shown promise using fetal brain cells rich in dopamine implanted in the substantia nigra area of the brain. Because the use of embryonic stem cells is controversial, researchers are studying alternative types of cells, including stem cells from adult brains and cells from human placentas or umbilical cords. Studies are also using gene therapies and other advanced treatments for transplanting dopamine-producing cells or nerve-protecting cells into the brain. All of this research is still in preliminary stages.

Lifestyle Changes

No special diets or natural foods have been shown to slow down the progression of Parkinson's disease, but there are some dietary recommendations.

Protein. High levels of proteins compete with levodopa for transport to the brain and reduce its effectiveness. Avoiding protein altogether is not the solution, since malnutrition can result. Most experts now recommend trying to maintain a carbohydrate-to-protein ratio of 7:1 throughout the day. This may be difficult to calculate and some doctors recommend simply keeping proteins to 12% of total daily calories.

As an aid in calculation, food labels indicate proteins in grams. One gram of protein equals four calories. Good control of protein intake may help minimize fluctuations and wearing-off and may allow some patients to reduce their daily levodopa dosage.

Fruits and Vegetables and Increasing Fiber. Eating whole grains, fresh fruits, and vegetables is the best approach for any healthy life. A diet rich in fruits and vegetables may help protect nerve cell function. Many of these foods are also often rich in fiber, which is particularly important for helping to prevent constipation.

Dietary fiber is the part of food that is not affected by the digestive process in the body. Only a small amount of fiber is metabolized in the stomach and intestine, the rest is passed through the gastrointestinal tract and makes up a part of the stool. There are two types of dietary fiber, soluble and insoluble. Soluble fiber retains water and turns to gel during digestion. It also slows digestion and nutrient absorption from the stomach and intestine. Soluble fiber is found in foods such as oat bran, barley, nuts, seeds, beans, lentils, peas, and some fruits and vegetables. Insoluble fiber appears to speed the passage of foods through the stomach and intestines and adds bulk to the stool. It is found in foods such as wheat bran, vegetables, and whole grains. Fiber is very important to a healthy diet and can be a helpful aid in weight management. One of the best sources of fiber comes from legumes, the group of food containing dried peas and beans.

People whose diets have been low in fiber should increase it gradually. It is best to obtain dietary fiber, soluble or insoluble, in the natural form of whole grains, nuts, legumes, fruits, and vegetables. If it proves difficult to do so, psyllium, a grain naturally found in India, is an excellent soluble fiber supplement (Metamucil, Fiberall, Perdiem Fiber). Fluids are particularly important in preventing constipation.

Fish Oil. Omega-3 fatty acids, which are found in oily fish, are proving to have powerful anti-inflammatory effects and may also be nerve protective.

Click the icon to see an image of foods that contain omega-3 fatty acids.

Dairy Products. A 2002 study reported a higher risk for Parkinson's disease in men (but not in women) who consumed high amounts of dairy products. This association was not linked to fats in dairy foods and high intake of calcium or protein from other sources did not increase the risk. A 2005 prospective study of men found that milk consumption in midlife was associated with increased risk of Parkinson’s disease. As with prior research, the researchers did not find that calcium itself carried a risk. They suggested that some unidentified neurotoxic contaminant in milk may be responsible.

Vitamins.

B Vitamins. Most B vitamins play important roles in the brain and central nervous system. Vitamin B6 (pyridoxine) theoretically has benefits for PD because it is necessary in the production and metabolism of dopamine. Folate deficiency may increase toxic effects against dopamine neural pathways, perhaps by increasing levels of homocysteine, an amino acid that may play a destructive role in many diseases, including heart and neurologic disorders. Some evidence suggests that L-dopa elevates homocysteine levels, so folate supplements may be particularly important for patients. Although the major food sources of B vitamins are meats and dairy products, which are high in protein, these vitamins are also found in whole grains and are added as supplements to commercial cereals.

Click the icon to see an image of the benefits of vitamin B6.

Click the icon to see an image of foods that contain vitamin B6.

Click the icon to see an image of foods that contain folate.

Vitamin E. Researchers have investigated antioxidant vitamins, especially vitamin E, for their effect on the brain. Some, but not all, studies have reported slower mental decline and lower risk for Parkinson's and Alzheimer's disease in people who ate large amounts of foods rich in vitamin E. Such foods include vegetable oils (particularly wheat germ oil), sweet potatoes, turnip greens, mangos, avocados, nuts, sunflower seeds, and soybeans. Vitamin E supplements, however, do not appear to be helpful for slowing disease progression or improving symptoms.

Both smoking and coffee drinking have been associated with lower risk for PD. Researchers are attempting to discover if these substances protect nerve cells. One interesting study suggested that the early disease process in PD produces changes in the dopamine pathway that actually protects an individual from caffeine and nicotine addiction, so that fewer patients have a history of smoking and caffeine. Research is needed to determine why these toxic substances protect against PD.

Smoking and Nicotine Replacement. Cigarette smokers appear to have a 40% lower risk for Parkinson's disease, indicating some protection by nicotine. This finding, of course, is no excuse to smoke, but such protection may help researchers develop new therapies. Studies on nicotine replacement, such as gum or patches, have been conflicting, however, with some short-term studies reporting no benefits. A 2002 study suggested that nicotine replacement may help smokers with early PD, but not nonsmokers.

Coffee Consumption. Studies have indicated that the risk for PD in coffee drinkers is about 30% lower than for non-coffee drinkers. In a 30-year study of Japanese-American men, coffee consumption was associated with a lower risk for Parkinson's disease, and the more coffee they drank, the lower their risk became. Coffee and tea can reduce fluids by increasing urination, however, and so may increase constipation in PD.

Regular use of ibuprofen may reduce the risk of Parkinson’s disease according to research presented at the 2005 annual meeting of the American Academy of Neurology. In this prospective study, people who took at least two ibuprofen tablets per week for at least 1 year lowered their risk of developing Parkinson’s by 35% compared to nonusers or irregular users. For those who took ibuprofen daily, the comparative risk was 38% lower. Other non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS) did not appear to affect disease risk.

Generally, manufacturers of herbal remedies and dietary supplements do not need FDA approval to sell their products. Just like a drug, herbs and supplements can affect the body's chemistry, and therefore have the potential to produce side effects that may be harmful. There have been a number of reported cases of serious and even lethal side effects from herbal products. Always check with your doctor before using any herbal remedies or dietary supplements.

The following dietary supplements are being studied for treatment of Parkinson's disease:

Creatine. Creatine is a nutritional supplement that is sometimes used to improve exercise performance. In 2007, the U.S. National Institutes of Health launched a large-scale clinical trial to study whether creatine can slow the progression of Parkinson’s disease. The trial will enroll patients who have been diagnosed with PD within the last 5 years and who have received levodopa therapy for no more than 2 years.

Coenzyme Q10 (Ubiquinone). Coenzyme Q10 (also called ubiquinone) is an antioxidant being studied for the treatment of Parkinson's disease. This enzyme is important for cellular energy, which may be impaired in PD. In one study, patients who took coenzyme Q10 had slower decline in daily activities and mental and motor skills compared to patients on placebo. However, a 2007 study found that small doses of coenzyme Q10 had no effect on improving Parkinson’s symptoms. Researchers are still investigating whether larger doses given over a long period of time may benefit patients.

Exercise early in adult life may help protect against later development of Parkinson’s disease. Exercise is also an important component of rehabilitation. Physical therapy is extremely important and usually includes active and passive exercise, gait training, practice in normal activities, and if needed, hot or cold treatments, water therapy, and electrical stimulation. Exercise is also essential for well-being and helps patients maintain productive years. To date, no specific approach has been proven to be better than others.

Exercise Programs. Exercise programs are defined as passive or active.

Passive exercise, mostly stretching and manipulation of muscles by a physical therapist, is aimed at preventing muscles from shortening. A passive exercise program that begins with slow and gentle exercises and becomes progressively more intense may improve mobility in patients with early and mid-stage Parkinson's disease.
Active exercises are used to help range-of-motion, coordination, and speed. Patients should continually make efforts to practice movement, even simple ones, such as marching in place, making circular arm movements, and raising the legs up and down while sitting. Patients who enjoy sports or the use of exercise equipment should continue with these activities even if their skills diminish, assuming there are no other medical conditions that would prevent participation.

Gait Training. Practicing new methods for standing, walking, and turning may help retain balance. The following tips may be helpful:

Take large steps when walking forward, raising the toes at the forward step, and hitting the ground with the heel.
Take small steps while turning.
When walking or turning, have the legs 12 - 15 inches apart to provide a wide base.
Do not wear rubber or crepe-soled shoes because they grip the floor and may cause the patient to fall forward.
Using devices that keep a rhythmic beat, such a metronome (a simple device used by musicians to keep time), may be very effective, possibly more than music itself, in helping patients to walk faster and take longer steps. One study found that setting a metronome rhythm to about 10% faster than the patient's fastest gait offers significant improvement over walking to no rhythm at all or to a rhythm that matches the gait.

Reducing Muscle Freezing. The patient should practice regular daily activities that simplify actions and reduce the incidence of muscle freezing. Most often, freezing occurs when a patient begins to move or is presented with an obstacle. The following tips may be helpful:

Rock from side to side.
If the legs feel frozen, lift the toes. This simple action may free spasm in some cases.
Hum marching tunes. In fact, music has been shown to help people move and to get out of bed in the morning. Some studies report that wearing a Walkman and turning music on in situations associated with freezing, such as crossing a street, is helpful.
Divide actions into separate events, which may prevent freezing that occurs from trying to coordinate too many physical operations at one time. For instance, when going through a doorway, approach the door, stop at the door, open it, stop, and then walk through the doorway.
A cane equipped with a laser pointer may be helpful, at least temporarily.
Simply being touched by another person can sometimes release the patient (although a patient with PD should never be pulled or pushed).

Sleep Deprivation Therapy. Sleep deprivation therapy may have a role in treating some cases of depression and some studies are finding some benefits on the depression, tremor, and rigidity experienced by patients. Scientists believe that sleep deprivation produces certain anticholinergic effects, which may improve both depression and Parkinson's symptoms.

Mental Tasks. Mental training may increase dopamine in the brain. Some studies indicate that being mentally fit may be as important for patients as being physically fit. Helpful approaches include:

Select and learn new hobbies that require finger and hand mobility, such as sewing, carpentry, fishing, or playing cards.
Practice deep breathing and relaxation exercises. These may help maintain proper speech control, control tremor, and reduce anxiety.
Both the patient and any caregivers should consider psychological therapy and support for depression and loss of motivation. If psychological therapy is too costly, inexpensive support programs and groups are widely available and can be invaluable for the patient and the family.

Speech Therapy. Speech therapy may help those who develop a monotone voice and lose volume, particularly in combination with medications. There are no well-conducted studies comparing specific speech therapies, but the Lee Silverman Voice Treatment (LSVT) appears to be an example of an effective technique. It has five major components:

Focus on the voice ("think loud/think shout")
High effort (pushes patients to overcome limitations)
Intensive treatment (16 sessions in 1 month)
Calibration (learning to know and accept the amount of effort needed to produce normal sound so it becomes automatic)
Quantification (continuous feedback to objectively document success)

LSVT may help swallowing as well as speech.

Equipment and Devices. A number of devices can be helpful for maintaining stability and preventing falls. The following are some examples:

Rails installed where the patient needs support in getting up or down, such as along the bed and in the bathroom.
Walkers with locking wheels. (Walkers do not appear to be helpful for freezing.)
Chairs with straight backs, firm seats, and arm rests.
Firm mattresses and satin sheets or less expensive sheets with high thread counts. (These are useful for helping patients slide out of bed.)

Resources

www.ninds.nih.gov -- National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke
www.aan.com -- American Academy of Neurology
www.apdaparkinson.org -- American Parkinson's Disease Association
www.pdf.org -- Parkinson's Disease Foundation
www.parkinson.org -- National Parkinson Foundation
www.michaeljfox.org -- Michael J. Fox Foundation for Parkinson's Research
www.wemove.org -- Worldwide Education and Awareness for Movement Disorders
www.parkinsonsaction.org -- Parkinson's Action Network

References

Deuschl G, Schade-Brittinger C, Krack P, Volkmann J, Schafer H, Botzel K, et al. A randomized trial of deep-brain stimulation for Parkinson's disease. N Engl J Med. 2006 Aug 31;355(9):896-908.

Murata M, Hasegawa K, Kanazawa I. Zonisamide improves motor function in Parkinson disease: a randomized, double-blind study. Neurology. 2007 Jan 2;68(1):45-50.

Schade R, Andersohn F, Suissa S, Haverkamp W, Garbe E. Dopamine agonists and the risk of cardiac-valve regurgitation. N Engl J Med. 2007 Jan 4;356(1):29-38.

Schupbach WM, Maltete D, Houeto JL, du Montcel ST, Mallet L, Welter ML, et al. Neurosurgery at an earlier stage of Parkinson disease: a randomized, controlled trial. Neurology. 2007 Jan 23;68(4):267-71. Epub 2006 Dec 6.

Storch A, Jost WH, Vieregge P, Spiegel J, Grelich W, Durner J, et al. Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial on symptomatic effects of coenzyme Q10 in Parkinson disease. Arch Neurol. 2007 July;64.

Voon V, Thomsen T, Miyasaki JM, de Souza M, Shafro A, Fox SH, et al. Factors associated with dopaminergic drug-related pathological gambling in Parkinson disease. Arch Neurol. 2007 Feb;64(2):212-6.

Watts RL, Jankovic J, Waters C, Rajput A, Boroojerdi B, Rao J. Randomized, blind, controlled trial of transdermal rotigotine in early Parkinson disease. Neurology. 2007 Jan 23;68(4):272-6. Epub 2007 Jan 3.

Zanettini R, Antonini A, Gatto G, Gentile R, Tesei S, Pezzoli G. Valvular heart disease and the use of dopamine agonists for Parkinson's disease. N Engl J Med. 2007 Jan 4;356(1):39-46.

Review Date:
6/4/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Infertility in women

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:02 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
The Reproductive System
Risk Factors
Causes
Diagnosis
Treatment
Lifestyle Changes
Medications
Assisted Reproductive Techn...
Complications of Assisted R...
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

New At-Home Fertility Test for Couples

Fertell is a new at-home fertility test kit for couples. It screens for sperm motility concentrations and follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) levels. Fertell may be helpful as an initial test for infertility, but for a definitive diagnosis it is important to consult a doctor. Infertility can be due to many different factors.

Intracytoplasmic Sperm Injection Overused for Female Infertility

The assisted reproductive technology intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI) is being increasingly used in combination with in vitro fertilization (IVF), even for couples who do not have problems with male infertility, suggests a 2007 study in the New England Journal of Medicine. Researchers found that use of ICSI has increased 5-fold in the past decade. Some doctors are now recommending ICSI for women who have failed prior IVF cycles or who have few or poor-quality eggs. Doctors caution that ICSI should be used only to improve pregnancy chances for couples with male-factor infertility.

Clomiphene Best for PCOS-Associated Infertility

The infertility drug clomiphene (Clomid) works better than the diabetes drug metformin (Glucophage) for treating infertility resulting from polycystic ovarian syndrome (PCOS), indicates a 2007 study in the New England Journal of Medicine.

Fertility Drugs and Breast Cancer

Fertility drugs such as clomiphene and gonadotropins do not increase the risk for breast cancer, indicate several studies. In fact, according to a 2006 study in the Archives of Internal Medicine, clomiphene may decrease breast cancer risk.

Iron Deficiency and Female Infertility

Iron deficiency may increase the risk for ovulatory infertility, suggests a 2006 study in Obstetrics and Gynecology. Researchers found that women who took daily iron supplements were 40% less likely to be infertile than women who did not take supplements. Some experts recommend screening for iron deficiency as part of the clinical evaluation for infertility.

Introduction

Infertility is the failure of a couple to become pregnant after one year of regular, unprotected intercourse. In both men and women the fertility process is complex.

About 10% of couples who wish to have a baby are still unable to after a year of unprotected sex. About half of these couples can achieve pregnancy within 2 years after appropriate treatment of the woman, the man, or both. Even under ideal circumstances, the probability that a woman will get pregnant during a single menstrual cycle is only about 30%. And, when conception does occur, only 50 - 60% of pregnancies advance beyond the 20th week. (The inability of a woman to produce a live birth because of abnormalities that cause miscarriages is called infecundity and is not discussed in detail in this report.)

Males and females each account for 40% of infertility. In the remaining 20%, either both partners are responsible or the cause is unclear. Although this report specifically addresses infertility in women, it is equally important for the male partner to be tested at the same time. [See In-Depth Report #67: Infertility in men.]

The Reproductive System

The Primary Organs and Structures in the Reproductive System. The primary structures in the reproductive system are:

The uterus is a pear-shaped organ located between the bladder and lower intestine. It consists of two parts, the body and the cervix.
When a woman is not pregnant the body of the uterus is about the size of a fist, with its walls collapsed and flattened against each other. During pregnancy the walls of the uterus are pushed apart as the fetus grows.
The cervix is the lower portion of the uterus. It has a canal opening into the vagina with an opening called the os, which allows menstrual blood to flow out of the uterus into the vagina.
Leading off each side of the body of the uterus are two tubes known as the fallopian tubes. Near the end of each tube is an ovary.
Ovaries are egg-producing organs that hold 200,000 - 400,000 follicles (from folliculus, meaning "sack" in Latin). These cellular sacks contain the materials needed to produce ripened eggs, or ova.
The inner lining of the uterus is called the endometrium. During pregnancy, it thickens and becomes enriched with blood vessels to house and support the growing fetus. If pregnancy does not occur, the endometrium is shed as part of the menstrual flow. Menstrual flow also consists of blood and mucus from the cervix and vagina.

The uterus is a hollow muscular organ located in the female pelvis between the bladder and rectum. The ovaries produce the eggs that travel through the fallopian tubes. Once the egg has left the ovary it can be fertilized and implant itself in the lining of the uterus. The main function of the uterus is to nourish the developing fetus prior to birth.

Reproductive Hormones. The hypothalamus (an area in the brain) and the pituitary gland regulate the reproductive hormones.

Click the icon to see an image of the hypothalamus and pituitary gland.

The pituitary gland is often referred to as the master gland because of its important role in many vital functions, many of which require hormones. In women, six key hormones serve as chemical messengers that regulate the reproductive system:

The hypothalamus first releases the gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH).
This chemical, in turn, stimulates the pituitary gland to produce follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) and luteinizing hormone (LH).

Click the icon to see an image of the pituitary gland.

Estrogen, progesterone, and the male hormone testosterone are secreted by the ovaries at the command of FSH and LH and complete the hormonal group necessary for reproductive health.

Ovulation. The process leading to fertility is very intricate. It depends on the healthy interaction of two sets of organs and hormone systems in both the male and female. In addition, reproduction is limited by the phases of female fertility. Nevertheless, this astonishing process results in conception within a year for about 80% of couples. Only 15% conceive within a month of their first attempts, however, and about 60% succeed after 6 months.

A woman's ability to produce children occurs after she enters puberty and begins to menstruate. The process of conception is complex:

With the start of each menstrual cycle, follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) stimulates several follicles to mature over a 2-week period until their eggs nearly triple in size. Only one follicle becomes dominant, however, during a cycle.
FSH signals this dominant follicle to produce estrogen, which enters the bloodstream and reaches the uterus. There, estrogen stimulates the cells in the uterine lining to reproduce, therefore thickening the walls.
Estrogen levels reach their peak around the 14th day of the cycle (counting days beginning with the first day of a period). At that time, they trigger a surge of luteinizing hormone (LH).

LH serves two important roles:

First, the LH surge around the 14th cycle day stimulates ovulation. It does this by causing the dominant follicle to burst and release its egg into one of the two fallopian tubes. Once in the fallopian tube, the egg is in place for fertilization.
Next, LH causes the ruptured follicle to develop into the corpus luteum. The corpus luteum provides a source of estrogen and progesterone during pregnancy.

Click the icon to see an image of the corpus luteum.

Fertilization. The so-called "fertile window" is 6 days long and starts 5 days before ovulation and ends the day of ovulation. Fertilization occurs as follows:

The sperm can survive for up to 3 days once it enters the fallopian tube. The egg survives 12 - 24 hours unless it is fertilized by a sperm.
If the egg is fertilized, about 2 - 4 days later it moves from the fallopian tube into the uterus where it is implanted in the uterine lining and begins its 9-month incubation.
The placenta forms at the site of the implantation. The placenta is a thick blanket of blood vessels that nourishes the fertilized egg as it develops.

Click the icon to see an image of the placenta.

The corpus luteum (the yellow tissue formed from the ruptured follicle) continues to produce estrogen and progesterone during pregnancy.

If the egg is not fertilized, the corpus luteum degenerates into a form called the corpus albicans, and estrogen and progesterone levels drop. Finally, the endometrial lining sloughs off and is shed during menstruation.


Menstrual Phases	Typical No. of Days	Hormonal Actions
Follicular (Proliferative) Phase	Cycle Days 1 - 6: Beginning of menstruation to end of blood flow.	Estrogen and progesterone start out at their lowest levels. FSH levels rise to stimulate maturity of follicles. Ovaries start producing estrogen and levels rise, while progesterone remains low.
	Cycle Days 7 - 13: The endometrium (the inner lining of the uterus) thickens to prepare for the egg implantation.
Ovulation	Cycle Day 14:	Surge in LH. Largest follicle bursts and releases egg into fallopian tube.
Luteal (Secretory) Phase, also known as the Premenstrual Phase	Cycle Days 15 - 28:	Ruptured follicle develops into corpus luteum, which produces progesterone. Progesterone and estrogen stimulate blanket of blood vessels to prepare for egg implantation.
	If fertilization occurs:	Fertilized egg attaches to blanket of blood vessels that supplies nutrients for the developing placenta. Corpus luteum continues to produce estrogen and progesterone.
	If fertilization does not occur:	Corpus luteum deteriorates. Estrogen and progesterone levels drop. The blood vessel lining sloughs off and menstruation begins.

Onset of Menstruation (Menarche). Previous evidence had set the onset of menstruation, called the menarche, at an average age of 12 or 13. Recent studies, however, set the time of onset earlier by about 1 year in Caucasian girls and 2 years in African-American girls. Currently, the youngest possible age for normal puberty is 7 years old for Caucasians and 6 years old for African-Americans, down from a previous low of 8 years for both.

Evidence is pointing to the increasing incidence of childhood obesity as a major cause of the trend in earlier menarche onset. (Obesity is also highly associated with hormonal disorders in girls entering puberty at young ages.) Environmental estrogens found in chemicals and pesticides are also suspects.

Length of Monthly Cycle. The menstrual cycle can be very irregular for the first 1 - 2 years, usually being longer than the average of 28 days. The length then generally stabilizes to an average of 28 days, although the cycle length may range from 20 - 45 days and still be considered normal. A variation of 10 days or more -- either more or fewer days -- may have an impact on fertility, however. When a woman reaches her 40s the cycle lengthens, reaching an average of 31 days by age 49. Several factors can affect cycle length at any age.


Risk Factors for Shorter Cycles	Risk Factors for Longer Cycles
Regular alcohol use	Being under 21 and over 44
Stressful jobs	Being very thin (also at risk for short bleeding periods)
	Competitive athletics (also at risk for short bleeding periods)

Length of Periods. Periods average 6.6 days in young girls. By the age of 21, menstrual bleeding averages 6 days until women approach menopause. However, about 5% of healthy women menstruate less than 4 days, and 5% menstruate more than 8 days.

Normal Absence of Menstruation. Normal absence of periods can occur in any woman under the following circumstances:

Menstruation stops during the duration of pregnancy. Some women continue to have irregular bleeding during the first trimester. This bleeding may indicate a threatened miscarriage and requires immediate attention by the doctor.
When women breastfeed they are unlikely to ovulate. After that time, menstruation usually resumes, and they are fertile again.
Perimenopause starts when the intervals between periods begin to lengthen, and it ends with menopause itself (the complete cessation of menstruation). Menopause usually occurs at about age 51, although smokers often go through menopause earlier.

Risk Factors

In the U.S., an estimated 10.2% of women ages 15 - 44, or about 6.1 million women, have impaired fertility, and the incidence is increasing. About 25% of women experience some period of infertility during their reproductive years.

As a woman ages, her chances for fertility decline. Infertility in older women appears to be mostly due to a higher risk for chromosomal abnormalities that occur in her eggs as they age. Older women are also more likely to have health problems that may interfere with fertility. If fertilization occurs, older, healthy women can usually successfully bear a fetus to term, although they have a higher risk for miscarriage. Using population studies, experts have come up with estimated odds for pregnancy at different ages, given no fertility intervention. One analysis of pregnancy rates based on conception on the day of ovulation suggested that women ages 19 - 26 have twice the pregnancy rates as those ages 35 - 39.


Age	Fertility %
Up until age 34	90%
By age 40	Declining to 67%
By age 45	Declining to 15%

Although most of a woman's estrogen is manufactured in her ovaries, 30% is produced in fat cells by a process that transforms circulating adrenal male hormones into estrogen. Because a normal hormonal balance is essential for the process of conception, it is not surprising that extreme weight levels, either high or low, can contribute to infertility.

Being Overweight. Being overweight or obese (fat levels that are 10 - 15% above normal) can contribute to infertility in various ways. Obesity is highly associated with polycystic ovarian syndrome (PCOS), which is the cause of infertility in some cases. In one study, overweight women without PCOS were classified in one of five grades, depending on the severity of the obesity. The risk for irregular or absent periods increased two-fold by each increase in grade. In this group, amenorrhea (absent periods) was also highly associated with type 2 diabetes and blood sugar abnormalities.

Being Underweight. Body fat levels 10 - 15% below normal can completely shut down the reproductive process. Women at risk include:

Women with eating disorders, such as anorexia or bulimia.
Women on very low-calorie or restrictive diets are at risk, especially if their periods are irregular.
Strict vegetarians might have difficulties if they lack important nutrients, such as vitamin B12, zinc, iron, and folic acid.
Marathon runners, dancers, and others who exercise very intensely. (Lower body fat contributes to menstrual irregularities in competitive athletes, but other mechanisms are also involved.)

Exposure to environmental hazards (herbicides, pesticides, industrial solvents) may affect fertility. Estrogen-like hormone-disrupting chemicals are of particular concern for infertility in men and for effects on offspring of women.

Phthalates, chemicals used to soften plastics, are under particular scrutiny for their ability to disrupt hormones. Specific phthalates of special concern include dibutyl phthalate (DBP) and others found in many products, including cosmetics and clay products sold to children (Fimo, Sculpey). Animals exposed to phthalates have significantly impaired sperm count and abnormalities in reproductive structures, such as the testes. In addition, there is some concern that exposure in pregnant women may affect the offspring.

Neurotransmitters (chemical messengers) act in the hypothalamus gland, which controls both reproductive and stress hormones. Severely elevated levels of stress hormone can, in fact, shut down menstruation. Whether stress has any significant effect on fertility or fertility treatments is unclear. One 2005 study found that psychological stress does not affect the success or failure of in vitro fertilization.

Click the icon to see an image of the hypothalamus.

Causes

Causes of infertility can be found in about 90% of infertility cases but, despite extensive tests, about 10% of couples will never know why they cannot conceive. Between 10 - 30% of cases of infertility have more than one cause. Male or female infertility each account for about 30 - 40% of cases. In men, sperm defects (their quality and quantity) are usually responsible. Female infertility is more complex.

Pelvic inflammatory disease (PID) is the major cause of female infertility worldwide. PID comprises a variety of infections caused by different bacteria that affect the reproductive organs, appendix, and parts of the intestine that lie in the pelvic area. The sites of infection most often implicated in infertility are in the fallopian tubes, a specific condition referred to as salpingitis.

Causes of PID. PID may result from many different conditions that cause infections. Among them are:

Sexually transmitted diseases (cause of most PIDs). Chlamydia trachomatis is an infectious organism that causes 75% of infertility in the fallopian tubes. Gonorrhea is responsible for most of the remaining cases.
Pelvic tuberculosis (a growing global problem as tuberculosis cases increase)
Nonsterile abortions
Ruptured appendix
Herpes virus (suggested for some cases, but not confirmed as a cause).

Symptoms of PID. The infection may be subclinical (occurring without any symptoms), or there may be fever, chills, or pelvic pain indicating inflammation of the entire pelvic area.

Effects of PID. Severe or frequent attacks of PID can eventually cause scarring, abscess formation, and tubal damage that result in infertility. About 20% of women who develop symptomatic PID become infertile. PID also significantly increases the risk of ectopic pregnancy (fertilization in the fallopian tubes). The severity of the infection, not the number of the infections, appears to pose the greater risk for infertility.

Endometriosis may account for as many as 30% of infertility cases. Some evidence suggests that between 30 - 50% of women with endometriosis are infertile. Often, however, it is difficult to determine if endometriosis is the primary cause of infertility, particularly in women who have mild endometriosis. Endometriosis rarely causes an absolute inability to conceive, but, nevertheless, it can contribute to it both directly and indirectly.

Endometriosis is the condition in which the tissue that normally lines the uterus (endometrium) grows on other areas of the body causing pain and irregular bleeding.

Direct Effect of Endometrial Cysts. Endometrial cysts may directly cause infertility in several ways:

If implants occur in the fallopian tubes, they may block the egg's passage.
Implants that occur in the ovaries prevent the release of the egg.
Severe endometriosis can eventually form rigid webs of scar tissue (adhesions) between the uterus, ovaries, and fallopian tubes, thereby preventing the transfer of the egg to the tube.

Immune Factors and the Inflammatory Response. Researchers are focusing on defects in the immune system that not only may be responsible for endometriosis in the first place but may also cause the infertility associated with endometriosis. Even in early stage endometriosis, investigators have observed increased immune system activity.

Other Conditions Linking Endometriosis and Infertility. Researchers have sometimes noted unusually low levels of specific substances that enable a fertilized egg to adhere to the uterine lining. (Such abnormalities are more often a factor in infertility in women with mild-to-moderate endometriosis than in those with severe cases.)

One study found that the eggs in women with endometriosis appeared to have more genetic abnormalities than those in women without the disorder.

Polycystic ovarian syndrome (PCOS) is a condition in which the ovaries produce high amounts of androgens (male hormones), particularly testosterone. PCOS occurs in about 6% of women, and amenorrhea or oligomenorrhea (infrequent menses) is quite common. According to one study, nearly 30% of obese women with PCOS had amenorrhea. (The rate was lower -- 4.7% -- in women with normal weight.)

Click the icon to see an image of polycystic ovarian syndrome.

In PCOS, increased androgen production produces high luteinizing hormone (LH) levels and low follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) levels, so that follicles are prevented from producing a mature egg. Without egg production, the follicles swell with fluid and form into cysts. Every time an egg is trapped within the follicle, another cyst forms, so the ovary swells, sometimes reaching the size of a grapefruit. Without ovulation, progesterone is no longer produced, whereas estrogen levels remain normal.

The elevated levels of androgens (hyperandrogenism) can cause obesity, facial hair, and acne, although not all women with PCOS have such symptoms. Other male characteristics, such as deepening voice and clitoral enlargement, are rare.

PCOS also poses a high risk for insulin resistance, particularly in women who are also obese. Insulin resistance is associated with diabetes type 2, in which insulin levels are normal or high but the body cannot use this hormone efficiently. About half of PCOS patients, in fact, also have diabetes.

Premature ovarian failure is the early depletion of follicles before age 40, which, in most cases, leads to premature menopause. It affects about 1% of women and is typically preceded by irregular periods, which might continue for years. In this condition, follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) levels are elevated, as they are during perimenopause. Premature ovarian failure is a significant cause of infertility, and women who have this condition have only a 5 - 10% chance to conceive without fertility treatments.

Causes of Premature Ovarian Failure. There are numerous causes of premature ovarian failure. Often the cause of this disorder or other causes of premature ovarian failure is unknown. In some cases, premature ovarian failure may represent an acceleration of the aging process.

The following conditions may produce premature ovarian failure:

Adrenal, pituitary, or thyroid gland deficiencies.
Genetic factors related to the X chromosome. A woman needs two functioning X chromosomes for normal reproduction. When one is abnormal, ovarian function fails. The most severe example is Turner syndrome, a genetic condition, in which one of the two X-chromosomes is missing or malfunctioning. Milder cases of ovarian failure can occur in fragile X syndrome and other rare inherited conditions that cause partial X-chromosome abnormalities.
Cancer treatments (radiation, chemotherapy, or both). Women who are undergoing cancer treatments and who want to become pregnant should see a reproductive specialist to discuss their options. According to the American Society of Clinical Oncology's 2006 guidelines, the fertility preservation method with the best chance of success is embryo cryopreservation. This procedure involves harvesting a woman's eggs (oocytes), followed by in vitro fertilization and freezing of embryos for later use. Other treatments under investigation include egg preservation, collecting and freezing unfertilized eggs, removing and freezing a part of the ovary for later reimplantation, and using hormone therapy to protect the ovaries during chemotherapy. Women may be able to access these investigational approaches through enrolling in clinical trials.
Autoimmunity. Autoimmune diseases -- including type 1 diabetes, systemic lupus erythematosus, autoimmune hypothyroidism, and autoimmune Addison's disease -- are associated with a higher risk for early menopause. Autoimmunity, however, may also play a role in some cases of premature ovarian failure without the presence of specific autoimmune diseases. In such cases, antibodies specifically attack the cells that secrete reproductive hormones thus causing ovarian failure.
Other causes of premature ovarian failure include sarcoidosis, mumps, some sexually transmitted diseases, and tuberculosis. Women with epilepsy are at higher risk for premature ovarian failure.

Idiopathic hypogonadotropic hypogonadism is a rare condition in which follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) and luteinizing hormone (LH) are underproduced, preventing the development of functional ovaries. There are no other abnormalities in the hypothalamus-pituitary axis (such as tumors or abnormal stress hormones or prolactin). In most cases, the causes of hypergonadotropic hypogonadism are unknown. Genetic factors, including Kallman syndrome, have been identified in about 20% of these cases.

Functional hypothalamic amenorrhea (FHA) is the absence of menstruation due to disturbances in the thyroid gland and hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) system, which regulates reproduction and other important functions. The eating disorders anorexia and bulimia are most often associated with FHA. FHA may be due to other different factors, most unknown.

Luteal phase defect is a general term referring to problems in the corpus luteum that result in inadequate production of progesterone. Because progesterone is necessary for thickening and preparing the uterine lining, the ovum fails to successfully implant in the endometrium. Between 25 - 60% of women who have recurrent miscarriages may have a luteal phase defect. A luteal phase defect, however, can also occur in fertile women, so other factors may be responsible for implantation failure.

Benign fibroid tumors in the uterus are extremely common in women in their 30s. The effect of fibroids on fertility is controversial. One analysis suggested that they may account for infertility in only 1 - 2.4% of women who are having trouble conceiving.

Large fibroids may cause infertility impairing the uterine lining, by blocking the fallopian tube, or by distorting the shape of the uterine cavity or altering the position of the cervix.

Some evidence suggests that even small fibroids may reduce the chances of pregnancy in women who are undergoing assisted reproductive techniques. Treatments to reduce fibroids may be helpful in such women, although there has been little research on this subject.

Click the icon to see an image of uterine fibroids.

Prolactin is a hormone produced in the pituitary gland that stimulates breast development and milk production in association with pregnancy. High levels of prolactin (hyperprolactinemia) reduce gonadotropin hormones and inhibit ovulation. Hyperprolactinemia in women who are not pregnant or nursing can be caused by hypothyroidism or pituitary adenomas. (These are benign tumors that secrete prolactin. They can cause headache and visual problems as well as breast secretions.) Some drugs, including oral contraceptives and some antipsychotic drugs, can also elevate levels of prolactin.

Secretions from the breast not related to pregnancy or nursing (called galactorrhea) are a telltale symptom of high prolactin levels and should be investigated.

Inborn Abnormalities. Inborn genital tract abnormalities may cause infertility. Mullerian agenesis is a specific malformation in which no vagina or uterus develops. Even in these cases, some women can become mothers by undergoing in vitro fertilization and having the fertilized egg implanted in another woman who is willing and able to carry the pregnancy (a surrogate mother).

Uterine or Abdominal Scarring. Bands of scar tissue that bind together after abdominal or pelvic surgery or infection (called adhesions) can restrict the movement of ovaries and fallopian tubes and may cause infertility. Asherman syndrome, for example, is scarring in the uterus that can cause obstructions and secondary amenorrhea. It may be caused by surgery, repeated injury, or unknown factors. Laparoscopic surgery is less likely to cause adhesions than standard open surgery.

In some of these cases, surgery may be helpful. One technique, called pressure lavage under ultrasound guidance (PLUG), may prove to be useful for treating some cases of mild scarring in the uterus (intrauterine adhesions). This technique is based on transvaginal sonohysterography, which uses ultrasound along with saline infused into the uterus to enhance visualization. Continuous accumulation of saline in the procedure is used to break up the scars.

Ectopic Pregnancies. Ectopic pregnancies increase the risk for infertility, although subsequent pregnancy rates are quite variable. Ectopic pregnancies that terminate without treatment appear to pose a lower risk for future infertility. Even a ruptured tube does not appear to reduce the chance for a future pregnancy in most women. Such an event however can be dangerous and even life threatening for the woman. Laparoscopic surgery to remove a fallopian tube affected by an ectopic pregnancy may preserve fertility better than traditional abdominal surgery.

Click the icon to see an image of an ectopic pregnancy.

Medications. Among the medications that can cause temporary infertility are those used to treat chronic disorders, as well as antidepressants, hormones, painkillers, and antipsychotic drugs.

Inflammatory Bowel Disease. Inflammatory bowel disease (particularly Crohn's disease or surgery for ulcerative colitis) can affect fertility.

Click the icon to see an image of Crohn's disease.

Celiac Sprue. Celiac sprue is a disease in which the patient cannot tolerate gluten, a common food chemical. The disorder is also highly associated with infertility in men and women, possibly through multiple effects on nutrition, immune factors, and hormones. The mechanisms are not altogether clear, but infertility is usually reversible with strict dietary control.

Click the icon to see an image of celiac sprue.

Iron Intake. Nutritional iron deficiency may contribute to female infertility. According to a 2006 study, women who take iron supplements are 40% less likely to experience ovulatory infertility than women who do not take iron supplements. Some researchers suggest that screening for iron deficiency should be part of the standard work-up of infertility tests.

Epilepsy. In one study of women with epilepsy, fertility rates were 33% lower than among women in the general population, perhaps due to certain antiepileptic drugs that increase the risk for birth defects. The social effects of epilepsy may also lead to marriage at an older age, which can be associated with delayed attempts to get pregnant and thereby affect fertility.

Thyroid Problems. Thyroid problems, either too much thyroid hormone (hyperthyroidism) or too little (hypothyroidism), can interrupt cycles.

Click the icon to see an image of hyperthyroidism.

Click the icon to see an image of hypothyroidism.

Metabolic Syndrome (also Called Syndrome X). Doctors diagnose this condition when at least three of the following abnormalities are present:

Abdominal obesity
Low HDL (good) cholesterol levels
High triglyceride levels
High blood pressure
Insulin resistance

Metabolic syndrome is a pre-diabetic condition that is significantly associated with heart disease. One study reported that, as with polycystic ovarian syndrome, women with metabolic syndrome have higher levels of male hormones and are therefore at risk for infertility. Another study estimated that 24% of the population now has this condition.

Other Medical Conditions. Medical conditions associated with delayed puberty and amenorrhea (absence of periods) include Cushing's disease, sickle cell disease, HIV, kidney disease, and diabetes. Genetic mutations that affect luteinizing hormone may also be responsible for some cases of light or absent menstruation. Other rare genetic disorders, such as Kallman syndrome, cause abnormalities in the hypothalamus of the brain.

Diagnosis

In any fertility work-up, both male and female partners are tested if pregnancy fails to occur after a year of regular unprotected sexual intercourse. Fertility testing should be done earlier if a woman is over 35 years old or if either partner has known risk factors for infertility. An analysis of the man's semen should be performed before the female partner undergoes any invasive testing.

The first step in any infertility work up is a complete medical history and physical examination. Sexual technique and timing, menstrual history, lifestyle issues (such as smoking and drug, alcohol, and caffeine consumption), any medications being taken, and a profile of the patient's general medical and emotional health can help the doctor decide on appropriate tests.

Before embarking on an expensive fertility work-up, the following steps are free or low-cost and can be helpful:

Monitor basal body temperature. This is accurate in determining if ovulation is actually taking place.
Test the consistency of your cervical mucus. Collect some mucus between your two fingers and stretch it apart. If you are near the time of ovulation, the mucus will stretch more than 1 inch before it breaks. As an alternative, at-home kits can test saliva as substitute for checking cervical mucus.
Take an over-the-counter urine test for detecting luteinizing hormone (LH) surges. This helps determine the day of ovulation.
Fertell is the first at-home test kit for couples that is approved by the Food and Drug Administration. Women can test their urine for levels of follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH), while men can test their semen for sperm motility (ability of sperm to move). Fertell became available online and in some pharmacies in June 2007.

Several laboratory tests may be used to detect the cause of infertility and monitor treatments:

Hormonal Levels. Blood and urine tests are taken to evaluate hormone levels. Hormonal tests for ovarian reserve (the number of follicles and quality of the eggs) are especially important for older women.

Examples of possible results include:

High follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) and luteinizing hormone (LH) levels and low estrogen levels suggest premature ovarian failure or hypogonadotropic hypogonadism.
High LH and low FSH may suggest polycystic ovary syndrome or luteal phase defect.
High FSH and high estrogen levels on the third day of the cycle predicts poor success rates in older women trying fertility treatments.
LH surges indicate ovulation.
Blood tests for prolactin levels and thyroid function are also measured. These are hormones that may indirectly affect fertility.

Clomiphene Challenge Test. Clomiphene citrate (Clomid, Serophene), a standard fertility drug, may be used to test for ovarian reserve. With this test, the doctor measures FSH on day 3 of the cycle. The woman takes clomiphene orally on days 5 and 9 of the cycle. The doctor measures FSH on the tenth day. High levels of FSH either on day 3 or day 10 indicate a poor chance for a successful outcome.

Tissue Samples. To rule out luteal phase defect, premature ovarian failure, and absence of ovulation, the doctor may take tissue samples of the uterus 1 - 2 days before a period to determine if the corpus luteum is adequately producing progesterone. Tissue samples taken from the cervix may be cultured to rule out infection.

Tests for Autoimmune Disease. Tests for autoimmune disease, such as hypothyroidism and diabetes, should be considered in women with recent ovarian failure that is not caused by genetic abnormalities.

If an initial fertility work-up does not reveal abnormalities, as happens in about 40% of cases, more extensive tests will reveal abnormal tubal or uterine findings. The three major approaches for examining the uterus are ultrasound (particularly a variation called saline-infusion sonohysterography), hysterosalpingography, and hysteroscopy. Although combinations of these diagnostic approaches are often used to confirm diagnoses, one study indicated that with the introduction of saline-infusion sonohysterography, all are equally accurate and combinations do not increase accuracy. Furthermore, the ultrasound procedure is significantly less painful than the other two, suggesting that this should be the procedure of choice, if available.

Ultrasound and Sonohysterography. Ultrasound is the standard imaging technique for evaluating the uterus and ovaries, detecting fibroids, ovarian cysts and tumors, and also obstructions in the urinary tract. It uses sound waves to produce an image of the organs and entails no risk and very little discomfort.

Transvaginal sonohysterography uses ultrasound along with saline infused into the uterus, which enhances the visualization of the uterus. This technique is proving to be more accurate than standard ultrasound in identifying potential problems. It is currently the gold standard for diagnosing polycystic ovaries.

Magnetic Resonance Imaging. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) gives a better image of any fibroids that might be causing bleeding, but it is expensive and not usually necessary.

Hysteroscopy. Hysteroscopy is a procedure that may be used to detect the presence of endometriosis, fibroids, polyps, pelvic scar tissue, and blockage at the ends of the fallopian tubes. Some of these conditions can be corrected during the procedure by cutting away any scar tissue that may be binding organs together or by destroying endometrial implants. (It may miss cases of uterine cancer, however, and is not a substitute for more invasive procedures, such as dilation and curettage ( D&C) or endometrial biopsy, if cancer is suspected.)

It is done in the office setting and requires no incisions. The procedure uses a long flexible or rigid tube called a hysteroscope, which is inserted into the vagina and through the cervix to reach the uterus. A fiber optic light source and a tiny camera in the tube allow the doctor to view the cavity. The uterus is filled with saline or carbon dioxide to inflate the cavity and provide better viewing. This frequently causes cramping.

There are small risks of bleeding, infection, and reactions to anesthesia. Many patients experience temporary discomfort in the shoulders after the operation due to residual carbon dioxide that puts pressure on the diaphragm. The wound itself is minimally painful.

Hysterosalpingography. Hysterosalpingography is performed to discover possible blockage in the fallopian tubes and abnormalities in the uterus:

The doctor inserts a tube into the cervix through which a special dye is injected. (The patient may experience some cramping and discomfort.)
The dye passes into the uterus and up through the fallopian tubes.
An x-ray is taken of the dye-filled uterus and tubes.
If the dye is seen emerging from the end of the tube, no blockage is present. (In some cases, hysterosalpingography may even restore fertility by clearing away tiny tubal blockages.)
If results show blockage or abnormalities, the test may need to be repeated. In case of blockage, hysterosalpingography may reveal a number of conditions, including endometrial polyps, fibroid tumors, or structural abnormalities of the uterus and tubes.

The test has significant rates of false diagnoses, both positive and negative. There is a small risk of pelvic infection, and antibiotics may be prescribed prior to the procedure. One study suggested that flushing the tubes with an oil-based fluid (lipiodol) during this procedure may improve fertility rates in women with infertility of unknown causes.

As women age, the number of follicles (and therefore their egg supply) declines. Researchers are developing tests that may help determine how many are left. Such tests include the following:

Calculating the volume of the ovaries. In general, the smaller the ovaries, the fewer the remaining eggs.
Counting antral follicles. Antral follicles are those that develop but do not become dominant follicles. Instead, they form a fluid-filled space called an antrum. Women who have fewer than three to five antral follicles appear to have a poor chance of fertility.
Measuring inhibin B. Inhibin B is a growth factor produced in the ovaries. Low levels suggest fewer eggs.

Eventually these markers may be useful for determining which women need more aggressive treatments.

Genetic testing may be warranted in cases of male infertility or when genetic factors may be causing pregnancy failure in the woman. If genetic abnormalities are suspected in either partner, counseling is recommended.

A technique called preimplantation genetic diagnosis (PGD) is now available in some centers that can examine all the chromosomes in a human embryo. It helps identify abnormalities that increase the risk for infertility, treatment failures, or genetic defects in the offspring.

Treatment

Some doctors recommend that if a couple fails to conceive after 1 - 2 years of frequent unprotected sex, they should consult a fertility expert. Women who are 35 or older, however, may want to begin exploring their options if they do not become pregnant within 6 months to a year.

Several approaches can treat infertility, depending on the cause:

Lifestyle measures (healthy lifestyle, planning sexual activity with ovulation cycle, managing stress and emotions)
Treatments for endometriosis, fibroids, or menstrual disorders
Use of anti-estrogen drugs, such as clomiphene, to induce ovulation in women with ovarian dysfunction
Surgery (standard or laparoscopic) to unblock fallopian tubes
Use of hormone treatments (clomiphene or progestins) for luteal phase defect
Assisted reproductive technologies (ART) such as in vitro fertilization (IVF) or intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI)

Choosing a good fertility clinic is important. Those offering assisted reproductive techniques are not always regulated by the government, and abuses have been reported, including lack of informed consent, unauthorized use of embryos, and failure to routinely screen donors for disease.

The clinic should always provide the following information:

The live-birth rate (not just pregnancy success rate) for other couples with similar infertility problems. (Multiple births, such as twins or triplets, are counted as one live birth.)
Such statistics should include high-risk women, such as those who are older or fail to produce eggs. (Some disreputable clinics give success percentages that exclude high-risk women from their total, thereby making the percentage of success much higher.)

Advanced fertility procedures and medications are extremely expensive and often not covered by insurance. Couples should be cautious about offers of rebates in the event of failure; the clinics offering them are often significantly more expensive than those that don't offer such gimmicks.


Causes of Infertility	Treatments
Endometriosis	Conservative surgery (typically laparoscopy) is the appropriate approach for restoring fertility. GnRH agonists or progestins, used to treat endometriosis itself, have no effect on fertility. Possible exceptions are GnRH agonists used after surgery. In one study, this treatment helped improve conception rates in women who subsequently underwent assisted reproductive techniques. Assisted reproductive technologies (ART). (Fertility drugs alone have no effect.) It is not clear, in any case, whether either laparoscopy for removing endometrial implants or ART has additional advantages in many of these women compared to simply trying to become pregnant through non-aggressive means.
Hyperprolactinemia	Dopamine agonists, including bromocriptine (Parlodel) or cabergoline (Dostinex). Surgery in some cases.
Luteal phase defect	Clomiphene or superovulation drugs (FSH drugs or hMG).
Hyperprolactinemia (elevated prolactin)	Bromocriptine, cabergoline to shrink tumors that result in over secretion of prolactin. Cabergoline is more effective, but bromocriptine has been used longer. Once ovulation starts, women who want to become pregnant should stop cabergoline one month before attempting conception. Surgery may be needed for women who do not respond to medications or who have large tumors.
Hypogonadotropic Hypogonadism	Fertility drugs (hMG preferable to FSH alone) with or without assisted reproductive technologies.
Pelvic Inflammatory Disease	Screening high-risk women for the presence of Chlamydia trachomatis and treating the organism before it causes symptoms could reduce the risk of PID by almost 60%. If any sexually transmitted infection is detected, both partners should receive antibiotics, even if there are no symptoms. If PID symptoms develop, particularly lower abdominal pain, fertility can be preserved if women receive antibiotics within 2 days. A delay significantly increases the risk for scarring.
Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome	Lifestyle changes (weight loss and exercise in women who are overweight.) Clomiphene is the standard first-line treatment for polycystic ovarian syndrome (PCOS)-related infertility. Although some research has indicated that the diabetes drug metformin (Glucophage) might help treat infertility in women with PCOS, a 2007 study in the New England Journal of Medicine indicated that clomiphene is much more effective.
Premature Ovarian Failure	Assisted reproductive technologies with donor eggs.
Preserving fertility after cancer treatments	Removal and freezing (called cryopreservation) of ovarian tissue containing embryos or freezing immature and unfertilized eggs to use for later reimplantation. (Freezing before cancer treatment appears to offer the best chance.) Under investigation: Ovarian transplantation procedures and gonadotropin-releasing hormone analogues, which put women in a temporary pre-pubescent state during chemotherapy and may preserve fertility.
Fallopian tubal blockage	Surgical procedures (laparoscopy or salpingostomy) to clear the tubes. (Average pregnancy rate after salpingostomy is about 30%, but they can vary widely.) Flushing the tubes with an oil-based fluid (lipiodol) during hysterosalpingography (investigative). In a 2002 study, this procedure improved pregnancy rates in women with infertility of unknown causes. Assisted reproductive technologies.
Unexplained infertility	Lifestyle measures. Fertility drugs. Assisted reproductive technologies.

Lifestyle Changes

Although there are no dietary or nutritional cures for infertility, a healthy lifestyle is important. Ovulatory problems are reversible by changing behavioral patterns. Such conditions include:

Maintain a healthy weight. Women who are either over- or underweight are at risk for fertility failure, including a lower chance for achieving success with fertility procedures. Everyone should have a diet rich in fresh fruits and vegetables and whole grains and low in saturated fats.
Stop smoking. Smoking increases the risk for infertility in both men and women, and poses a future health risk for the mother and infant. Everyone should quit.
Avoid caffeine and alcohol.
Avoid excessive exercise if it causes menstrual irregularity. However, moderate and regular exercise is essential for good health. Few women exercise to the extent that their periods are affected. For those who do, one study found that simply adding calories can restore menstruation in many cases.
Don't use electric blankets. In one study, a 74% higher incidence of spontaneous abortion was associated with using an electric blanket during the month of conception. There was no association with heated waterbeds or electromagnetic waves.
Avoid any unnecessary medications.

There is no evidence of harm to a developing fetus from low exposure to microwaves or electromagnetic waves. Women who remain anxious may derive comfort by avoiding some of these devices (such as cellular phones or electric blankets) and remaining a foot or so away from others (such as computers or microwave ovens).

Both male and female hormone levels fluctuate according to the time of day, and they vary from day to day and month to month. Some timing tips might be helpful.

Male Hormone Levels and Sexual Activity. Male hormone levels are highest in the morning. (Sexual interest also tends to be higher in the morning.) In one study of men, their sexual activity was highest in October, when conception rates were also high.

Fertility and Seasonal Changes. Different studies have reported higher sperm counts in the winter than in the summer. For women, fertility rates as measured by treatment success are highest in months when days are longest.

Monitoring Basal Body Temperature. To determine the most likely time of ovulation and therefore the time of fertility, a woman is instructed to take her body temperature, called her basal body temperature. This is the body's temperature as it rises and falls in accord with hormonal fluctuations.

Each morning before rising, the woman takes her temperature with a specialized basal body thermometer and marks the result on a graph-paper chart.
The woman also notes the days of menstruation and sexual activity.
The so-called "fertile window" is 6 days long, starts 5 days before ovulation, and ends the day of ovulation.
The chances for fertility are considered to be highest between days 10 and 17 in the menstrual cycle (with day 1 being the first day of the period, and ovulation occurring about 2 weeks later). However, cycles vary from woman to woman. Researchers suggest that women track the length of their cycles, which can run anywhere from between 19 and 60 days. A long cycle, for example, suggests a delayed ovulation date.
Immediately after ovulation the body temperature increases sharply in about 80% of cases. (Some women can be ovulating normally yet not show this temperature pattern.)

By studying the temperature patterns after a few months, couples can begin to anticipate ovulation and plan their sexual activity accordingly. Couples must try to avoid becoming fixated on the chart, however, in scheduling their sexual activity. Spontaneity can be lost, and the stress on the relationship can be quite severe.

Hormone Monitoring Systems. A device called a saliva fertility monitor (Fertility Tracker) uses a microscope to view slides containing saliva and monitors estrogen levels. Home test kits that monitor reproductive hormone levels in the urine (ClearBlue) are also available. They are less costly than the saliva test but are messier. Monitoring hormones levels helps to determine when a woman is ovulating.

Frequency of Intercourse. The question of how often a couple should have intercourse is in debate. Some doctors say that having sex more than 2 days a week adds no benefits. Moreover, frequent sexual activity lowers sperm count per ejaculation. Other studies have indicated, however, that having intercourse every day, or even several times a day, before and during ovulation, improves pregnancy rates. Although sperm count per ejaculation is low, a constantly replenished semen supply is more likely to result in a fertilized egg.

The fertility process is a roller coaster of emotions that are present throughout and in both failure and success. There are almost no sure ways to predict which couples will eventually conceive. Some couples with multiple problems will overcome great odds, while other, seemingly fertile, couples fail to conceive. Many of the new treatments are remarkable, but a live birth is never guaranteed. The emotional burden on the couple is considerable, and some planning is helpful.

Planning for Emotional Turmoil.

Decide in advance how many and what kind of procedures will be emotionally and financially acceptable and attempt to determine a final limit. Fertility treatments are expensive. A successful pregnancy often depends on repeated attempts.
Determine alternatives (adoption, donor sperm or egg, or having no children) as early as possible in the fertility process. This can reduce anxiety during treatments and feelings of hopelessness in case conception does not occur.

Managing Emotional Stress During the Process. Managing negative emotions can be viewed as important as medical treatment. The following are some ways women reduce stress while trying to conceive:

Talking to one's spouse, family, and friends is very beneficial. The best support comes from the spouse. Studies suggest that a positive attitude on the husband's part is essential for enabling his wife to deal effectively with either the success or failure of fertility treatments. Men and women may cope differently with the stress, and each should understand the other's special needs. Women tend to want greater personal space and also to want to share the burden with their husbands. Men tend to cope by seeking to improve themselves (for example being strong, or being the "best").
Almost half of women seeking fertility treatments practice good-luck rituals, including praying and wearing charms or special jewelry. No evidence exists that these practices increase fertility, but they may help reduce anxiety and enhance a sense of control.
Cognitive-behavioral therapy, which uses methods that include relaxation training and stress-management, have been associated with higher pregnancy rates. (In one study, 42% became pregnant without medical intervention.)
Attending support groups or counseling services before and after treatment helps many women endure the process and ease the grief should treatment fail. One study indicated that pregnancy rates were twice as high in women who coped with their depression by reaching out to others rather than repressing guilt or rage. (These results held only in cases in which women, not their mates, were infertile.)
Acupuncture may help some women. Some evidence suggests that this alternative treatment has beneficial effects on chemicals in the brain involved with stress and reproduction. Acupuncture is safe, but studies have been mixed on whether it can help improve pregnancy rates. One study indicated that women who received acupuncture achieved significantly higher success rates during fertility treatments (42.5%) than those who did not receive it (26.3%). Several 2006 studies suggested that acupuncture may improve pregnancy success for women who undergo in vitro fertilization (IVF) and intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI) procedures. One of these studies found that acupuncture had a positive effect if it was given during the luteal phase (post-ovulatory period of menstrual cycle.) Another study suggested that acupuncture should be given on the day of embryo transfer.

Managing the Emotional Effects of the Outcome. After enduring the process, the couple must face the outcome, and even a positive outcome has emotional repercussions.

Effects of Failure. The emotional stress of failure can be devastating even on the most loving and affectionate relationships and even in those who have prepared for the possibility of failure. Neither the male nor female partner should hesitate to seek professional help if the emotional burdens are too heavy.
Effects of Genetic Testing. As advanced technologies allow testing and greater genetic information at the earliest stage, potential parents will have to learn to deal with the uncertainties of possible chromosomal abnormalities, which may or may not be significant.
Effects of Successful Treatments. Some studies have indicated that even if successful, some women experience higher stress and fear of failure during pregnancy. According to one study, however, women who achieved pregnancy using fertility treatments felt increasingly better and had higher self esteem and less anxiety as the pregnancy progressed than women whose pregnancies were not due to medical intervention.
Effects of Multiple Births. A successful pregnancy that results in a multiple birth introduces new complexities and emotional problems. One study reported a very high rate of depression in women with triplets, particularly if they had little help from others, and especially if their husbands weren't involved.
Effects on Parenting. Once the fertility treatment-assisted child arrives, parents (both men and women) are more likely to be anxious and to have less confidence than those who conceive naturally.

Medications

Fertility drugs are often used alone as initial treatment to induce ovulation. If they fail as sole therapy, they may be used with assisted reproductive procedures or artificial insemination to produce multiple eggs, a process called superovulation.

Clomiphene citrate (Clomid, Serophene) is usually the first fertility drug of choice for women with infrequent periods and long cycles. Unlike more potent drugs used in superovulation, clomiphene is gentler and works by blocking estrogen, which tricks the pituitary into producing

follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) and luteinizing hormone (LH). This boosts follicle growth and the release of the egg. Clomiphene can be taken orally, is relatively inexpensive, and the risk for multiple births (about 5%, mostly twins) is lower than with other drugs.

Women with the best chances for success with this drug are those who have the following conditions:

Polycystic ovarian syndrome (PCOS)
Ability to menstruate but irregular menstrual cycle

Women with poorer chances of success with this drug have the following conditions:

Infertility but with normal ovulation
Low estrogen levels
Premature ovarian failure (early menopause)

One or two tablets are taken each day for 5 days, usually starting 2 - 5 days after the period starts. If successful, ovulation occurs about a week after the last pill has been taken. If ovulation does not occur, then a higher dose may be given for the next cycle. If this resgimen is not successful, treatment may be prolonged or additional drugs may be added. Doctors usually do not recommend more than 6 cycles.

Clomiphene often reduces the amount and quality of cervical mucus and may cause thinning of the uterine lining. In such cases, other hormonal drugs may be given to restore thickness. Other side effects of clomiphene include ovarian cysts, hot flashes, nausea, headaches, weight gain, and fatigue. There is a 5% chance of having twins with this drug, and a slightly increased risk for miscarriage.

If clomiphene does not work or is not an appropriate choice, gonadotropin drugs are a second option. Gonadotropins include several different types of drugs that contain either a combination of follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) and luteinizing hormone (LH), or only FSH. Clomiphene works indirectly by stimulating the pituitary gland to secrete FSH, which prompts follicle production. In contrast, the gonadtropin hormones directly stimulate the ovaries to produce multiple follicles.

Gonadotropins are given in a shot. (Your doctor may show you how to self-administer the injection.) Gonadotropins include:

Human Menopausal Gonadtropins (hMG), also called menotropins
Human Chorionic Gonadotropins (hCG)
Urofollitropin and Follitropin, natural and synthetic forms of FSH
Gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) analogs, which include GnRH agonists and GnRH antagonists

Gonadotropin drugs are either natural compounds extracted from urine or synthetic compounds that are genetically engineered in a laboratory using recombinant DNA.

Human Menopausal Gonadotropin (hMG). HMG drugs, also called menotropins, contain a mixture of both FSH and LH. These drugs (Pergonal, Repronex, Metrodin, Humegon) are all derived from the urine of postmenopausal women. HMG is administered as a series of injections 2 - 3 days after the period starts. Injections are usually given for 7 - 12 days, but the time may be extended if ovulation does not occur. In such cases, a shot of human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG) may trigger ovulation.

Human Chorionic Gonadotropin (hCG). Human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG) is similar to LH. It mimics the LH surge, which stimulates the follicle to release the egg. Natural hCG drugs, derived from the urine of pregnant women, include Pregnyl, Profasi, Novarel, APL, Chorex, and Follutein. Ovidrel is the only available genetically modified hCG drug. Ovidrel has fewer side effects at the injection site, and its quality can be better controlled than the natural drugs. It is generally used after hMG or FSH to stimulate the final maturation stages of the follicles. Ovulation, if it occurs, does so about 36 - 72 hours after administration.

Urofollitropin and Follitropin. Urofollitropin (Bravelle, Fertinex) is a purified form of FSH, derived from the urine of postmenopausal women. Follitropin drugs (Gonal-F, Follistim) are synthetic versions of FSH. These FSH drugs are sometimes given in combination with an hCG drug.

GnRH Analogs (Agonists or Antagonists). Gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) is a hormone produced in the hypothalamus part of the brain. GnRH stimulates the pituitary gland to produce LH and FSH. GnRH analogs are synthetic drugs that are classified as either agonists or antagonists. They are similar to natural GnRH but have very different actions. While natural GnRH stimulates LH and FSH, these drugs actually prevent the LH and FSH surge that occurs right before ovulation. This action helps prevent the premature release of the eggs before they can be harvested for assisted reproductive technologies.

GnRH agonists include leuprolide (Lupron), nafarelin (Synarel), and goserelin (Zoladex).
GnRH antagonists include ganirelix (Antagon) and cetrorelix (Cetrotide). GnRH antagonists suppress FSH and LH more than GnRH agonists, and they may require fewer injections.

Women with endometriosis often have an especially hard time getting pregnant. A 2006 review suggested that GnRH agonists may help women with endometriosis quadruple their chances of becoming pregnant when the drug is used 3 - 6 months prior to in vitro fertilization (IVF) or intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI). [See In-Depth Report #74: Endometriosis.]

Multiple Births. Overproduction of follicles can lead to ovarian enlargement. This event increases the risk for multiple births. There is a 25% chance of multiple births (about 17% for twins and 8% for triplets and or more).

Ovarian Hyperstimulation Syndrome. The most serious complication with superovulation is ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome (OHS), which is associated with the enlarged ovary (although the precise cause is unknown). This can result in dangerous fluid and electrolyte imbalances and endanger the liver and kidney. OHS is also associated with a higher risk for blood clots. In rare cases, it can be fatal. Symptoms include abdominal bloating, nausea, vomiting, and shortness of breath.

Bleeding and Rupture of Ovarian Cysts. Overproduction of follicles, if unchecked, may result in bleeding and rupture of ovarian cysts.

Cancer Concerns. There has been concern that clomiphene and gonadotropins may increase the risks for ovarian and breast cancer. Most evidence to date does not indicate that ovulation-stimulating drugs increase the risks for these types of cancers. However, more research needs to be done. Some studies suggest that clomiphene, which is chemically related to the breast cancer drug tamoxifen, may actually decrease the risk for breast cancer.

Progesterone. Progesterone is a hormone that is produced by the body during the menstrual cycle. Progesterone drugs are sometimes given to women who have experienced frequent miscarriages (a possible sign of progesterone deficiency). A progesterone drug may also be given after egg retrieval during an in vitro fertilization (IVF) cycle to help thicken the uterine lining (endometrium) so it can better hold the egg following implantation.

Aromatase Inhibitors. Aromatase inhibitors block aromatase, an enzyme that is a major source of estrogen in many major body tissues. These drugs include anastrozole (Arimidex) and letrozole (Femara). These drugs are used for treating breast cancer and are being investigated for stimulating ovulation in infertile women. Although letrozole is not approved for treatment of infertility, it has become widely used for this purpose in recent years. Some doctors were concerned that letrozole could increase the risk of birth defects. However, a major 2006 study indicated that letrozole does not increase risk to the fetus. The study compared the rate of birth defects among babies whose mothers conceived with letrozole and those who used clomiphene (the standard first-line fertility drug). Researchers found no differences in birth outcomes between the two groups.

Tamoxifen. Tamoxifen (Nolvadex) is a drug known as a selective estrogen-receptor modulator (SERM). It is used to prevent breast cancer in high-risk women. Studies suggest that it may equal clomiphene in its ability to induce ovulation. It may be especially useful when used along with IVF for preserving fertility in breast cancer patients. This drug is less expensive than clomiphene, but it poses some health hazards, including a risk for blood clots and uterine cancer.

Glucocorticoids. Glucocorticoids are steroid hormones that are sometimes used in combination with IVF and intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI). It is thought that anti-inflammatory effect of these drugs can help make the lining of the uterus more responsive to egg implantation. However, a 2007 review indicated that glucocorticoids do not help improve pregnancy success rates and should not be used routinely with assisted reproductive technologies.

Regimens to induce ovulation vary widely according to individual need. A typical procedure, involving superovulation and in vitro fertilization (IVF) may be as follows:

Doctors make sure that the patient is not pregnant or in the luteal phase of her menstrual cycle (the premenstrual period).
Injections of either human menopausal gonadtropins, which contains luteinizing hormone (LH) and follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) or pure FSH are administered daily 2 - 4 days after day 1 of the next cycle. Either drug may be used.
After 4 - 8 days of treatment, estrogen levels are monitored. Increasing levels on the fourth day of treatment may be strong indicators of success. If estrogen levels indicate that ovaries are responding, ultrasound is then performed to detect possible overproduction of follicles. Such evaluation should then be conducted every 1 - 2 days and dosages adjusted accordingly.
Gonadotropin-releasing hormone analogs are used to prevent a premature release of LH hormone (and therefore ovulation). GnRH agonists are typically administered either early on or a few days after ovulation in the cycle previous to the one planned for IVF. This approach is referred to as the long protocol, and it serves to suppress the pituitary gland and allows time for the eggs to mature before harvesting. Other protocols using GnRH antagonists are under investigation, but to date the long protocol has the best pregnancy rates.
When at least three follicles have reached a diameter of 18 mm, human chorionic gonadotropins (hCG) is typically administered to release the egg. It is not given if there are signs of overproduction of follicles, which suggests a risk for ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome (OHS), a dangerous complication. (One study reported that giving high doses of progesterone to high-risk women the day of hCG administration may prevent OHS.)
Egg retrieval may be performed about 36 hours following hCG administration, with the transfer of the embryo (the fertilized egg) back into the woman 2 - 3 days after retrieval.
Embryos are transferred to the uterus through a small tube. This process does not require an anesthetic, although the procedure can cause cramping.

Natural (Unstimulated) In Vitro Fertilization Cycles. An alternative to superovulation for some couples is natural in vitro fertilization (IVF) cycles. It allows multiple, consecutive cycles of treatment. Natural IVF is far less expensive than standard hyperstimulation methods and avoids their risks, including multiple births and ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome (OHS).

The process involves ultrasound and hormonal monitoring starting 5 days before the estimated ovulation day.
No superovulation drugs are used, such as follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) and human menopausal gonadtropins (hMG). The doctor, however, may administer an injection of human chorionic gonadotropins (hCG) to stimulate the luteinizing hormone (LH) surge.
The egg retrieval timing is based on detecting LH surge.
A single egg is retrieved. The procedure that follows is similar to other IVF cycles.

The basic disadvantage to this approach is that the eggs may be released before there is a chance for them to be harvested. Women report far lower stress levels with this approach, however, even though it requires more treatment cycles. In one study, the live-birth rate was 32%. Not all women are appropriate candidates, however. Women should have regular menstrual cycles and infertility of unknown cause or associated with problems in the fallopian tubes. Pregnancy rates are still very low in older women.

Clomiphene. Another gentler alternative to superovulation is the use of clomiphene before IVF, which works slightly better than unstimulated IVF.

Assisted Reproductive Technologies

Assisted reproductive technologies (ART) are medical techniques that help couples conceive. These procedures involve either:

A couple’s own eggs or sperm
Donor eggs, sperm, or embryos

Fertilization may occur either in the laboratory or in the uterus. In the U.S., the number of live birth deliveries from ART increased by 128% between 1996 and 2002. More than 45,000 babies are now born in the U.S. each year using assisted reproductive technologies.

ART includes fertility drug treatments, artificial insemination (AI), in vitro fertilization (IVF), intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI), and other procedures.

Artificial insemination (AI) is the least complex of the assisted reproductive technologies and is often tried first in uncomplicated cases of infertility. AI either involves placing the sperm directly in the cervix (called intracervical insemination) or into the uterus (called intrauterine insemination, or IUI). IUI is the standard AI procedure.

It is useful under the following circumstances:

When the woman's cervical mucus is unreceptive
When donor sperm are required
If the man's sperm count is very low
When unexplained infertility exists in both partners

Those in whom AI fails, couples with specific fertility defects, or older women may be candidates for more advanced reproductive technologies.

Pregnancy Rates. A review of 45 studies reported that in unexplained infertility cases, the per-cycle pregnancy rates were 4% for intrauterine insemination (IUI) alone and 8 - 17% per cycle for IUI combined with superovulation, a procedure that uses fertility drugs to bolster egg recovery.

Researchers in one study suggested IUI as a reasonable first option for many women under age 43. It is less expensive and poses less risk for multiple births than the more advanced assisted reproductive technologies (ART), such as in vitro fertilization. Although IVF procedures are more effective per cycle, couples tend to be able to afford more IUI cycles, so the pregnancy rates over time are very similar.

The Artificial Insemination Procedure. The AI procedure is as follows:

A woman usually (but not always) takes fertility drugs in advance.
The man must produce sperm at the time the woman is ovulating.
The sperm are subjected to certain so-called "washing" procedures. They are then inserted into the uterine cavity through a long, thin catheter.

The administration of fertility drugs and sperm retrieval is timed so that the process can coincide with ovulation.

About 71% of assisted reproductive technologies (ART) procedures now use in vitro fertilization (IVF) with the woman's own eggs. An in vitro procedure is one that is performed in the laboratory. Advances in these procedures have dramatically increased the rate of live births.

The best candidates for IVF are women with damaged fallopian tubes, and some experts believe it is a better option than attempting surgical repair. IVF is also used when infertility is unexplained or when the male partner has the infertility problem. A typical IVF procedure is as follows:

The doctor first induces superovulation using fertility drugs so that several eggs can be harvested from the ovary before they have been released from the follicles. Higher doses of fertility drugs for subsequent cycles do not appear to add any advantage in women who have a poor response the first time.
To harvest eggs, the doctor generally inserts a probe into the vagina and is guided by ultrasound. A needle is then used to drain the liquid from the follicles, and several eggs are retrieved.
The eggs and sperm are combined in a Petri dish. Between 48 - 72 hours later the eggs are usually fertilized.
The resulting embryos (the first stage toward the development of the fetus) are reimplanted into the woman's uterus.
It takes about 2 weeks to determine if the process is successful.

IVF success rates for the first three cycles of treatment are about equal. They then decline modestly for the fourth cycle and drop significantly after the fifth cycle.

Gamete/Zygote Intrafallopian Transfer. Gamete intrafallopian transfer (GIFT) and zygote intrafallopian transfer (ZIFT) are adaptations of IVF. GIFT and ZIFT are used in unexplained female infertility and in mild male infertility. The success rates are similar to those of IVF, but a woman must have at least one functioning fallopian tube.

GIFT: The procedure is as follows:

The eggs are harvested as in IVF.
They are mixed with the sperm but not actively fertilized.
They are immediately injected back into the woman. Laparoscopy, a technique that employs a miniature viewing device, is used with this procedure to guide the placement of the embryos or egg through a long, thin catheter into the fallopian tubes.
The sperm and egg are placed exactly where they would be in natural fertilization.

ZIFT: The procedure is as follows.

The eggs are harvested as in IVF.
They are then mixed with the sperm and, in this case, are fertilized in the laboratory.
They are then implanted in the fallopian tubes as in GIFT. (The advantage of this procedure over GIFT is that the doctor and couple are assured that fertilization has taken place, and the eggs can be examined for defects before implantation.)

In 2002, more than 45,000 American babies were born using in vitro fertilization (IVF). Success rates have increased in all age groups (although they are still considerably lower in older than in younger women). Chances for assisted reproductive technologies (ART) success are also greater among women who do not have uterine abnormalities and have had previous successful pregnancies.

Success rates are also higher or lower depending on whether the woman uses her own eggs or whether they are donated and also whether the eggs are fresh or frozen. The highest live birth rates are with donated fresh eggs (an average of 50% per transfer). The lowest rates are when a woman uses her own frozen eggs (an average of 29% per transfer). However, using frozen eggs is less expensive than fresh eggs, so a couple may be able to afford more cycles with frozen eggs.

Use of Donor Eggs. Older women are more likely to use donor eggs. In a 2002 study, success rates were the same for women who used donors with an age range of 20 - 40. There were also no differences in delivery rates for recipients up to age 45. Women over 45, however, increasingly had problems with implantation, pregnancy, and delivery.

Use of Frozen Eggs. Frozen eggs tend to have lower success rates because of toxins released by cells damaged in the freezing and thawing tissues.

Intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI) is an assisted reproductive technology used for couples when male infertility is the main problem. It involves injecting a single sperm into an egg obtained from in vitro fertilization (IVF). The procedure is very simple:

A tiny glass tube (called a holding pipet) stabilizes the egg.
A second glass tube (called the injection pipet) is used to penetrate the egg's membrane and deposit a single sperm into the egg.
The egg is released into a drop of cultured medium.
If fertilized, the egg is allowed to develop for 1 - 2 days, then it is either frozen or implanted.

The greatest concern with this procedure has been whether it increases the risk for birth defects. However, several studies have reported no higher risks of birth defects in children born using ICSI procedures. While some studies have shown a higher number of birth defects in children conceived with ICSI, experts think that this may have more to do with the genetic background of the parents than ICSI itself. Recent research suggests that ICSI children develop normally. A 2006 study of 8-year-old children conceived with ICSI found no important differences between these children and children who were conceived naturally.

A 2007 study in the New England Journal of Medicine indicated that ICSI use has increased 5-fold over the past decade, even though the proportion of men receiving treatment for male infertility has remained the same. In 1995, 11% of IVF cycles used ICSI. By 2004, 57.5% of IVF cycles used ICSI. Doctors caution that while ICSI is an important assisted reproductive technology for male infertility, it may be overused. Some doctors recommend ICSI for women who have failed prior IVF attempts or who have few or poor-quality eggs, even if their male partners have normal semen measurements. There is little evidence that ICSI helps improve pregnancy success for couples who do not have a problem with male factor infertility, according to the Society for Assisted Reproductive Technology.

In Vitro Maturation. A technique called in vitro maturation allows fertilization without the use of fertility drugs. In this process, follicles are harvested a few days before ovulation. In such cases, up to 50 have already begun to mature. At this time, about 15 of these maturing follicles can be removed, out of which 2 or 3 can produce healthy embryos.

Blastocyst Transfer. Blastocyst transfer is very promising. Instead of implanting the standard 2- or 3-day-old embryos in the uterus, the procedure implants blastocysts, which are more complex, 5-day-old embryos. Fewer blastocysts than embryos need to be implanted, reducing the risk for multiple births. (There is, however, a higher risk for identical twins compared to other procedures.) Offspring may be more likely to be males than females. Pregnancy rates are about 36% with a first attempt but then drop significantly. The procedure is more likely to be successful in younger than older women.

Ooplasmic Transfer. Ooplasmic transfer is a controversial experimental procedure that uses the woman's own egg and a female donor's egg and the male sperm for fertilization. Genetic material from the donor's egg plus the sperm are added to the woman's own egg. This has been successful in a few cases, but studies are very early and long-term effects are unknown. Research on this and similar procedures is currently conducted outside the U.S.

Complications of Assisted Reproductive Technologies

Since assisted reproductive technology (ART) procedures have become more widespread since 1980, multiple births have significantly increased. About 35% of all ART births are multiple ones, with 4.3% being triplets or more. Multiple births increase the risk of complications, for both the mother and the child.

Assisted reproductive technology (ART), and multiple births, increase the risks for pregnancy complications. According to a 2005 study, the type of complications may depend on the infertility treatment:

Fertility drugs. Increase risks of the placenta becoming detached from the uterus (“placental abruption”), third trimester miscarriage, and gestational diabetes.
In vitro fertilization. Increase risks of placental abruption, the placenta developing in the lower section of the uterus (“placenta previa”), dangerously high blood pressure during pregnancy (“pre-eclampsia”), and Caesarean sections.

Multiple births can also increase the risk of pregnancy death. A 2006 study indicated that women who carry multiple fetuses have a 3.6 times greater risk of dying from pregnancy complications than women with singleton pregnancies. The leading causes of death were blood clot (embolism), high blood pressure complications, excessive bleeding (hemorrhage), and infections.

The main risks for children conceived with assisted reproductive technology (ART) are complications associated with pregnancy problems and multiple births. Children conceived with ART are more likely to be born premature and to have extremely low birth weight. These conditions increase the risk for heart and lung problems, as well as learning and developmental disabilities. Premature delivery is also associated with cerebral palsy, a brain injury condition that affects muscle coordination. A 2006 study indicated that children born after in vitro fertilization have an increased risk for cerebral palsy.

However, studies suggest that ART does not increase the risk for chromosomal damage or other major birth defects. Couples undergoing ART may have other factors, such as older age or genetic predispositions, which make complications more likely. Infertility itself, even without ART, can pose a risk factor for birth defects. Children conceived naturally by couples with infertility problems tended to have more disorders of the nervous system, digestive system, and musculoskeletal system than children born to fertile couples, according to a 2006 study in the British Medical Journal. Children born to couples treated for infertility with ART may also have a slightly increased risk for these problems, as well as genital organ malformations, but the overall risk for birth defects appears to be very small.

ART remains a good option for many infertile couples. The likelihood of having a healthy single child of normal birth weight using ART is about 94%. The likelihood of having a child free of major birth defects is about 91%. Frozen eggs do not appear to pose any higher risk for developmental problems.

Preimplantation genetic diagnosis (PGD) is now available in some fertility centers. It can help identify genetic defects in the offspring and may help parents determine future problems. Such testing, however, also raises significant emotional issues that should be addressed beforehand.

Given the hazards of multiple births, parents must make some hard decisions if the treatment produces multiple embryos. The choices are limited:

Carry all of them to term, which increases health risks for both the mother and the developing fetuses
Complete abortion
Embryo reduction, in which the doctor removes one or more embryos (possibly endangering the remaining embryos)

At this time, the best approach is to limit the number of implanted embryos in the first place. Researchers are attempting to develop methods to reduce the risk for multiple births:

Most centers now implant two to three embryos at a time, and the remainder can be frozen for future use. (Frozen eggs do not appear to pose a risk for developmental problems in children conceived using them.) This limits the chance for success, but implanting more than three embryos only increases success rates very slightly, whereas the risk for multiple births increases significantly.
Reducing the dosage of fertility drugs also reduces the risk for multiple births, but not significantly, and it also reduces the chance for successful outcome.
Blastocyst transfer may help reduce the chances for multiple births.

Resources

www.resolve.org -- National Infertility Association
www.asrm.org -- American Society for Reproductive Medicine
www.theafa.org -- American Fertility Association
www.endometriosisassn.org -- The Endometriosis Association
www.acog.org -- American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists
www.endo-society.org -- The Endocrine Society
www.aace.com -- American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists
www.cdc.gov/reproductivehealth/index.htm -- Centers for Disease Control: Assisted Reproductive Technology Reports

References

Boomsma CM, Keay SD, Macklon NS. Peri-implantation glucocorticoid administration for assisted reproductive technology cycles. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2007 Jan 24;(1):CD005996.

Chavarro JE, Rich-Edwards JW, Rosner BA, Willett WC. Iron intake and risk of ovulatory infertility. Obstet Gynecol. 2006 Nov;108(5):1145-52.

Dieterle S, Ying G, Hatzmann W, Neuer A. Effect of acupuncture on the outcome of in vitro fertilization and intracytoplasmic sperm injection: a randomized, prospective, controlled clinical study. Fertil Steril. 2006 May;85(5):1347-51.

Hvidtjorn D, Grove J, Schendel DE, Vaeth M, Ernst E, Nielsen LF, et al. Cerebral palsy among children born after in vitro fertilization: the role of preterm delivery--a population-based, cohort study. Pediatrics. 2006 Aug;118(2):475-82.

Jain T, Gupta RS. Trends in the use of intracytoplasmic sperm injection in the United States. N Engl J Med. 2007 Jul 19;357(3):251-7.

Jensen A, Sharif H, Svare EI, Frederiksen K, Kjaer SK. Risk of breast cancer after exposure to fertility drugs: results from a large Danish cohort study. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev. 2007 Jul;16(7):1400-7. Epub 2007 Jun 21.

Lee SJ, Schover LR, Partridge AH, Patrizio P, Wallace WH, Hagerty K, et al. American Society of Clinical Oncology recommendations on fertility preservation in cancer patients. J Clin Oncol. 2006 Jun 20;24(18):2917-31.

Legro RS, Barnhart HX, Schlaff WD, Carr BR, Diamond MP, Carson SA, et al. Clomiphene, metformin, or both for infertility in the polycystic ovary syndrome. N Engl J Med. 2007 Feb 8;356(6):551-66.

Mackay AP, Berg CJ, King JC, Duran C, Chang J. Pregnancy-Related Mortality Among Women With Multifetal Pregnancies. Obstet Gynecol. 2006 Mar;107(3):563-568.

Ombelet W, Martens G, De Sutter P, Gerris J, Bosmans E, Ruyssinck G, et al. Perinatal outcome of 12,021 singleton and 3108 twin births after non-IVF-assisted reproduction: a cohort study. Hum Reprod. 2006 Apr;21(4):1025-32.

Sallam HN, Garcia-Velasco JA, Dias S, Arici A. Long-term pituitary down-regulation before in vitro fertilization (IVF) for women with endometriosis. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006 Jan 25;(1):CD004635.

Shevell T, Malone FD, Vidaver J, Porter TF, Luthy DA, Comstock CH, et al. Assisted reproductive technology and pregnancy outcome. Obstet Gynecol. 2005 Nov;106(5 Pt 1):1039-45.

Smith C, Coyle M, Norman RJ. Influence of acupuncture stimulation on pregnancy rates for women undergoing embryo transfer. Fertil Steril. 2006 May;85(5):1352-8.

Terry KL, Willett WC, Rich-Edwards JW, Michels KB. A prospective study of infertility due to ovulatory disorders, ovulation induction, and incidence of breast cancer. Arch Intern Med. 2006 Dec 11-25;166(22):2484-9.

Tulandi T, Martin J, Al-Fadhli R, Kabli N, Forman R, Hitkari J, et al. Congenital malformations among 911 newborns conceived after infertility treatment with letrozole or clomiphene citrate. Fertil Steril. 2006 Jun;85(6):1761-5.

Westergaard LG, Mao Q, Krogslund M, Sandrini S, Lenz S, Grinsted J. Acupuncture on the day of embryo transfer significantly improves the reproductive outcome in infertile women: a prospective, randomized trial. Fertil Steril. 2006 May;85(5):1341-6.

Zhu JL, Basso O, Obel C, Bille C, Olsen J. Infertility, infertility treatment, and congenital malformations: Danish national birth cohort. BMJ. 2006 Sep 30;333(7570):679. Epub 2006 Aug 7.

Review Date:
10/29/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Epilepsy

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:12 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Outlook and Effects
Diagnosis
Treatment
Treatment After The First S...
Medications
Surgery
Lifestyle Changes
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Drug Approval

In 2007, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved levetiracetam (Keppra) for treatment of primary generalized tonic-clonic seizures in adults, and children ages 6 years and older, who have idiopathic generalized epilepsy. Levetiracetam was previously approved for partial-onset seizures and myoclonic seizures.

Carbamazepine and Genetic Testing

In 2007, the FDA recommended that patients of Asian ancestry get a genetic test prior to taking carbamazepine (Tegetrol, Equetro, Carbatrol). Rare, but serious, side effects of carbamazepine include life-threatening skin reactions such as Stevens-Johnson syndrome. The risk for these skin reactions is significantly higher for patients of Asian ancestry. A simple blood test can check for the presence of a genetic mutation that increases this risk. Patients who test positive for this gene should not take carbamazepine unless the benefits clearly outweigh the risks.

Epilepsy and Suicide Risk

People with epilepsy have a high risk for suicide, especially within 6 months of diagnosis, suggests a 2007 study in Lancet Neurology. The researchers found that suicide risk was especially high for people who have both epilepsy and another psychiatric condition (such as depression, anxiety, schizophrenia, or alcoholism). The researchers recommend that doctors carefully monitor newly diagnosed patients.

Ketogenic Diet

The ketogenic diet, which is characterized by high fat and low carbohydrate intake, is resurging in popularity for the treatment of children with difficult-to-control seizures, according to a 2007 review in Pediatrics. The ketogenic diet helps stop or reduce seizures in about a third of children. The diet is complex. Parents should seek supervision and guidance from a doctor or trained health professional.

Introduction

Epilepsy is characterized by unprovoked, recurring seizures that disrupt the nervous system and can cause mental and physical dysfunction. In the U.S., about 2.5 million people are affected by epilepsy and seizures. About 10% of the American population will experience at least one seizure during their lifetime.

The structures of the brain include: the brainstem, consisting of the spinal cord, the medulla oblongata, the pons and the midbrain; the cerebellum; the cerebrum (one half, or hemisphere shown); and the diencephalon.

Epilepsy affects all age groups. Males have a slightly higher risk than females. The incidence is highest in children, with another, but lesser, peak occurring after age 60. According to one estimate, 14% of epilepsy patients are under 15 years old, and about 25% are over age 64.

Every year, 25,000 - 40,000 American children have a first seizure that is unrelated to a fever. Epilepsy is decreasing in childhood but increasing in the elderly, probably because of mild strokes and cardiac arrest.

Epilepsy is not a single disorder but rather a wide spectrum of problems. What all types of epilepsy share are recurrent, unprovoked seizures caused by an uncontrolled electrical discharge from nerve cells in the cerebral cortex. This part of the brain controls higher mental functions, general movement, and the functions of the internal organs in the abdominal cavity, perception, and behavioral reactions.

Seizures are a symptom of epilepsy. Epilepsy types are generally put into two categories, which are based on the specific biologic mechanisms involved in the seizure and the anatomical location of the seizure. The two types are:

Partial (also called focal or localized) seizures. These seizures are more common than generalized seizures and occur in one or more specific locations in the brain. In some cases, partial seizures can spread to wide regions of the brain. They are likely to develop from specific injuries, but in most cases the exact origins are unknown.
Generalized seizures. These seizures typically occur in both sides of the brain. Many forms of these seizures are genetically based. There is usually normal neurologic function.

Experts are finding, however, that these categories do not actually reflect what is now known about the brain's anatomy. For example, the words "partial" and "generalized" suggest that seizures either involve only part of the brain or are widespread. However, a number of events in the brain occur with either type, muddying these distinctions. Researchers are now in the process of making clearer definitions and terms that reflect what actually is happening in the brain.

New classification systems better define specific epilepsies. Some professional groups now suggest that epilepsies be classified in the following five ways:

Type of seizure (partial or generalized)
Description of the seizure onset and evolution
Specific syndromes that are associated with one or more seizure types (however, not all seizures will be part of a syndrome)
Specific causes of the seizures, if known
Degree of impairment

These seizures are subcategorized as "simple" or "complex partial."

Simple Partial Seizures. A person with a simple partial seizure (sometimes known as Jacksonian epilepsy) does not lose consciousness, but may experience confusion, jerking movements, tingling, or odd mental and emotional events. Such events may include deja vu, mild hallucinations, or extreme responses to smell and taste. After the seizure, the patient usually has temporary weakness in certain muscles.
Complex Partial Seizures. Slightly over half of seizures in adults are complex partial type. About 80% of these seizures originate in the temporal lobe, the part of the brain located close to the ear. Disturbances there can result in loss of judgment, involuntary or uncontrolled behavior, or even loss of consciousness. They may lose consciousness briefly and appear to others as motionless with a vacant stare. Emotions can be exaggerated; some sufferers even appear to be drunk. After a few seconds, a patient may begin to perform repetitive movements, such as chewing or smacking of lips. Episodes usually last no more than 2 minutes. They may occur infrequently, or as often as every day. A throbbing headache may follow a complex partial seizure.

In some cases, simple or complex partial seizures evolve into what are known as secondarily generalized seizures. The progress may be so rapid that the partial stage is not even noticed.

While the term "partial" implies the seizures affect only small or specific brain locations, in reality, they almost always involve diffuse and even widespread areas. In the future, the term "focal seizures" will most likely replace the term "partial seizures," and its subcategories. Until new classifications are more widely in use, this report will continue to use the term "partial seizures" and its subcategories.

Generalized seizures are caused by nerve cell disturbances that occur in more widespread areas of the brain than do partial seizures. Therefore, they have a more serious effect on the patient. They are further subcategorized as tonic-clonic (or grand mal) or absence (petit mal) seizures.

Tonic-Clonic (Grand Mal) Seizures. The first stage of a grand mal seizure is called the tonic phase, in which the muscles suddenly contract, causing the patient to fall and lie stiffly for about 10 - 30 seconds. Some people experience a premonition or aura before a grand mal seizure. Most, however, lose consciousness without warning. If the throat or larynx is affected, there may be a high-pitched musical sound (stridor) when the patient inhales. Spasms occur for about 30 seconds to 1 minute. Then the seizure enters the second phase, called the clonic phase. The muscles begin to alternate between relaxation and rigidity. After this phase, the patient may lose bowel or urinary control. The seizure usually lasts a total of 2 - 3 minutes, after which the patient remains unconscious for a while and then awakens to confusion and extreme fatigue. A severe throbbing headache similar to migraine may also follow the tonic-clonic phases.
Absence (Petit Mal) Seizures. Absence or petit mal seizures are brief losses of consciousness that occur for 3 - 30 seconds. Physical movement and loss of attention may stop for only a moment. Such seizures may pass unnoticed by others. Small children may simply appear to be staring or walking distractedly. Petit mal may be confused with simple or complex partial seizures, or even with attention deficit disorder. [See In-Depth Report #30: Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.] In petit mal, however, a person may experience attacks as often as 50 - 100 times a day. About 25% of patients with petit mal develop grand mal seizures. An electroencephalogram (EEG) test that shows a specific brain wave pattern can usually identify these patients.

Click the icon to see a depiction of a tonic-clonic seizure.

Atonic (Akinetic) Seizures. A person who has an atonic (or akinetic) seizure loses muscle tone. Sometimes it may affect only one part of the body so that, for instance, the jaw slackens and the head drops. At other times, the whole body may lose muscle tone, and the person can suddenly fall. A brief atonic episode is known as a drop attack.

Simply Tonic or Clonic Seizures. Seizures can also be simply tonic or clonic. In tonic seizures, the muscles contract and consciousness is altered for about 10 seconds, but the seizures do not progress to the clonic or jerking phase. Clonic seizures, which are very rare, occur primarily in young children, who experience spasms of the muscles but not tonic rigidity.

Myoclonic. Myoclonic seizures are a series of brief jerky contractions of specific muscle groups, such as the face or trunk.

Epilepsy is also grouped according to a set of common characteristics, including:

Patient age
Type of seizure or seizures
Whether a cause is known or not (idiopathic)

A few syndromes and inherited epilepsies are listed as follows. They do not represent all epilepsies.

West Syndrome (Infantile Spasms). West syndrome, also called infantile spasms, is a disorder that involves spasms and developmental delay in children within the first year, usually in infants ages 4 - 8 months.

Benign Familial Neonatal Convulsions. Benign familial neonatal convulsions (BFNC) are a rare, inherited form of generalized seizures that occur in infancy. BFNC appears to be caused by genetic defects that affect ion channels in nerve cells that carry potassium.

Juvenile Myoclonic Epilepsy (Impulsive Petit Mal). Juvenile myoclonic epilepsy, also called impulsive petit mal epilepsy, is characterized by generalized seizures, usually tonic-clonic marked by jerky movements (called myoclonic jerks), and sometimes absence seizures. This accounts for 7% of epilepsies, and usually occurs in individuals ages 8 - 20.

Adult Myoclonic Epilepsy. Some research suggests that adult myoclonic epilepsy may be a previously un-described and distinct syndrome. It involves the development of generalized epilepsy of unknown causes in middle-aged adults.

Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome. Lennox-Gastaut syndrome is a severe form of epilepsy in young children that causes multiple seizures and some developmental retardation. It usually involves absence, tonic, and partial seizures.

Myoclonic-Astatic Epilepsy. Myoclonic-astatic epilepsy (MAE) is a combination of myoclonic seizures and astasia (a decrease or loss of muscular coordination), often resulting in the inability to sit or stand without aid.

Progressive Myoclonic Epilepsy. Progressive myoclonic epilepsy is an inherited disorder occurring in children ages 6 - 15. It usually involves tonic-clonic seizures and marked sensitivity to light flashes. Although the disease was previously considered to be progressive throughout life, current therapies have significantly improved its outlook.

Autosomal Dominant Nocturnal Frontal Lobe Epilepsy. Autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy (ADNFLE) is a rare, inherited syndrome that usually occurs during childhood, typically around age 11. However, onset varies widely within families. Seizures can be dystonic (twisting contractions) or tonic (muscle contractions), or involve thrashing. They are brief, frequent, and occur in clusters during the night. The seizures often subside with age. ADNFLE appears to be caused by an alteration in the brain receptor neuronal nicotinic acetylcholine,

Landau-Kleffner Syndrome. Landau-Kleffner syndrome is an epileptic condition that results in the inability to communicate either with speech or by writing (aphasia).

Contactin-Associated Protein-Like 2 (CASPR2) Epilepsy. CASPR2 is associated with a childhood epilepsy and autism disorder found in closely related relatives in Amish communities.

Status epilepticus (SE) is a serious, potentially life-threatening, condition that can lead to chronic epilepsy. It occurs in 100,000 - 150,000 people in the U.S. each year, over half of whom are children. Permanent brain damage or death can result if the seizure is not treated effectively.

The condition is defined as recurrent convulsions that last for more than 20 minutes and are interrupted by only brief periods of partial relief. Although any type of seizure can be sustained or recurrent, the most serious form of status epilepticus is the generalized convulsive or tonic-clonic type. In more than a third of cases, status epilepticus occurs with the first seizure. The trigger is often unknown, but can include the following:

Failure to take anti-epileptic medications (accounts for about a third of status epilepticus events)
Abrupt withdrawal of certain anti-epileptic drugs, particularly barbiturates and benzodiazepines
High fever
Poisoning
Electrolyte imbalances (imbalance in calcium, sodium, and potassium)
Cardiac arrest
Stroke. In one study, about 9% of stroke patients with seizures had status epilepticus, which resulted in higher disability after the stroke, particularly if these severe seizures occurred within a week of the stroke
Low blood sugar in people with diabetes
Central nervous system infection
Brain tumor
Alcohol withdrawal

Causes

The cause of a seizure is determined in about 28% of partial epilepsy patients. In the rest, however, epilepsy is deemed idiopathic, which means that the cause is unknown. The age of seizure onset can sometimes offer a clue. Idiopathic epilepsy is rare in children and young adults.

Epileptic seizures are triggered by abnormalities in the brain that cause a group of nerve cells in the cerebral cortex to become activated simultaneously, emitting sudden and excessive bursts of electrical energy. A seizure's effect depends on the location in the brain where this electrical hyperactivity occurs. Effects range from brief moments of confusion to minor spasms to loss of consciousness.

Click the icon to see an animation about the nervous system.

Ion Channels. Sodium, potassium, and calcium act as ions in the brain. They produce electric charges that must fire regularly in order for a steady current to pass from one nerve cell in the brain to another. If the ion channels that carry them are genetically damaged, a chemical imbalance occurs. This can cause nerve signals to misfire, leading to seizures. Abnormalities in the ion channels are believed to be responsible for absence and many other generalized seizures.

Neurotransmitters. Abnormalities may occur in neurotransmitters, the chemicals that act as messengers between nerve cells. Three neurotransmitters are of particular interest:

Gamma aminobutyric acid (GABA), which helps prevent nerve cells from over-firing.
Serotonin's role in epilepsy is also being studied. Serotonin is a brain chemical that is important for well-being and associated behaviors (eating, relaxation, sleep). Imbalances in serotonin are also associated with depression.
Acetylcholine is a neurotransmitter that is important for learning and memory.

Dozens of genetic syndromes representing a variety of seizure patterns may account for the different forms epilepsy.

A genetic cause has been identified for at least some cases of juvenile myoclonic epilepsy, which represents 10% of all epilepsy cases. (Such research and other studies have pointed to the GABA signaling system as an important player in many cases of epilepsy.)

Febrile seizures are caused by high fever. They usually occur in children ages 3 months to 5 years. Between 10 - 15% of children with epilepsy have a history of febrile seizures before they develop epilepsy. However, febrile seizures are quite common and occur in about 3% of all children under 5 years old. Nearly all are brief and have no long-lasting effect.

In young children, high fever from a vaccination can, in rare instances, trigger seizures. These seizures are almost always temporary and have no serious consequences.

Some controversy arose a few years ago over the possibility that the DTP (diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis) vaccine might trigger epilepsy or other neurologic diseases. Some experts suggest that children who have neurologic events following their DTP shot already have a preexisting impairment such as epilepsy, which is revealed, but not caused by, the vaccine. Children with existing epilepsy may be at risk for seizures 2 or 3 days after the vaccination. Infants with suspected neurologic problems may have their vaccinations delayed until their neurologic situation is clarified, but not beyond their first birthday. Also, a newer version of the DTP vaccine does not contain a live virus and so reduces the risk of any seizure.

Brain Tumors. Both cancerous and noncancerous brain tumors can cause seizures in all patients.

Hydrocephalus and Shunts. Hydrocephalus occurs when cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) accumulates in the brain, leading to excessive swelling of the brain ventricles. The resulting pressure can damage the brain's tissue. Hydrocephalus itself is not commonly known to cause seizures, but its treatment, which involves insertion of a shunt, may cause them. The shunt is a device that drains the excess fluid from the brain. Up to half of children who receive shunts may experience epileptic seizures, particularly if the shunt is placed before 2 years of age. More research on its relationship to epileptic seizures is needed.

Focal Cortical Dysplasia. This is an abnormality in fetal development in which the normal migration of nerve cells is altered. It can cause very severe epilepsy that is difficult to treat.

Hippocampal Sclerosis. Hardened tissue (sclerosis) in the brain's hippocampus is the most commonly identified abnormality in patients with partial epilepsy. Such abnormal brain tissue leads to structural reorganization, and both the loss and regeneration of nerve cells.

Cavernous Angiomas. Cavernous angiomas are blood vessels that grow abnormally and, like a tumor, can put pressure on nerve tissue.

Other Causes of Seizures in Children. Seizures in infants and children may be due to birth defects, difficulties during delivery, or poisoning.

Alcohol Abuse. Alcohol abuse is one of the most common causes of adolescent- and adult-onset seizures. Seizures, nearly always generalized tonic-clonic, occur in about 10% of adults during withdrawal. Multiple seizures happen in about 60% of these patients. The first seizure occurs 7 hours to 2 days after the last drink, and the time between the first and last seizure is usually 6 hours or less. [For more information, see In-Depth Report #56: Alcoholism.]

Sudden withdrawal from certain antianxiety or antidepressant drugs such as benzodiazepines, barbiturates, and tricyclic antidepressants can also contribute to seizures.

Head Injuries in Adults. Head injuries to adults can cause seizures, with the risk highest in severe head trauma. A first seizure related to the injury can occur years later, but only very rarely. People with mild head injuries, which involve loss of consciousness for fewer than 30 minutes, have only a slight risk that lasts up to 5 years after the injury.

Head Injuries in Infants and Children. Infants are at high risk for head trauma, and the severity of injury may be difficult to determine. The risk of even one seizure is generally only a concern after severe head trauma. Most children who have had a minor or not very serious head injury do not need to have medications to prevent seizures, especially when an evaluation in the emergency department was unnecessary.

Stroke. Seizure is a symptom of a major stroke. Even injury to the brain from small strokes may cause seizures. Patients who have had a severe stroke are 5 times more likely to develop epilepsy than patients who have had a mild stroke.

Seizures in adults can also be caused by:

Low blood sugar (hypoglycemia), a complication of diabetes in both children and adults.
Medications such as theophylline, meperidine, tricyclic antidepressants, phenothiazines, lidocaine, quinolones, penicillins, selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors, isoniazid, antihistamines, cyclosporine, interferons, cocaine, lithium, amphetamines, and alcohol (withdrawal).
Occupational exposure to environmental triggers. High exposure to certain chemicals has been linked with seizures.
Alzheimer's or other degenerative brain diseases in the elderly.
Infections of the brain and central nervous system such encephalitis and meningitis.

The organs of the central nervous system (brain and spinal cord) are covered by three connective tissue layers called the meninges. They consist of the pia mater (closest to the CNS structures), the arachnoid, and the dura mater (farthest from the CNS). The meninges help support blood vessels and contain cerebrospinal fluid. The structures are involved in meningitis, an inflammation of the meninges, which, if severe, may become encephalitis, an inflammation of the brain.

Between 20 - 45% of cases of untreatable seizures have a psychologic rather than physical origin. In this form of epilepsy, known as pseudoepilepsy or psychogenic epilepsy, the patient has no conscious intent of forcing a seizure and does not show unusual emotional behavior or signs of hysteria. It is very difficult to treat and can be very disabling. Pseudoepilepsy can usually be distinguished from true epilepsy using an electroencephalogram (EEG), which measures brain waves. The cause of pseudoepilepsy is unknown.

Outlook and Effects

Most patients can control their seizures with a single drug and stop drug treatment completely after 2 years without seizures. In fact, patients who respond well to an anti-epileptic drug (AED), have a better chance for remaining seizure-free in the future. In general, patients who do not have good control with medications are more likely to have difficulty with epilepsy treatment.

Injuries from Falls. Because many people with seizures fall, injuries are common. Although such injuries are usually minor, people with epilepsy have a higher incidence of fractures than those without the disorder. Epilepsy patients who take the drug phenytoin have an even higher risk, since the drug can cause osteoporosis.

Household Accidents. According to a 2006 study, the kitchen and bathroom are two of the most dangerous places for children with epilepsy. Parents should take precautions to prevent burning accidents from stoves and other heat sources. Children with epilepsy should never be left alone when bathing.

Driving and the Risk for Accidents. Being unable to drive is an extremely distressing and severe component of epilepsy. Drivers with well-controlled epilepsy are not at a high or unacceptable risk for automobile accidents. Uncontrolled epilepsy, however, poses a high risk. Needless to say, seizures can be very dangerous if they occur while a person is driving. Studies have reported that more than a fourth of drivers with uncontrolled epilepsy had a seizure-related accident at some time. Many of these accidents resulted in injuries to the patient or others.

Certain factors can help predict who may safely drive:

A long duration between seizures. In one study, being seizure-free for 6 months reduced the risk for accidents by 85%, and being seizure-free for 1 year lowered the risk by 93%. State laws restricting driving in people with seizures vary from requiring seizure-free periods of 3 months (which is too short for protection) to 18 months.
Having few seizure-related accidents.
Having a reliable pre-seizure warning sign, such as an aura.

Accidents while Swimming. Swimming poses another danger for people with epilepsy, particularly those with tonic seizures, which can cause the diaphragm to expel air quite suddenly. People with epilepsy who swim should avoid deep and cloudy water (a clear swimming pool is best), and always swim with a knowledgeable, competent, and experienced companion or have a supervisor on site.

Epileptic patients who are cured have a normal lifespan. Their long-term survival rates are lower than average if medications or surgery fail to stop the seizures. The lower survival rate is partly due to a higher-than-average risk for death due to accidents and suicide. The specific cause of the seizure may also contribute to fatalities.

There is a very low risk for sudden death in patients with epilepsy. Although the causes of such events are not fully known, experts suspect heart arrhythmias in many cases.

Long-Term General Effects. In general, the long-term effects of seizures vary widely depending on the seizure's cause. The long-term outlook for children with idiopathic epilepsy (epilepsy of unknown causes) is very favorable. One study reported that 68 - 92% of these patients were seizure-free after 20 years. Another study reported that they had a survival rate no different from children without these seizures.

Children whose epilepsy is a result of a specific condition (for example, a head injury or neurologic disorder) have higher mortality rates than the normal population, but their lower survival rates are most often due to the underlying condition, not the epilepsy itself.

Effect on Memory and Learning. The studies on the effects of seizures on memory and learning vary widely and depend on many factors. In general, the earlier a child has seizures and the more extensive the area of the brain affected, the poorer the outcome. Children with seizures that are not well-controlled are at higher risk for intellectual decline.

Social and Behavioral Consequences. Learning and language problems, and emotional and behavioral disorders, occur in a significant number of children with several of the partial epilepsy syndromes. These children perform worse on behavioral tests than do other children. Whether these problems are caused by the seizure disorder and anti-seizure medications or are simply part of the seizure disorder remains unclear.

Effect on Mental Functioning in Adults. The effects of adult epilepsy on mental functioning are not clear. More research is needed in this area, as results have been contradictory.

Psychological Health. About 25 - 75% of adults with epilepsy show signs of depression. People with epilepsy have a high risk for suicide, particularly in the first 6 months following diagnosis. The risk for suicide is highest among people who have epilepsy and an accompanying psychiatric condition such as depression, anxiety disorder, schizophrenia, or chronic alcohol use.

Overall Health. Many patients with epilepsy describe their overall health as "fair" or "poor," compared to those who do not have epilepsy. People with epilepsy also report a higher frequency of pain, depression, anxiety, and sleep problems. In fact, their overall health state is comparable to people with other chronic diseases, including arthritis, heart problems, diabetes, and cancer. Treatments can cause considerable physical effects, such as osteoporosis and weight changes.

Effects on Sexual Function. There have been studies suggesting that up to two-thirds of patients with epilepsy experience sexual disturbances, including impotence in men. Causes of these problems may be emotional, medication induced, or a result of changes in hormone levels:

Epilepsy in childhood may cause disturbances in hormones regulating puberty.
Persistent seizures in adults may be associated with other hormonal and neurologic changes that contribute to sexual dysfunction.
Negative emotions due to epilepsy can reduce sexual drive.
Medications may be responsible for many of these cases, although newer drugs may reduce this problem.

Studies have been conflicting on the effects of fertility from epilepsy, but most suggest that fertility rates among women with epilepsy are lower than among women in the general population. A number of factors, including anti-epileptic drugs (AEDs) or social factors such as marriage at an older age, may contribute to this lower rate. Certain AEDs, particularly valproate, disrupt ovulation and menstruation by increasing male hormone levels and weight and causing polycystic ovaries.

Preparing to Become Pregnant. A woman should visit her doctor at least 3 months before becoming pregnant to talk about risks of medications and the possibility of making any changes.

A woman who has been seizure-free for 2 or more years may attempt to discontinue drugs under her doctor’s supervision.
If she has not been seizure-free, she should continue medications but try to reduce them to a single drug, if possible. (Again, under a doctor’s supervision.)
If a woman taking antiseizure medications has an unplanned pregnancy, there may be no point in switching medications right away, since the effects of the drugs last for 10 weeks. However, she should notify her doctor immediately.
Folic acid is recommended for all pregnant women, and women with epilepsy should talk with their doctor about taking a supplement of folic acid (5 mg) at least 3 months before conception as well as during the first trimester.

Effect of Pregnancy on Seizure Frequency. The frequency and intensity of seizures vary widely in women with epilepsy. About 25% of pregnant women with epilepsy face an increase in events, and the risk is highest in those who have more than one seizure per month prior to becoming pregnant. In most cases, however, there is no change at all. Some pregnant women even have a decrease in seizures. The risk is lower in women who experience less than one seizure in the 9 months prior to becoming pregnant.

The following conditions may contribute to an increase in seizures during pregnancy:

Nausea and vomiting (vitamin B6 and antihistamines may help with nausea)
Fluid retention
Higher estrogen levels
Psychological and emotional stress
Medication noncompliance from fear of side effects
Problems with sleeping
Changes in absorption of anticonvulsants

Anti-epileptic drug levels are monitored at least three times during the pregnancy, more often if seizures are occurring or levels are not normal. Dosage levels should be adjusted accordingly.

Effects of Epilepsy on the Pregnant Patient and the Fetus. Women who become pregnant have a risk for uncontrolled seizures and birth defects from antiseizure medications. In studies of women who were carefully monitored, however, 95% of pregnancies (which is close to normal) had favorable outcomes.

Isolated seizures do not appear to pose any adverse effects to the mother or the unborn child, but repeated seizures and status epilepticus can lead to great dangers. In one study, the effect of epilepsy on complications during pregnancy was the same as in non-epileptic women except for a higher rate of premature deliveries (8.2% in the women with epilepsy).

Drugs Used During Pregnancy. Some types of anti-epileptic drugs (AEDs) can increase the risks for birth defects, especially when taken during the first trimester of pregnancy. Expert guidelines advise that pregnant women use the most effective medication for their type of epilepsy at the lowest dose possible to control seizures. They should also have their doctors take blood tests during pregnancy to monitor their drug levels.

The fetus should be carefully monitored with ultrasonic evaluation and sometimes amniocentesis (visual tests and examination of the fluid in the womb for birth defects and other fetal problems).

In general, research indicates that 90% of women who take AEDs will give birth to healthy children. Still, doctors recommend that women of child-bearing age use a drug other than valproate if possible.

The risk for malformation is higher when more medications are used. For example, there is a 3% risk of birth defects with women who use one anticonvulsant. The risk increases to 20% when four drugs are used.

Birth Defects Associated with Medication. The most common birth defects related to anti-epileptic drugs are:

Cleft lip or palate (risks from lamotrigine, phenobarbital, phenytoin, valproate especially when taken during the first trimester).
Genital or urinary abnormalities (risk from most standard drugs).
Neural tube defects (NTD) in the skull or spinal column (risk of 2% with valproate and 1% with carbamazepine). These complications are most often due to lower folic acid levels caused by both pregnancy itself and antiseizure drugs. Folic acid supplements can help prevent this problem.
Mental impairment (known risk with phenytoin and valproate; inconclusive in carbamazepine and phenobarbital).
Heart defects (risk from phenobarbital, phenytoin, valproate).

Many antiseizure drugs also cause a deficiency in vitamin K clotting factors that increases the risk for hemorrhage in the newborn. Treatment with vitamin K during the last month of pregnancy and a single dose given to the newborn is recommended.

Labor and Delivery. Seizures occur during labor and after delivery in a small percentage of women with epilepsy. The following labor complications are more common among pregnant women with epilepsy: Vaginal bleeding, anemia, and preeclampsia (extremely high blood pressure in the third trimester). If seizures occur during labor, they are generally treated intravenously with benzodiazepines or phenytoin. If tonic-clonic seizures, absence seizures, or status epilepticus occur, a cesarean section may be appropriate.

Postnatal Care

Monitoring the Infant. The infant should be thoroughly examined for any birth defects. Also, if the mother was given phenobarbital or primidone while pregnant, the infant should be monitored for up to 8 months to see if withdrawal symptoms develop. Drug dosages will also need to be adjusted for the mother after delivery.

Breast-feeding. Women on most AEDs typically can nurse their babies, since usually only a small amount of the drug enters the breast milk. The lowest levels are with phenytoin and valproate. (Ethosuximide and possibly levetiracetam are exceptions and should be avoided when a woman is breast-feeding. Women taking phenobarbital are also usually advised not to nurse.) A mother should watch for signs of lethargy or extreme sleepiness in her infant, which could be caused by her medication.

Diagnosis

An epilepsy diagnosis is often made during an emergency visit for a seizure. If a person seeks medical help for a previous or suspected seizure, the doctor will ask about the patient's medical history, including seizure events.

Conditions that cause similar symptoms to epilepsy include:

Syncope. Syncope, a brief lapse of consciousness in which blood flow is reduced to the brain, can mimic epilepsy. It often misdiagnosed as epilepsy. Patients with syncope do not have the rhythmic contracting and then relaxing of the body's muscles.
Migraines. Migraine headaches, particularly migraine with auras, may sometimes be confused with epilepsy. With epileptic seizure, the preceding aura is often seen as multiple, brightly colored, circular spots, while migraine sufferers tend to see black, white, or colorless lined or zigzag flickering patterns. Typically the migraine pain expands gradually over minutes toward one side.
Panic Attacks. In some patients, partial seizures may resemble a panic disorder. Symptoms of panic disorder include palpitations, sweating, trembling, sensation of breathlessness, chest pain, feeling of choking, nausea, faintness, chills or flushes, fear of losing control, and fear of dying.
Narcolepsy. Narcolepsy, a sleep disorder that causes a sudden loss of muscle tone and excessive daytime sleepiness, can be confused with epilepsy.

Electroencephalogram (EEG). The most important diagnostic tool for epilepsy is an EEG, which measures brain waves. Ideally, it should be performed within 24 hours of a seizure. An EEG recording session may last for less than an hour, but in some cases the doctor will want a day-long recording. Long-term monitoring may be necessary in some cases when patients do not respond to medications. Portable EEG units are available in some places, which can be used to monitor patients throughout normal activities. EEGs are not foolproof. Repeated EEGs are often needed to confirm a diagnosis, particularly for certain partial seizures that often produce an initially normal EEG reading.

Video Electroencephalography (Video EEG). For this task, patients are admitted to a special part of the hospital where they are monitored both by EEG and are also watched by a video camera. Patients may need this for a variety of reasons including withdrawal or addition of medications in a patient with difficult-to treat-epilepsy, before epilepsy surgery for some patients, and also when psychogenic nonepileptic seizures are suspected.

Computerized Tomography (CT) Scans. Usually, the first brain imaging test ordered for most adults and children with first-time seizures is a CT scan. This imaging technique is sensitive enough for most purposes. In children, even if the scan is normal, the doctor will follow up to be sure other problems are not present.

A CT (computed tomography) scan is a much more sensitive imaging technique than x-ray, allowing high definition of both the bony structures and the soft tissues. Clear images of organs such as the brain, muscles, joint structures, veins and arteries, as well as anomalies like tumors and hemorrhages may be obtained with or without the injection of contrasting dye.

Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). Experts strongly recommend MRIs for children with first seizures in certain cases, such as children under 1 year old and those with seizures that are associated with any unexplained significant mental or motor problems. These images may help to determine if the disorder can be treated with surgery, and may be used as a guide for surgeons.

Other Advanced Imaging Techniques. More advanced scanning techniques are emerging as important tools for epilepsy researchers. By detecting abnormalities, such as changes in brain activity, positron emission tomography (PET) may help locate damaged or scarred locations in the brain where partial seizures are triggered. These findings may help determine which patients with severe epilepsy are good candidates for surgery. Single-photon emission computer tomography (SPECT) may also be used to decide if the surgery should be performed and what part of the brain needs to be removed. Both of these imaging techniques are generally only needed when an MRI of the brain has not been helpful.

Treatment

You cannot stop a seizure, but you can help the patient prevent serious injury.

Remain calm, and do not panic, then take the following actions:

Wipe away any excess saliva to prevent obstruction of the airway. Do not put anything in the patient's mouth. It is an old wives' tale that people having seizures will swallow their tongues.
Turn the victim gently on the side. Do not try to hold the patient down to prevent shaking.
Rest the patient's head on something flat and soft to protect it from banging on the floor and to support the neck.
Move sharp objects out of the way to prevent injury.

Do not leave the seizure victim alone. Anyone nearby should call 911. Patients should be taken to an emergency room when:

A first-time seizure occurs
Any seizure lasts beyond 2 - 3 minutes
The patient has been injured
The patient is pregnant
The patient is diabetic
Parents, caregivers, or bystanders are at all uncertain

Not all patients with chronic epilepsy need to go to the hospital after a seizure. Hospitalization may not be necessary in many patients whose seizure is not severe or repetitive, and who have no risk factors for complications. All patients or caregivers, however, should contact their doctor after a seizure occurs.

Initial Management. The earlier a patient is treated, the better the results. Initial management of status epilepticus consists of:

Administer any seizure medications
Support systems to maintain or attain normal breathing, blood pressure, electrolyte balances, body temperature, and heart functions
Oxygen for patients who may need it
Attention by medical personnel trained to determine any treatable cause of status epilepticus, such as drug withdrawal, low blood sugar, infection, substance abuse (particularly cocaine), or eclampsia (elevated blood pressure induced by pregnancy)

Medications for Status Epilepticus. Doctors will try one or more of the following medications initially:

Benzodiazepine. An intravenously (IV), intramuscularly, or rectally administered benzodiazepine such as lorazepam (Ativan), diazepam (Valium), clonazepam, or midazolam (Versed) is usually used.
Phenytoin or Fosphenytoin. Many doctors use phenytoin or fosphenytoin if seizures are not controlled by a benzodiazepine.
Phenobarbital. Although effective, barbiturates, such as phenobarbital (Barbita, Luminal), are generally used only when other drugs have failed.

All of these medications carry a risk for hypotension, an abrupt and possibly dangerous drop in blood pressure, which may require treatment.

Treatment After The First Seizure

Children with febrile seizures rarely have any long-term effects and generally do not require drug treatment. In very rare cases, children experience severe fever-related seizures known as complex febrile convulsions. In such cases, there is a risk for brain injury that may lead to temporal lobe epilepsy, but this is very small. Such seizures last over 15 minutes, occur more than once within 24 hours, and may affect only one side of the body.

Treatment with anti-epileptic drugs (AEDs) is usually initiated or strongly considered for the following patients:

Children and adults who have had two or three seizures, unless there is either a long separation between seizures or the seizure is provoked by an injury or other specific causes. (In children, risk for recurrence after a single unprovoked seizure is rare. The risk even after a second seizure is low, even when the seizure is prolonged.)
Children and adults after a single seizure if tests reveal any brain injury, or if specific syndromes put a person at special risk for recurrence, for instance, in cases of myoclonic epilepsy.

There is some debate about whether to treat every adult patient with an AED after a single initial seizure. Some experts do not recommend treating adult patients after a single seizure if they have a normal neurologic examination, EEG, and imaging studies. A 2005 study of patients with single or infrequent seizures found that while early AED treatment reduced the risk of seizure for a few years, it had no effect on long-term outcomes. This study also suggested that delaying AED treatment does not increase the risk of developing lifelong epilepsy.

Some doctors believe, however, that any adult who has a first seizure should begin on-going AED treatment, since 30 - 70% of these patients are likely to experience a subsequent event. According to one study, when young adults were given a single drug (usually carbamazepine) after a first generalized seizure, only 22% had a subsequent seizure compared to about 70% of those who were not given treatment.

Most epileptic seizures can be controlled using a single-drug regimen. First-line AED drugs include phenytoin (Dilantin), carbamazepine (Tegretol, Carbatrol), and divalproex sodium (Depakote). Patients generally begin with low doses and build up until the seizures are controlled or a toxic reaction occurs. If a single drug fails to control seizures, other drugs are added on. The specific drugs and whether more than one should be used are determined by various factors, including the patient's age and the seizure's type, frequency, and cause.

Drugs fail to control epilepsy in about 30% of patients. For patients who have little or no benefit from their initial drug regimen the likelihood of good or complete control from different medications or multidrug regimens is not very high.

Reasons for Failure. An AED may fail to reduce seizures due to such factors as:

The wrong dose level.
Improper timing.
Introducing the medication too rapidly.
Not managing conditions that triggered the seizure.
Instability of the drugs. Many of the tablet forms disintegrate easily with moisture, so pills should be stored in a dry place, not in the bathroom, and kept away from heat.
Patients not taking medication as prescribed. Over 40% of patients experience toxic or bothersome effects from older AEDs, which often causes them to withdraw. Among the most distressing are sleepiness, problems in coordination, and weight gain.
Some evidence suggests that about a quarter of patients who do not respond to AEDs actually have nonepileptic seizures that in many cases are caused by psychiatric conditions (such as panic attack or personality disorders).

The doctor should first address these issues. If the patient still does not respond, the doctor will usually try a different drug. If this fails, one or even two additional drugs at a time may be used. When seizures do not respond to the first two or three drugs, the odds of a fourth or fifth working diminish greatly, despite a number of new medications on the market. In such cases, the patient should ask about surgical alternatives.

Healthy Behaviors. In young people, a positive attitude, continued support from family and health care providers, emotional well-being, and good treatment results can increase patient compliance. Unhealthful behaviors, such as smoking and alcohol use, can have a negative effect.

During the first few months of therapy, the doctor will probably order blood tests once or twice to monitor drug levels and, if necessary, adjust dosages. Monitoring is used to check for AED complications, and to be sure the patient is complying with the regimen. Many experts feel, however, that these blood tests are a less reliable indicator of problems than the patient's own self-observations of his or her responses to the drug. For instance, blood tests may suggest that the dosage levels are insufficient according to general standards, yet the individual patient may be seizure-free and leading a normal life. It is very important that women have AED levels monitored during pregnancy.

An estimated 60% of all patients treated effectively can stop taking AEDs within 5 - 10 years. Evidence suggests that medications in children should not be halted for at least 2 years after the last seizure, particularly if they have partial seizures and abnormal EEGs. It is not clear whether children who have been free of generalized seizures need to wait more than 2 years or if they can withdraw earlier.

Children who tend to relapse after withdrawal from treatment usually have the following conditions or situations:

A family history of epilepsy
Require multiple medications to control seizures
Abnormal EEG readings after treatment has started
Partial seizures

There is also no clear evidence on whether adults who are free of any seizure type can safely withdraw from their medications within 2 years of their last seizure of if they should wait.

In any case, attempts to halt drugs should be done during periods when seizures will cause the least harm. For instance, the best time to test the effects of drug withdrawal in teenagers might be about a year before they are eligible to drive.

Anti-epileptic drugs interact with many other drugs, and may cause special problems in older patients who use multiple medications for other health problems. Elderly patients should have liver and kidney function tests performed before starting antiseizure medication. Standard drugs are usually effective, while safe, newer ones (including gabapentin, lamotrigine, oxcarbazepine, and gamma-vinyl-GABA) may sometimes prove to be useful as a sole therapy. These newer drugs also increase patient compliance because they tend to have fewer side effects than the older ones.

Hormonal fluctuations affect epilepsy in about a third to a half of female patients. Estrogen appears to increase activity, and progesterone reduces it. The effect of pregnancy on women with epilepsy is complex. The following treatments may help or affect women with epilepsy:

Hormonal Drugs that Suppress Ovulation. When seizures in women are worsened by hormonal changes, such as during the menstrual cycle, suppressing ovulation may be recommended using drugs called gonadotropin-releasing hormone agonists.
Oral contraceptives. Antiseizure medications affect many oral contraceptives (OCs). Carbamazepine, phenytoin, phenobarbital, primidone, oxcarbazepine, and topiramate reduce the effects of OCs. Valproate does not, and may even increase hormonal levels. Gabapentin, lamotrigine, tiagabine, and vigabatrin may also prove to be safe with OCs, but more research is needed. Progestins may be the best contraceptive drugs for women with epilepsy at this time. Injected progestins may actually help prevent seizures in some cases.

More information on epilepsy and pregnancy can be found in this report under Outlook and Effects.

Medications

Many newer anti-epilepsy drugs (AEDs) are now available and are usually better tolerated than the older, standard AEDs. They often cause less sedation and require less monitoring. Although they are generally approved for use as add-ons to standard drugs that fail to control seizures, many doctors are now prescribing them as single drugs. Specific choices usually depend on the individual's particular condition and the specific side effects of the AED. None has emerged as being superior to either standard or newer drugs. All appear to offer some benefits, but, as with standard antiseizure drugs, they also have troublesome side effects.

Valproate (Depakene, valproic acid) and its delayed release form, divalproex sodium (Depakote), are anticonvulsants. Valproate is the most widely prescribed anti-epileptic drug worldwide.

Uses. Valproate is the first choice for patients with generalized seizures and is used to prevent nearly all other major seizures as well.

General Side Effects. These drugs have a number of side effects that vary depending on dosage and duration. Most side effects occur early in therapy and then subside. General side effects include:

Stomach and intestinal problems, which are experienced by nearly half of patients after starting the drugs and may still occur after several years of use. Divalproex sodium (Depakote) has a lower risk for these side effects than valproate (Depakene).
Increased appetite with significant weight gain often becomes a problem and can be a major reason for noncompliance, particularly in young people.
Hand tremors, irritability, and hyperactivity in children are fairly common.
Temporary hair thinning and hair loss have occurred. Taking zinc and selenium supplements may help reduce the effect.
Young girls may develop secondary male characteristics, and premenopausal women are at increased risk for menstrual irregularities and polycystic ovaries, due to elevated male hormones. The effects are reversible. (These side effects also appear in women using other anti-epileptic drugs, but the risk from valproate appears to be higher.)
Studies have reported symptoms of Parkinson's disease preceded by hearing loss in people who have taken it for more than a year, but they were reversible when the drug was withdrawn.
Valproate poses a higher risk for serious birth defects than many other AEDs. These birth defects include skull and limb deformities, and brain, heart, and lung problems. Experts recommend that women of child-bearing age use a different type of anti-epilepsy drug than valproate. If valproate is used, it should be prescribed at the lowest possible dose.
Cases of pancreatitis, a serious and even life-threatening inflammation in the pancreas, have been reported in children and adults taking valproate. (It is still very rare, however.)
Valproate and divalproex sodium are not usually recommended for young children because of an unusual, but potentially fatal, toxic effect on the liver. This very rare effect is most likely to affect children under 2 years of age who have birth defects and are taking more than one antiseizure drug. Some doctors recommend monitoring blood levels for liver function once prior to administering valproate or divalproex sodium, monthly during the first 6 months, and then periodically after that.
Children with epilepsy who take valproic acid may eventually develop some problems in the kidney, although they are generally not significant.

Symptoms of Toxic Side Effects in Liver or Pancreas.

Abdominal pain
Nausea or vomiting
Loss of appetite
Lethargy
Acute confusion
Water retention
Easy bruising
Yellowish skin coloring

Carbamazepine (Tegretol, Equetro, Carbatrol) is an effective anticonvulsant and specific analgesic when used alone or with other drugs. Carbamazepine also has the added benefit of relieving depression and improving alertness. An extended release form is available that allows twice-daily dosing rather than 3 times a day. A chewable form makes it easier for children to take.

Uses. This drug is used to prevent the following seizures or epilepsy syndromes:

Partial seizures. Patients tend to tolerate this drug better than others, although responses differ among individuals
Grand mal seizures
Combinations of grand mal and partial seizures
Autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy (an inherited disorder).

Side Effects. Different side effects may develop or resolve at different points in the treatment duration. Initial side effects may include:

Double vision, headache, sleepiness, dizziness, and stomach upset. These usually subside after a week and can be greatly reduced by starting with a small dose and building up gradually.
Some people experience visual disturbances, ringing in the ears, agitation, or odd movements when drug levels are at their peak. The extended-release form of carbamazepine (Carbatrol) may help reduce these symptoms.

Serious side effects are less common but can include:

Carbamazepine may increase the risk for birth defects, especially if it is taken during the first trimester of pregnancy.
Skin reactions, including toxic epidermal necrolysis and Stevens-Johnson syndrome, so severe the drug has to be discontinued develop in about 6% of patients. These skin reactions cause skin lesions, blisters, fever, itching, and other symptoms. People of Asian ancestry have a 10 times greater risk for skin reactions than other ethnicities. The FDA recommends that patients of Asian ancestry get a blood test prior to starting the drug to determine if they have the gene variant that increases this risk.
Water retention can be a problem in older people.
Hormonal changes, particularly higher levels of male hormones in both men and women, pose some risk for sexual dysfunction over time.
A decrease in white blood cells occurs in about 10% of those taking the drug. This is generally not serious unless infection accompanies it.
Other blood conditions can arise that are also potentially serious. Patients should be sure to inform the doctor if they have any sign of irregular heartbeats, sore throat, fever, easy bruising, or unusual bleeding.
Long-term therapy can cause bone loss (osteoporosis) in women, who should take preventive calcium and vitamin D supplements.
Children are at higher risk for behavioral problems.

Note: Citrus fruit, especially grapefruit, can increase carbamazepine's adverse effects and should be avoided by those taking this drug.

Uses. Phenytoin (Dilantin) is effective for adults who have the following seizures or conditions:

Grand mal seizures
Partial seizures
Status epilepticus
Can be effective for people with head injuries who are at high risk for seizures

This drug is not useful for the following seizures:

Petit mal seizures
Myoclonic seizures
Atonic seizures

Side Effects. Side effects are sometimes difficult to control. Some people may develop a toxic response to normal doses, while others, such as those with alcoholism, may require higher doses to achieve benefits. As with any drug, side effects generally rely on dosage and duration. Using phenytoin in combination with newer add-on drugs can allow lower doses and may reduce some of the risks. Side effects may include:

Excess body hair, eruptions and coarsening of the skin, and weight loss
Gum disease
Staggering, lethargy, nausea, depression, eye-muscle problems, anemia, and an increase in seizures can occur as a result of high doses.
Liver damage may develop in rare cases.
Bone loss from long-term therapy. Patients should take preventive calcium and vitamin D supplements and exercise regularly to improve bone mass.
Severe and even rare life-threatening skin reactions (Stevens-Johnson syndrome)
An increased risk for birth defects

Phenobarbital (Luminal), also called phenobaritone, is a barbiturate anticonvulsant and is often the initial drug prescribed for newborns and young children. It is a relatively inexpensive drug. Primidone (Mysoline) is converted in the body to phenobarbital, and has the same benefits and adverse effects. It is reported that primidone is not as well-tolerated as phenobarbital. Some experts believe that primidone has no advantage over the other drug.

Uses. Barbiturates are used to also prevent grand mal (tonic-clonic) seizures or partial seizures. They are no longer typically used as a first-line drug.

Side Effects. Phenobarbital has fewer toxic effects on other parts of the body than most anti-epileptic drugs, and drug dependence is unusual, given the low doses used for patients with epilepsy. Nevertheless, withdrawal is common because of side effects, and therefore it is less likely to be used over time than other drugs, including phenytoin, another relatively inexpensive but effective drug.

Patients sometimes describe their state as "zombie-like." The most common and troublesome side effects are:

Drowsiness
Memory problems
Problems with tasks requiring sustained performance
Problems with motor skills
Hyperactivity in some patients, particularly in children and the elderly
Depression in some adults

Some controversy has arisen over studies indicating that children taking phenobarbital score lower on intelligence tests, even for some months after going off the drug.

Uses. Ethosuximide (Zarontin) is used for petit mal (absence) in children and adults when the patient has experienced no other type of seizures. Ethosuximide succeeds in abolishing petit mal seizures in 60% of patients and controls them in up to 90%. Methsuximide (Celontin), a drug similar to ethosuximide, may be suitable as an add-on treatment for intractable epilepsy in children without causing serious or permanent side effects.

Side Effects. Use of this drug can cause stomach problems, dizziness, loss of coordination, and lethargy. In rare cases, it has caused severe and even fatal blood abnormalities. Periodic blood counts are recommended for patients taking this drug.

Uses. Clonazepam (Klonopin) is recommended for myoclonic and atonic seizures that cannot be controlled by other drugs and for Lennox-Gastaut (absence variant). It may be useful in newborns when other drugs are ineffective. Although clonazepam can prevent generalized or partial seizures, patients generally develop tolerance to the drug, and then seizures recur.

Side Effects. People who have had liver disease or acute angle glaucoma should not take clonazepam, and people with lung problems should approach the drug with caution. Clonazepam can be addictive, and abrupt withdrawal has been known to trigger status epilepticus. Side effects include the following: drowsiness, imbalance and staggering, irritability, aggression, hyperactivity in children, weight gain, eye muscle problems, slurred speech, tremors, skin problems, and stomach problems.

Uses. Lamotrigine (Lamictal) is approved as add-on (adjunctive) therapy for partial seizures, and generalized seizures associated with Lennox-Gastaut syndrome, in children aged 2 years and older and in adults. Lamotrigine is also approved as add-on therapy for treatment of primary generalized tonic-clonic (PGTC) seizures, also known as “grand mal” seizures, in children aged 2 years and older and adults. Lamotrigine can be used as a single drug treatment (monotherapy) for adults with partial seizures who have not responded to monotherapy with carbamazepine, phenytoin, phenobarbital, primidone, or valproate. Birth control pills lower blood levels of lamotrigine.

Side Effects. Common side effects include dizziness, headache, blurred or double vision, lack of coordination, sleepiness, nausea, vomiting, insomnia, and rash. Although most cases of rash are mild, in rare cases the rash can become very severe. The risk of rash increases if the drug is started at too high a dose or if the patient is also taking valproate. (Serious rash is more common in young children who take the drug than it is in adults.) Rash is most likely to develop within the first 8 weeks of treatment. Be sure to immediately notify your doctor if you develop a rash, even if it is mild.

Studies suggest that lamotrigine may cause fewer problems with sexual function in men than other antiseizure drugs. A 2006 study indicated that lamotrigine may cause fewer cognitive problems (such as confusion and difficulty concentrating) than topiramate.

Gabapentin (Neurontin) is an effective add-on drug for controlling complex partial seizures and secondarily generalized partial seizures and is approved for adults and children with these seizures. It has achieved response rates in patients with resistant partial epilepsy. It is not at all useful for generalized petit mal seizures.

Side Effects. Its toxicity is low, and side effects include sleepiness, headache, fatigue, and dizziness. Some weight gain has been reported. Gabapentin has no significant interactive effects when taken with other drugs. Children may experience hyperactivity or aggressive behavior. Long-term adverse effects are still unknown.

Pregabalin (Lyrica) is similar to gabapentin.

Uses. Approved as add-on therapy to treat partial-onset seizures in adults with epilepsy. In clinical trials, half of the patients who received pregabalin experienced a 50% reduction in seizure frequency.

Side Effects. These may include dizziness, sleepiness, dry mouth, swelling in hands and feet, blurred vision, weight gain, and trouble concentrating

Uses. Topiramate (Topamax, generic) is similar to phenytoin and carbamazepine and is effective and safe for a wide variety of seizures in adults and children. It is approved as add-on therapy for patients 2 years and older with generalized tonic-clonic seizures, partial-onset seizures, or seizures associated with Lennox-Gastaut syndrome. It is also approved as single therapy for patients 10 years and older with tonic-clonic seizures or partial-onset seizures. Studies have shown a 34 - 87% reduction in seizure frequency with some patients becoming seizure-free.

Side Effects. Most side effects are mild to moderate and can be reduced or even prevented by beginning at low doses and increasing dosage gradually. Serious side effects may include glaucoma, decreased sweating, increased body temperature, kidney stones, sleepiness, dizziness, confusion, and trouble concentrating. Patients should immediately tell their doctor if they have blurred vision or eye pain. Topiramate may have fewer interactions with oral contraceptives than other AEDs.

Oxcarbazepine (Trileptal, generic) is similar to phenytoin and carbamazepine but generally has fewer side effects.

Uses. Approved as single therapy or add-on therapy for partial seizures in adults and for children ages 4 years and older.

Side Effects. Serious side effects, while rare, include Stevens-Johnson syndrome and toxic epidermal necrolysis. These skin reactions cause a severe rash that can be life threatening. Rash and fever may also be a sign of multi-organ hypersensitivity, another serious side effect associated with this drug. Oxcarbazepine can also reduce sodium levels (hyponatremia). Your doctor may want to monitor the sodium level in your blood. This drug can also reduce the effectiveness of birth control pills. Women who take oxcarbazepine may need to use a different type of contraceptive.

Zonisamide (Zonegran) is a unique drug that blocks sodium and calcium channels and may have nerve-protecting properties.

Uses. It is approved as add-on therapy for adults with partial seizures, and studies indicate it is often effective against infantile spasms (West syndrome) and myoclonic seizures.

Side Effects. Zonisamide increases the risk for kidney stones, which can be reduced with increased fluid intake and citrate. It has also been associated with reduced sweating and a sudden rise in body temperature, especially in hot weather. Children are especially at risk for this side effect, which can be serious. (The drug has not been approved for children.) Other side effects tend to decrease over time and include dizziness, forgetfulness, headache, weight loss, and nausea.

Levetiracetam (Keppra) is known as a nootropic drug.

Uses. This drug is approved both in oral and intravenous forms as add-on therapy for:

Partial onset seizures in adults and children ages 4 years and older
Myoclonic seizures in adults and adolescents ages 12 years and older who have juvenile myoclonic epilepsy
Primary generalized tonic-clonic seizures in adults and children ages 6 years and older who have idiopathic generalized epilepsy

Some experts believe that levetiracetam represents a significant advance and will prove to be an important first-line drug. Levetiracetam appears to have fewer drug interactions than other anti-epileptic drugs and may be particularly useful for older patients.

Side Effects. These tend to occur mostly in the first month. They include sleepiness and fatigue, muscle weakness and coordination difficulties, headache, flu symptoms, dizziness, behavioral abnormalities, possible risk of a reduced white blood cell count, and a higher rate of infections. Caution is advised for patients with kidney dysfunction. There have been some reports of adverse effects on mood (irritability, depression, and anxiety), but recent studies have found fewer such effects than with other AEDs. Epilepsy, rather than the drug, is likely to be the cause of these mood changes. About 1% of patients report considerable weight loss.

Tiagabine (Gabitril) has properties similar to phenytoin and carbamazepine, and is also showing promise.

Side Effects. Evidence has reported some significant side effects with its use, including dizziness, fatigue, agitation, and tremor. At least one study suggested that it has more adverse effects than lamotrigine and is not as well tolerated. In February 2005, the FDA issued a warning advising that tiagabine may cause seizures in patients without epilepsy. Tiagabine is only approved for use with other anti-epilepsy medicines to treat partial seizures in adults and children 12 years and older.

Felbamate. Felbamate (Felbatol) is an effective antiseizure drug. However, after reports of deaths from a serious blood condition known as aplastic anemia or from liver failure, felbamate is recommended only under certain circumstances. They include severe epilepsy, such as Lennox-Gastaut syndrome or as monotherapy for partial seizures in adults when other drugs fail.

Vigabatrin. Vigabatrin (Sabril) is a chemical called gamma-vinyl GABA. It was designed to increase the brain levels of gamma aminobutyric acid (GABA), the enzyme that inhibits seizure activity. It has serious side effects, however, and is generally prescribed in the U.S. only in certain cases, such as in low doses for patients with Lennox-Gastaut syndrome. Overseas it is also used for partial seizures and as first-line therapy in children with infantile spasms (West syndrome). Between 10 - 30% of people on long-term treatment have developed irreversible visual disturbances, including reductions in acuity and color vision. Men are at higher risk for this side effect than are women. Further studies are needed to determine the extent and severity of this complication, particularly in children. There is a slight risk for depression or psychosis when vigabatrin is used as add-on therapy, and particularly if the drug is administered too quickly. These risks are far lower if the drug is used as sole therapy.

Older Drugs. Some older but less effective drugs may still play a role against epilepsy:

Acetazolamide (Diamox) is sometimes used against common types of seizures, but patients quickly develop a tolerance for it. Some experts suggest it still may be useful when drug interactions are a problem, when a rapid effect is required, or when an additional drug is needed for a short time.
Trimethadione (Tridione) is effective for petit mal seizures, but has very serious side effects, and its use is severely limited.

Infantile spasms are treated with vigabatrin, adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH), or valproate. Some experts recommend that vigabatrin be given first and ACTH administered 10 - 14 days later. In one small study, no infants who were given this combination relapsed after 4 months. Newer drugs may also be effective for this problem, but their effects on small children are not yet wholly known.

New AEDs. Retigabine is an investigational GABA enhancer that works in a different way from existing AEDs. It is currently in phase III trials for treatment of partial-onset seizures in patients who are receiving other AEDs. Talampanel is another new type of drug, known as an AMAP receptor antagonist, that is currently in early trials. Other drugs under investigation are related to existing AEDs. For example, brivaracetam and seletracetam are similar to levetiraceptam, fluorofelbamate is similar to felbamate, and eslicarbazepine is similar to oxcarbazepine.

Cannabinoids. Cannabinoids are compounds in marijuana (cannabis) that may have properties that protect nerve cells. Some patients claim a reduction in seizures while other active users of marijuana report no effect on seizures. No one has reported worse seizures from the drug. Animal studies further support some protection from cannabinoids against seizures. Clinical studies using humans have not been conducted.

Melatonin. Melatonin is a hormone found in the brain that is best known for its role in sleep. Some researchers believe that it might have properties that could benefit patients with epilepsy. Melatonin is a powerful hormone that can have major effects on all parts of the body. No one with epilepsy should experiment with this supplement except as part of a clinical trial. In some studies, melatonin has been found to cause seizures in children who have existing neurologic problems.

Surgery

Surgical techniques to remove injured brain tissue may be appropriate for many patients with epilepsy. The surgeon's goal is to remove only the damaged tissue in order to prevent seizures and to avoid healthy brain tissue. Surgical techniques for reaching these goals have improved significantly over the past decades due to advances in imaging and monitoring, new surgical techniques, and a better understanding of the brain and epilepsy.

A number of tests using imaging and electroencephalography (EEG) can determine if surgery is an option:

The general approach is to first use long-term EEG monitoring to locate the brain tissue that triggers the epileptic event.
Advanced imaging techniques can provide valuable additional information. They include functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI), positron emission tomography (PET), or single-photon emission computer tomography (SPECT) scans.

If the imaging tests indicate that more than one site is involved or their results conflict, then more invasive monitoring of the brain may be required, although the newer imaging tests are proving to be very accurate tools. If such tests pinpoint a specific area in the brain as the location for seizures, surgery is possible. MEG, for example, is now approved for imaging parts of the brain involved with motor control, sensation, and language function, and may become important in evaluating patients who are likely candidates for surgery. The doctor will also examine the test results to determine if the offending nerve cells perform vital functions and try to predict surgical outcome in certain cases.

The major areas of the brain have one or more specific functions.

The most common surgical procedure for epilepsy is temporal lobectomy, which is performed when epilepsy occurs in the temporal lobe. (Surgery is not as successful in epilepsies that occur in the frontal lobe.) It involves removing small portions from the hippocampus. The hippocampus is a part of the brain that is involved in memory processing. It is part of the limbic system, which controls emotions.

Click the icon to see an image of the limbic system of the brain.

Candidates. Candidates for this surgery usually have a history of seizures. Anti-epileptic drugs have not helped them. Young children may be more difficult candidates because they often have injured areas outside the temporal lobes. Nevertheless, surgery can be very successful in many children, even if more than one area is involved.

Success Rates. New imaging techniques are dramatically improving the success rates of temporal lobe surgery. Studies have shown that many patients remain seizure-free after temporal lobectomy. In a randomized controlled trial, around 60% of patients became free of disabling seizures after surgery versus only 8% of patients treated with medications. In general, around 60 - 80% of patients are seizure free 1 - 2 years after surgery.

Patients may still need to take medications after surgery, even if seizures are very infrequent. Cure is not always possible, and some patients may still experience some seizures. Double vision is very common after the operation, but it is typically temporary and resolves within a few months.

Studies also suggest that temporal lobe surgery improves quality of life and can help relieve depression and anxiety. Other studies indicate that surgery may even prolong survival. Some experts theorize that surgery stabilizes parts of the brain that influence heart rate and may reduce the risk of sudden death, a rare complication of epilepsy.

Effects on Mental Functioning. Although surgery on the left temporal lobe does not impair intelligence to any significant degree, some studies suggest negative effects of mental functioning and behavior. A risk of impairment of verbal memory is also present.

In general, surgical effects on mental functioning and behavior depend on the extent and location of the surgical area.

Lesionectomy is a procedure that removes abnormal tissues in certain conditions, such as:

Cavernous angiomas (abnormal clusters of blood vessels)
Low-grade brain tumors
Cortical dysplasias (these are abnormalities in fetal development in which the normal migration of nerve cells is altered for some reason)

This local surgery, which can cure the patient's epilepsy, has become possible with the advent of advanced imaging techniques such as MRI.

Other surgical procedures called hemispherectomy and corpus callosotomy offer hope for specific patients. They include infants and young children with catastrophic seizures that occur in one, or part of, a hemisphere and for patients whose seizures are due to specific structural brain abnormalities or tumors.

Hemispherectomy. Hemispherectomy is the removal of half the brain, leaving the deep structures intact. Surgery can take 12 hours and there is always some paralysis on one side of the body. There is also a small risk for hydrocephalus, coma, or even death. Quality of life is almost always improved, however, and the surgery does not reduce intelligence.

Corpus Callosotomy. Corpus callosotomy involves cutting the nerve fibers that connect one side of the brain to another. It does not remove brain tissue. It may be done in two stages. In the first, there is a partial separation. If seizures continue, the surgeon may perform a complete separation. This surgery can reduce (although not entirely stop) uncontrolled tonic clonic seizures. It has been used in patients with specific syndromes, such as Lennox-Gastaut syndrome. The procedure can have very severe complications, however.

Electrical stimulation of areas in the brain that affect epilepsy is helping many patients with refractory epilepsy. Vagus nerve stimulation (VNS), an electrical stimulation of the vagus nerve, is now an accepted therapy for severe epilepsy that does not respond to AEDs. The two vagus nerves are the longest nerves in the body. They run along each side of the neck, then down the esophagus to the gastrointestinal tract. They affect swallowing, speech, and many other functions. They also appear to connect to parts of the brain that are involved with seizures. The procedure is as follows:

Click the icon to see a depiction of epilepsy treatment.

A battery-powered device similar to a pacemaker is implanted under the skin in the upper left of the chest.
A lead is then attached to the left vagus nerve in the lower part of the neck.
The neurologist programs the device to deliver mild electrical stimulation to the vagus nerve. (Patients may also pass a magnet over the device to give it an extra dose if they sense a seizure coming on. This appears to help about 25 - 30% of patients.)
The batteries wear out after 3 - 5 years and need to be removed and replaced by a simple surgical procedure.

An investigational approach called deep brain stimulation (DBS) targets the thalamus, the part of the brain that produces most epileptic seizures. Early results have been promising. Researchers are also studying other implanted brain and nerve stimulation devices such as the responsive neurostimulator system (RNS), which detects seizures and stops them by sending electrical stimulation to the brain. A third investigational approach, trigeminal nerve stimulation (TNS), stimulates a nerve involved in inhibiting seizures.

Candidates. The American Academy of Neurology recommends VNS for:

Patients who are over 12 years old, and
Have partial seizures that do not respond to medication, and
Are not appropriate candidates for surgery

Evidence is accumulating, however, to indicate that VNS is effective and safe for many patients of all ages and for refractory epilepsy of many types.

Success Rates. Studies are reporting that the procedure reduces seizures within 4 months by up to 50% and even more in many patients. Studies report that it has been effective for longer than 7 years. In one study that followed patients for a year, the benefits of VNS appeared to increase over time.

Complications. Vagus nerve stimulation does not eliminate seizures in most patients and is still somewhat invasive. VNS can cause shortness of breath, hoarseness, sore throat, coughing, ear and throat pain, or nausea and vomiting. These side effects can be reduced or eliminated by reducing the intensity of stimulation. Some studies suggest that the treatment causes adverse changes in breathing during sleep and may cause lung function deterioration in people with existing lung disease. People who have obstructive sleep apnea also should be cautious about this procedure. Turning off the VNS (for example before an MRI or surgery) may increase the risk for status epilepticus. (However, VNS may also be helpful for treating status epilepticus in some patients.)

Stereotactic Radio Surgery. Focused beams of radiation are able to destroy lesions deep in the brain without the need for open surgery. Typically used for brain tumors, stereotactic radio surgery is also under investigation for temporal lobe epilepsy and for seizures due to cavernous malformations. It may be used for patients when an open surgical approach is not possible.

Lifestyle Changes

The best preventive measure is to comply strictly with the drug regimen as prescribed. Seizures cannot be prevented by lifestyle changes alone, but people can make behavioral changes that improve their lives and give them a sense of control.

In most cases, there is no known cause for epileptic seizures, but specific events or conditions may trigger them and should be avoided.

Inadequate or Fragmented Sleep. Inadequate or fragmented sleep can set off seizures in many people. In one study, the lowest risk for seizures was during REM sleep (when dreams occur). The highest risk was during light non-REM stages of sleep. Using sleep hygiene or other methods to improve sleep may be helpful.

Food Allergies. Food allergies may provoke seizures in children who also have migraine headaches, hyperactive behavior, and abdominal pains. Parents should consult an allergist if they suspect foods or additives might be playing a role in such cases.

Alcohol and Smoking. Alcohol and smoking should be avoided, although light alcohol consumption does not appear to increase seizure activity in people who are not alcoholics or sensitive to alcohol.

Flashing Lights. Patients should avoid exposure to flashing or strobe lights. Video games have been known to trigger seizures in people with existing epilepsy, but apparently only if they are already sensitive to flashing lights. Seizures have been reported in Japan among people who watched cartoons with rapidly fluctuating colors and quick flashes. The frequency of flashes per second is measured in hertz (Hz). Screens that emit a lower hertz (such as 50 Hz screens sold in Europe) are more likely to cause seizures in people with epilepsy than a higher-hertz screen (such as 100 Hz screens sold in the U.S.).

Relaxation methods include diaphragmatic rhythmic breathing, biofeedback, and meditation techniques. No strong evidence supports their value on reducing actual attacks (although some people have reported that they have), but they may be helpful in reducing anxiety in people who have positive experiences with them. There have been some reports that deep breathing (a common relaxation technique) triggers seizures in certain people.

Exercise is important for many aspects of epilepsy, although it can be problematic. Weight-bearing exercise helps maintain bone density, which can be reduced by many of the medications, particularly the older ones. Exercise can also help to prevent weight gain, which is a problem with some drugs. There have been some reports that exercise may trigger seizures in some patients, but this is uncommon. A number of studies have found no significant association between physical activity and a higher incidence of seizures in patients with epilepsy. Nevertheless, if patients are concerned they should discuss this issue with their doctors.

Some small studies have reported significant benefits from the practice of yoga, which employs weight bearing and balancing postures. In one study, a system of meditation called Sahaja yoga changed EEG readings of brain waves and reduced seizures. Other studies report a 50% reduction in seizures and an overall decline in the number of attacks per month. Still, well-controlled studies are needed to confirm these benefits.

All patients should maintain a healthy diet, including plenty of whole grains, fresh vegetables, and fruits. In addition, dairy foods may be important to maintain calcium levels. Fasting has been used to prevent seizures since ancient times. In the 1920s, a high-fat, no-sugar, low protein diet, known as a ketogenic diet, was used to prevent seizures. It lost popularity after the introduction of anti-epileptic drugs but is now proving to be effective with many children. Researchers are investigating whether the Atkins diet (high protein, low carbohydrate) may help people with epilepsy. Both the ketogenic diet and the Atkins diet can interfere with some anti-epileptic medications such as topiramate. Talk to your doctor before beginning any special diet or a weight loss program.

The ketogenic diet, which is very high in fat (90%), very low in carbohydrates, and low in protein, has been studied and debated for decades. It has proven to be helpful for many children with severe epilepsy that does not respond to AEDs. It is not clear why it works. The standard theory is that burning fat instead of carbohydrates causes an increase in ketones. Excess ketones (called ketosis) appears to alter certain amino acids in the brain and to increase levels of the neurotransmitter gamma aminobutyric acid (GABA), which helps prevent nerve cells from over-firing.

Benefits of the Ketogenic Diet. Studies report that about 10 - 15% of children who use the diet are seizure free after 1 year, while 30% are nearly seizure free. Some parents report that the diet helps improve their children’s alertness, even if seizures continue. Many children who try the ketogenic diet are able to stop or at least reduce their medications.

Candidates of the Ketogenic Diet. The Ketogenic Diet seems to be most helpful for children who have difficult-to-control seizures, in particular:

Generalized and partial seizures (the diet does not appear to be as helpful for children with partial-onset seizures)
Myoclonic-atastic epilepsy
Infantile spasm

Typical Ketogenic Diet. (This diet must be professionally monitored! Parents can endanger their children if they try the program on their own without consulting a doctor or trained health expert.) The child fasts for the first 1 - 2 days, then the diet is gradually introduced. The regimen uses small amounts of carbohydrates and large amounts of fats (up to 90%), with very few proteins and no sugar. Children generally consume 75% of their usual daily calorie requirements.

A typical dinner may include a chicken cutlet or piece of fish, broccoli with cheese, lettuce with mayonnaise, and a whipped cream sundae. Vegetables may include celery, cucumbers, or asparagus, cauliflower, and spinach. Breakfast might consist of an omelet, bacon, and cocoa with cream. (Artificial sweeteners are used for any desserts.)

The diet is difficult, as a slight deviation from the diet can provoke a seizure. Children cannot take medications that contain sugar (which is common in many drugs produced for children). Some sunscreens and lotions contain sorbitol, a carbohydrate that can be absorbed through skin. About 40 - 50% of patients find the diet too difficult or ineffective and stop it after 6 months.

Researchers are also investigating the Atkins diet, a popular weight-loss diet that has similar effects but is less restrictive than the ketogenic diet. Early results indicate that it might be helpful for some young people. Another alternative is a low glycemic index diet, which contains even fewer carbohydrates than the Atkins diet. Still, parents should not put their children on these diets without support from a doctor.

Side Effects and Complications. To prevent serious side effects, children need regular monitoring by a doctor, especially when the diet is first initiated.

Side effects or complications that may occur at the start of the diet include:

Acidosis, a build-up of acid in the blood and body
Low blood sugar (hypoglycemia)
Stomach upset
Dehydration
Lethargy

Side effects that may occur later on include:

Unhealthy cholesterol and lipid levels
Kidney stones, which may be a complication of acidosis, occur in about 5% of children on the diet. Patients should drink plenty of fluids. Oral potassium citrate (Polycitra K) may be protective.
Slowing of growth (tends to occur more in younger children than older children
Decreased bone density

Because most patients remain on the diet for only 2 years, the risks for potential long-term damage appear minimal.

Many patients with epilepsy and parents whose children have epilepsy can benefit from support associations. These services are usually free and available in most cities.

Tips for Helping Children. Some of the following tips may help the child with epilepsy:

Children should be treated as normally as possible by parents and siblings.
Children should be assured that they will not die from epilepsy.
Often children can be given the hope that they will outgrow the disorder.
Most children will not have seizures triggered by sports or by any other ordinary activities that are enjoyable and healthy.
As soon as they are old enough, children should be active participants in maintaining their drug regimens, which should be presented in as positive a light as possible.

Therapies for Children and Adults. Because of the risks for serious emotional consequences, psychological therapy may be beneficial and even necessary for some adults and children. In one study, cognitive behavioral therapy was helpful in lowering seizure rates in young people with juvenile myoclonic epilepsy. This approach offers a structured counseling program that helps people change behaviors that can reduce seizure risk factors such as anxiety and insomnia.

Resources

www.epilepsyfoundation.org -- Epilepsy Foundation
www.aesnet.org -- American Epilepsy Society
www.aan.com -- American Academy of Neurology
www.ninds.nih.gov -- National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke

References

Christensen J, Vestergaard M, Mortensen PB, Sidenius P, Agerbo E. Epilepsy and risk of suicide: a population-based case-control study. Lancet Neurol. 2007 Aug;6(:693-8.

Foldvary-Schaefer N, Wyllie E. Epilepsy. In: Goetz C, ed. Textbook of Clinical Neurology. 3rd edition. Saunders. 2007.

Freeman JM, Kossoff EH, Hartman AL. The ketogenic diet: one decade later. Pediatrics. 2007 Mar;119(3):535-43.

Johnson MV. Seizures in childhood. In: Behrman RE, ed. Nelson Textbook of Pediatrics. 17th edition. Saunders. 2004.

Krebs PP. Psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Am J Electroneurodiagnostic Technol. 2007 Mar;47(1):20-8.

Krumholz A, Wiebe S, Gronseth G, et al. Practice Parameter: evaluating an apparent unprovoked first seizure in adults (an evidence-based review): report of the Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology and the American Epilepsy Society. Neurology. 2007 Nov 20;69(21):1996-2007.

Kwan P, Brodie MJ. Emerging drugs for epilepsy. Expert Opin Emerg Drugs. 2007 Sep;12(3):407-22.

Leone MA, Solari A, Beghi E; FIRST Group. Treatment of the first tonic-clonic seizure does not affect long-term remission of epilepsy. Neurology. 2006 Dec 26;67(12):2227-9.

Salanova V, Worth R. Neurostimulators in epilepsy. Curr Neurol Neurosci Rep. 2007 Jul;7(4):315-9.

Spencer SS. Seizures and epilepsy. In: Goldman L, ed. Cecil Medicine. 23rd edition. Saunders. 2007.

Tomson T, Hiilesmaa V. Epilepsy in pregnancy. BMJ. 2007 Oct 13;335(7623):769-73.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Sleep apnea

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:30 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Symptoms
Causes
Risk Factors
Prognosis
Diagnosis
Lifestyle Changes
Treatment
Dental Devices
Surgery
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Sleep Apnea and Heart Attack

Obstructive sleep apnea can increase the risk of heart attack by as much as 30% over the course of 5 years, suggests a study presented at the 2007 American Thoracic Society International Conference. Researchers noted that the risk of developing or dying from heart disease rises with increasing sleep apnea severity.

Sleep Apnea and Diabetes

Obstructive sleep apnea may increase the risk of developing type 2 diabetes, indicates research presented at the American Thoracic Society conference. Patients who had severe obstructive sleep apnea had more than 2.5 times the risk of developing diabetes as those who did not suffer from nighttime breathing problems.
Sleep apnea may also increase the risk for women developing diabetes during pregnancy (gestational diabetes). Pregnancy-associated high blood pressure is also linked with sleep apnea.

Sleep Apnea and Depression

As sleep apnea worsens, the odds for developing depression increase, indicates a 2006 study in the Archives of Internal Medicine.

Continuous Positive Airway Pressure (CPAP)

CPAP is the best treatment for severe sleep apnea. However, according to a 2007 study in Sleep, most patients need to use it for a full night’s duration to achieve optimal benefits. The researchers noted that many patients experience some improvement in daytime sleepiness after 4 - 6 nightly hours of CPAP use, but that the best improvements in quality of life occur mostly after 7.5 hours of CPAP use each night.

Risk Factors for Sleep Apnea Surgery

According to a 2006 study in the Archives of Otolaryngology - Head & Neck Surgery, the risks for complications following uvulopalatopharyngoplasty (UPPP) increase with:

Severity of sleep apnea
Being overweight (higher body mass index)
Having other medical conditions in addition to sleep apnea
Undergoing other surgical procedures at the same time as UPPP

Introduction

Sleep apnea is a disorder in which a person stops breathing during the night, perhaps hundreds of times, usually for periods of 10 seconds or longer and sometimes for as long as a minute. These gaps in breathing are called apneas. The word apnea means absence of breath.

Sleep apnea is usually accompanied by snoring. People might not even know they have the condition. It inevitably causes daytime sleepiness.

Sleep apnea is grouped into three categories:

Obstructive
Central
Mixed

There is also another, less severe form of obstructed breathing, called upper airway resistance syndrome (UARS).

Obstructive sleep apnea (OSA) is the most common form of apnea. It occurs when tissues in the upper throat collapse at different times during sleep, thereby blocking the passage of air. In general, OSA occurs as follows:

On its way to the lungs, air passes through the nose, mouth, and throat (the upper airway).
Under normal conditions, the back of the throat is soft and tends to collapse inward as a person breathes.
Dilator (widening) muscles work against this collapse to keep the airway open. Interference or abnormalities in this process cause air turbulence.
If the tissues at the back of the throat collapse and become momentarily blocked, apnea occurs. Breath is temporarily stopped. In most cases the person is unaware of it, although sometimes they awaken and gasp for breath.
In some cases, the interference is incomplete (called obstructive hypopnea) and causes continuous but slow and shallow breathing. In response, the throat vibrates and makes the sound of snoring. Snoring can occur whether a person breathes through the mouth or the nose. (Snoring also occurs without sleep apnea.)
Apnea decreases the amount of oxygen in the blood, and eventually this lack of oxygen triggers the lungs to suck in air.
At this point, the patient may make a gasping or snorting sound but does not usually fully wake up.

Obstructive sleep apnea is defined as five or more episodes of apnea or hypopnea per hour of sleep in individuals who have excessive daytime sleepiness.

Central sleep apnea is much less common. It is caused by some problem in the central nervous system, most likely a failure of the brain to signal the airway muscles to breathe. In such cases, oxygen levels drop abruptly and usually the sleeper wakes with a start. Often people with central sleep apnea recall waking up. They generally experience less sleepiness during the day than people with obstructive sleep apnea. Heart disease, and in particular heart failure, is the most common cause of central sleep apnea.

Mixed apnea is the term used when the two apneas occur together.

Upper airway resistance syndrome (UARS) is a condition in which patients snore, wake frequently during the night, and have excessive daytime sleepiness. However, UARS patients do not have the breathing abnormalities that characterize sleep apnea and they do not show a reduction in blood oxygen levels. Unlike apnea, UARS is more likely to occur in women than in men. Treatments are similar to those of sleep apnea. It is not known if UARS has any serious health complications.

In sleep studies, subjects spend about one-third of their time asleep, suggesting that most people need about 8 hours of sleep each day. Individual adults differ in the amount of sleep they need to feel well rested, however. Infants may sleep up to 16 hours a day.

The daily cycle of sleeping and waking is called the circadian rhythm. It's commonly referred to as the biologic clock. Circadian means "about a day." Hundreds of bodily functions follow biologic clocks, but sleeping and waking comprise the most prominent circadian rhythm. The sleeping and waking cycle is approximately 24 hours. (People who are confined to windowless homes, with no clocks or other time cues, sleep and wake on a slightly longer cycle.) The 24-hour circadian rhythm typically adheres to the following factors:

Humans are designed for daytime activity and nighttime rest.
There is a natural peak in sleepiness at mid-day, the traditional siesta time.

In addition, daily rhythms mix with other factors that may interfere or change individual patterns:

The firing of nerve cells in the brain may be faster or slower in different individuals.
The monthly menstrual cycle in women can shift the pattern.
Light signals coming through the eyes reset the circadian cycles each day, so changes in season or various exposures to light and dark can unsettle the pattern. The importance of sunlight as a cue for circadian rhythms is dramatized by the problems experienced by people who are totally blind. They commonly suffer trouble sleeping and other rhythm disruptions.

The Response in the Brain to Light Signals

The response to light signals in the brain is an important key factor in sleep:

Light signals travel to a tiny cluster of nerves in the hypothalamus in the center of the brain, the body's master clock, which is called the supra chiasmatic nucleus or SCN.
This nerve cluster takes its name from its location. It sits just above (supra) the optic chiasm, a major junction for nerves transmitting information about light from the eyes.
The approach of dusk each day prompts the SCN to signal the nearby pineal gland to produce the hormone melatonin.
Melatonin is thought to act as the body's time-setting hormone. The longer a person is in darkness the longer the duration of melatonin secretion. Secretion can be diminished by staying in bright light. Melatonin also appears to trigger the need to sleep.

Sleep Cycles

Sleep consists of two distinct states that alternate in cycles and reflect differing levels of brain nerve cell activity:

Non-Rapid Eye Movement Sleep (NonREM). NonREM sleep is also termed quiet sleep. NonREM is further subdivided into three stages of progression:

Stage 1 (light sleep)
Stage 2 (so-called true sleep)
Stage 3 to 4 (deep "slow-wave" or delta sleep)

With each descending stage, awakening becomes more difficult. It is not known what governs NonREM sleep in the brain. A balance between certain hormones, particularly growth and stress hormones, may be important for deep sleep.

Rapid Eye-Movement Sleep (REM). REM sleep is termed active sleep. Most vivid dreams occur in REM sleep. REM-sleep brain activity is comparable to that in waking, but the muscles are virtually paralyzed, possibly preventing people from acting out their dreams. In fact, except for vital organs like lungs and heart, the only muscles not paralyzed during REM are the eye muscles. REM sleep may be critical for learning and for day-to-day mood regulation. When people are sleep-deprived, their brains must work harder than when they are well rested.

The REM/NREM Cycle. The cycle between quiet (NonREM) and active (REM) sleep generally follows this pattern:

After about 90 minutes of NonREM sleep, eyes move rapidly behind closed lids, giving rise to REM sleep.
As sleep progresses the NonREM/REM cycle repeats.
With each cycle, NonREM sleep becomes progressively lighter, and REM sleep becomes progressively longer, lasting from a few minutes early in sleep to perhaps an hour at the end of the sleep episode.

Symptoms

People with sleep apnea usually do not remember waking during the night.

Symptoms may include:

Excessive daytime sleepiness
Morning headaches
Irritability and impaired mental or emotional functioning
Snoring (bed partners may report very loud and interrupted snoring)
Heartburn (acid back-up that causes heartburn may be responsible for some cases of sleep apnea)

Sleep apnea occurs in about 2% of children. They may have symptoms that differ from adults, including:

Longer total sleep time than normal in some children, especially obese children or those with severe apnea.
Snoring. (An estimated 3 - 12% of all children snore. However, not all of them have sleep apnea.)
More effort in breathing (flaring nostrils, heaving chests, sweating). The chest may have an inward motion during sleep.
Behavioral difficulties without any obvious cause, such as hyperactivity and inattention. (Some patients may even be misdiagnosed with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder.)
Irritability
Bed-wetting
Morning headaches
Failure to grow and gain weight

Causes

Any structural abnormality in the face, skull, or airways that causes some obstruction or collapse in the upper airways and reduces air pressure can produce sleep apnea syndrome. Abnormalities in tissues that lie between the back of the mouth and the esophagus (food pipe) are one of the most common structural causes of sleep apnea. Enlarged soft palates (the base of the tongue and surrounding throat walls) are also associated with many cases of sleep apnea.

Researchers have identified several physiologic abnormalities that may play a role in causing sleep apnea or in making it worse. These include an inability to regulate levels of carbon dioxide, impaired brain and nervous system responsiveness to various chemical messengers, and poor reflexes or muscle tone in the upper airways. The underlying reasons for these disturbances and their connection to apnea require further study.

Obesity is strongly associated with sleep apnea and is a cause of it in some cases. Imaging scans have shown fatty cells clogging the throat tissue, which indicates that they narrow the airways. In one study, the more obese a person with sleep apnea was, the higher the pressure on the airway and therefore the greater the obstruction of the airway. (Obstructive sleep apnea may also contribute to obesity itself, however, since a sleepy person tends to be sedentary.)

Snoring. Chronic snoring itself may actually be a cause of sleep apnea. Over time, the vibrations and the increased pressure against the upper airways as snoring people inhale may cause the soft palate to lengthen. This stretched palate is more prone to collapse and obstruction.

It should be stressed that snoring is very common. Snoring occurs in about a third of the population, while apnea, according to one study, occurs in only 6%. Snoring, then, does not always cause apnea, nor is it always a sign of the respiratory disorder. Furthermore, while snoring is also associated with daytime sleepiness regardless of whether apneas are present, snoring alone does not appear to pose any major health risks.

Mouth Breathing. Some evidence suggests that a tendency to breathe through the mouth (rather than the nose) during childhood can actually produce structural changes in the face (longer face, narrow jaw, receding chin). Such facial characteristics may eventually put people at risk for sleep apnea.

Sleep apnea occurs in about 2% of children and can occur even in very young children. The most likely causes are the following:

Facial or skull abnormalities in infants.
Overgrown tonsils, adenoids, or both in small children. (Removal of tonsils or adenoids can free the airways and solve the problem.)
Premature infants also commonly have a form of apnea that may be related to lung or nervous system problems.

Risk Factors

Gender. More men than women appear to have sleep apnea. In the U.S., about 4% of men and 2% of women age 30 - 60 meet the criteria for obstructive sleep apnea. Such people have at lease five episodes of apnea or hypopnea (shallow nighttime breathing) for each hour of sleep plus excessive daytime sleepiness. A much higher percentage has just one of these two conditions.

Sleep apnea actually may be underdiagnosed in women, particularly older women. In general, older women have the same incidence of sleep apnea as men their own age. It is not clear why apnea occurs more often in men than women before menopause and why prevalence equalizes after menopause. Men tend to have larger necks and to weigh more than women and women tend to gain weight and develop larger necks after menopause. However, studies have not found that these physical factors fully explain the differences in risk by gender in young adults or the increase in sleep apnea in postmenopausal women.

Age. Sleep apnea is most common and its symptoms are worse in middle-aged adults age 40 - 60 years old. Nevertheless, it affects people of all ages.

Ethnicity. African-Americans face a higher risk for sleep apnea than any other ethnic group in the United States. Other groups at increased risk include Pacific Islanders and Mexicans.

Obesity, especially having fat around the abdomen (the so-called apple shape), is a particular risk factor for sleep apnea, even in adolescents and children. However, many people with sleep-related breathing disorders, particularly women and small children, are not obese. Also, not all people who are obese have sleep apnea. Specific anatomical and physiological properties in the airways are more likely to be present in obese individuals with apnea.

Having a Larger Neck. Having a large neck is a risk factor for sleep apnea. In fact, larger necks in men may be the primary reason for their higher risk for sleep apnea compared to women. A neck measurement of 17 inches or greater in men or at least 16 inches in women is one indicator that may suggest the condition. Postmenopausal women are more likely than younger women to have sleep apnea, in part because they tend to be heavier and have larger necks.

Specific Facial and Skull Characteristics. Structural abnormalities in the face and skull may be responsible for many cases of sleep apnea. These are likely to be the cause in many non-obese people with early-onset sleep apnea, particularly if they also have a family history of the problem.

Specific physical characteristics that may increase the risk for sleep apnea in both adults and children include:

A long lower part of the face
Brachycephaly, a birth defect in which the head tends to be shorter and wider than average
A narrow upper jaw
A receding chin
An overbite
A larger tongue

Characteristics in the Soft Palate. Some people have specific abnormalities in the soft area (palate) at the back of the mouth and throat that may lead to sleep apnea. These abnormalities include:

The soft palate is stiffer, larger than normal, or both. An enlarged soft palate may be a significant risk factor for sleep apnea.
The soft palate and the walls of the throat around it collapse easily.

Smoking. Smokers are at higher risk for apnea. Those who smoke more than two packs a day have a risk 40 times greater than nonsmokers.

Alcohol. Alcohol use has been associated with apnea, although studies are mixed. A major survey reported that 53% of people who use alcohol to help fall sleep experience symptoms of sleep apnea. Another study found no relationship.

Diabetes. Diabetes is associated with sleep apnea and snoring. It is not clear if there is an independent relationship between the two conditions or whether obesity is the only common factor.

Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD). GERD is a condition caused by acid backing up into the esophagus. It is a common cause of heartburn. GERD and sleep apnea often coincide. In one study, almost half of apnea patients had symptoms of GERD. Some experts suggest that the backup of stomach acid in GERD may produce spasms in the vocal cords (larynx), thereby blocking the flow of air to the lungs and causing apnea. Or, apnea itself may cause pressure changes that trigger GERD. Some evidence suggests that treating sleep apnea with continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) may reduce GERD symptoms by nearly 50%. However, obesity is common in both conditions. More research is needed to clarify the association.

Polycystic Ovary Syndrome (PCOS). In a 2000 study, women with PCOS were 30 times more likely than other premenopausal women to have obstructive sleep apnea and excessive daytime sleepiness. Women with PCOS produce high amounts of male hormones, particularly testosterone, which can cause obesity, facial hair, and acne. About half of PCOS patients also have diabetes. Obesity and diabetes are both associated with sleep apnea and may be the common factors.

Chronic Problems in the Upper Airways. A 2001 Swedish study found that people with respiratory tract disorders, including asthma, chronic bronchitis, or seasonal allergies, reported symptoms of sleep apnea more often than those without any of these ailments.

Hypothyroidism. In rare cases, hypothyroidism (low thyroid) has been reported as a possible cause of sleep apnea. In such cases, treating the thyroid condition improves the sleep apnea.

Prognosis

Sleep apnea has a strong association with several diseases, particularly those related to the heart and circulation.

Researchers are intensively investigating why a problem in the upper airways is associated with serious conditions of the heart and circulatory system. Here are some of their findings:

Major known risk factors for hypertension and heart disease (obesity, smoking, and alcohol abuse) are associated with sleep apnea. These factors, however, do not explain all cases of higher heart-related risks in people with sleep apnea. For example, among overweight people, those who have sleep apneas have a greater risk of heart problems than those without them.
When breathing stops during episodes of apnea, carbon dioxide levels in the blood increase and oxygen levels drop. This effect may trigger a cascade of physical and chemical events that can then increase risk for heart problems.
Apnea also causes decreased levels of the gas nitric oxide (NO), a potent substance that causes blood vessels to be elastic and expand. NO plays a crucial role in blood pressure control and heart health.
Apnea may also increase levels of a substance called angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE), which is known to play a role in high blood pressure and congestive heart failure.
Researchers have reported high levels of certain immune factors called tumor necrosis factor-alpha (TNF-alpha) and interleukin 6 (IL-6) in people with sleep apnea, particularly those who are obese. High levels of TNF-alpha and IL-6 produce a damaging inflammatory response, which can harm cells in the body, including those in the arteries. Elevated TNF-alpha may be associated with fatigue, shortness of breath, and a diminished heart-pumping action.

At this time, however, evidence of a clear causal relationship with any of these health problems is still weak. Some studies have found no significant independent risk for heart disease from obstructive sleep apnea. The following are some discussions on the possible effects of apnea on specific health problems.

High Blood Pressure. A number of studies have found a strong association between sleep apnea and high blood pressure (hypertension). (In the past, the link between sleep apnea and hypertension was thought to be due to obesity, a risk factor for both conditions, but more recent studies contradict that theory.) A 2000 study followed patients for 4 years; the more nightly apnea episodes they had in the first year, the more likely they were to develop hypertension by the fourth year. A weak, but still higher-than-normal, association with high blood pressure has also been observed in those who snore, wake frequently during the night, or have mild sleep apnea.

A 2004 data analysis of over 200,000 patient records revealed that people who took both antidepressants and antihypertensives were 18 times more likely to be diagnosed with obstructive sleep apnea than those who did not take the medications. The probability was highest among adults age 20 - 39 years. These drugs do not cause sleep apnea, but antidepressants may be prescribed to treat hypertensive patients’ complaints of fatigue even if sleep apnea is the real cause. The researchers recommended that patients being treated for high blood pressure, depression, and fatigue should also be evaluated for sleep apnea.

One way that apnea may directly affect blood pressure, regardless of other risk factors:

Blood pressure fluctuates widely and suddenly in response to episodes of apnea and hypopnea (shallow nighttime breathing).
Such fluctuations are possibly due to a sudden surge in the sympathetic nervous system, which controls involuntary muscle responses, importantly those in the blood vessels and heart, and may also play a role in sleep apnea.
These fluctuations lead to transient constriction of blood vessels that, over time, could possibly lead to sustained hypertension and heart damage.
Effective treatment of sleep apnea with continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) may reduce blood pressure. Sleep apneas must be significantly reduced, however, to have any effect on blood pressure. Even a 50% reduction in apneas has no effect.

Coronary Artery Disease and Heart Attack. Sleep apnea has been associated with heart disease regardless of the presence of high blood pressure or other heart risk factors. In a 2001 study, researchers observed that the more episodes of apnea and hypopnea a patient had, the higher the risk for a heart attack.

Many of the factors associated with stroke and sleep apnea (a risk for blood clots and narrowing of the arteries) may also increase the risk for heart attacks. Research presented at the 2007 American Thoracic Society conference suggested that severe obstructive sleep apnea can increase the risk of dying from a heart attack by as much as 30% over a 4 - 5 year period. Obstructive sleep apnea, however, may have other effects that increase the risk for heart problems:

Some evidence suggests that obstructive apneas cause an increase in stiffness and inflammation in the arteries, which is now proving to be an important aspect of heart disease, particularly in older adults.
A 2002 study reported that the white blood cells of patients with apnea have an increased number of proteins called adhesion molecules on their surface that may bind to the lining of blood vessels and cause inflammation. Increasingly, scientists believe that inflammation plays an important role in the development of coronary artery disease, heart attacks, and many other major ailments.

Stroke. Sleep apnea doubles the risk for stroke. The worse the sleep apnea, the greater the risk; moderate-to-severe obstructive sleep apnea can triple the risk of stroke. Sleep apnea is also associated with high blood pressure, a known risk factor for stroke. However, people who have sleep apnea, but not high blood pressure, are also still at increased risk for stroke. Sleep apnea in stroke patients is also associated with a higher risk for worse symptoms after a stroke, including delirium, depression, poor response to speech, and difficulty conducting daily chores.

A 2000 study observed that blood becomes more viscous (stickier) in the morning in people with obstructive sleep apnea compared to people without the sleep disorder. Such "sticky" blood is more apt to form clots that can lead to strokes. To support this, another 2000 study reported that stroke victims with sleep apnea tended to have higher levels of the blood protein fibrinogen than stroke victims without sleep apnea. Fibrinogen is a factor in blood that causes it to clot. Higher levels of fibrinogen have been linked to both strokes and heart attacks.
A 1998 study reported that the carotid artery, the major artery to the brain, is in far greater danger of becoming sclerotic (hardened and narrower) in people with obstructive sleep apnea than in the average person. People with both diabetes and sleep apnea are at particularly high risk for this effect.

Heart Failure. Studies suggest that 11 - 37% of patients with heart failure also have sleep apnea. Both central and obstructive sleep apnea are linked with heart failure. The evidence for the association between heart failure and sleep apnea includes:

High blood pressure, which is associated with sleep apnea, is a major cause of later heart failure.
Sleep apnea reduces oxygen levels and causes abnormal changes in blood pressure and heart rate that add to the burden of the failing heart.
Obstructive sleep apnea can affect breathing functions that are particularly harmful for patients with existing congestive heart failure.
Sleep apnea is associated with poorer survival in patients with heart failure. Some studies have suggested that treating sleep apnea with CPAP may improve heart function in these patients. However, a 2005 New England Journal of Medicine study found that CPAP did not improve survival in patients with heart failure and central sleep apnea

Atrial Fibrillation. Sleep apnea is more common in people with atrial fibrillation (irregular heartbeat) than in patients with other heart conditions. In a 2005 study published in Circulation, 49% of patients with atrial fibrillation were at risk for developing apnea, compared with 32% of general cardiology patients. An earlier study indicated that patients with untreated obstructive sleep apnea may be at increased risk for recurrence of atrial fibrillation. Patients with atrial fibrillation who received CPAP treatment had a lower risk for recurrence.

Metabolic Syndrome. The metabolic syndrome (also called Syndrome X) is a cluster of abnormalities that cause insulin resistance. Some of these factors, including hypertension and obesity, are also associated with sleep apnea. A 2004 study found that metabolic syndrome was nine times more common among patients with obstructive sleep apnea, independent of obesity.

Diabetes. Severe obstructive sleep apnea may more than double the risk of developing type 2 diabetes. Sleep apnea also increases the risk for diabetes during pregnancy (gestational diabetes).

When it comes to sleep apnea and obesity, it is not always clear which condition is responsible for the other. For example, obesity is often a risk factor and possibly a cause of sleep apnea, but it is also likely that sleep apnea increases the risk for weight gain. Some studies indicate that sleep apnea disrupts rapid eye movement (REM) sleep, which, in turn, increases the risk for obesity. Research indicates that animals deprived of REM sleep tend to eat more. People with apnea may also become too tired to exercise and so put on weight.

Sleep apnea is associated with a higher incidence of many medical conditions, other than heart and circulation. The links between apneas and the conditions are unclear.

Pulmonary hypertension.
Asthma. Sleep apnea may worsen asthma symptoms and interfere with the effectiveness of asthma medications. Treating the apnea may help asthma control.
Kidney failure.
Peripheral nerve damage (tingling, pain, or numbness in the hands and feet).
Liver damage in obese individuals with sleep apnea. Recent research suggests that severe apnea may increase the risk of liver disease regardless of weight.
Seizures, epilepsy, and other nerve disorders. Sleep apnea appears to pose a particularly risk for nocturnal epilepsy, a condition in which seizures occur during sleep.
Headaches. Sleep disorders, including apnea, may be the underlying causes of some chronic headaches. In some patients with both chronic headaches and apnea, treating the sleep disorder has cured the headache, even the very severe and disabling form known as a cluster headache.
High-risk pregnancies. Sleep apnea causes higher rates of pregnancy complications, including gestational diabetes and high blood pressure.
Eye disorders, including glaucoma, conjunctivitis, dry eye, and various other infections and irritations. Findings presented at the 2003 annual meeting of the American Academy of Ophthalmology suggested that patients with sleep apnea may be at increased risk for glaucoma and should be tested for this eye disease. A vision-damaging condition called intracranial hypertension has also been observed in some patients with sleep apnea.

Studies report an association between severe apnea and psychological problems. In one study, 32% of patients had symptoms of depression. According to a 2006 study, the risk for depression rises with increasing severity of sleep apnea. Sleep-related breathing disorders can also worsen nightmares and post-traumatic stress disorder. Certainly, daytime sleepiness interferes with mental alertness and quality of life.

Because sleep apnea so often includes noisy snoring, the condition can also adversely affect the sleep quality of a patient's bed partner. Spouses or partners may also suffer from sleeplessness and fatigue. In some cases, the snoring can disrupt relationships. Diagnosis and treatment of sleep apnea in the patient can help eliminate these problems.

Failure to Thrive. Small children with undiagnosed sleep apnea may "fail to thrive," that is, they do not gain weight or grow at a normal rate and they have low levels of growth hormone. In severe cases, this may affect the heart and central nervous system. Most often, sleep apnea in children is caused by overgrown tonsils or adenoid. Their removal often completely solves all of these problems, including resolution of sleep apnea and restoring weight gain and normal growth hormone levels.

Attention Deficits and Hyperactivity. Problems in attention and hyperactivity are common in children with sleep apnea. There is some evidence that such children may be misdiagnosed with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Snoring, rather than sleepiness, is a stronger risk factor for hyperactivity in many of these children, especially boys under 8 years old. (Even children who snore and do not have sleep apnea may be at higher risk for poor concentration.)

Some researchers believe that sleepiness associated with sleep apnea is the greatest risk factor for car accidents. As many as 200,000 automobile accidents in the U.S. and 1,500 deaths from such accidents are caused by sleepiness. Studies continue to report that drowsy driving is as risky as drunk driving. Several studies have suggested that people with sleep apnea have two to three times as many car accidents, and five to seven times the risk for multiple accidents.

Diagnosis

Not all people with suspected sleep apnea require medical tests. Expensive diagnostic efforts are probably not required for individuals who have no other health risk factors and whose suspected apnea does not affect their quality of life or safety on the road.

Doctors, however, should order diagnostic sleep studies if:

The patient has a serious medical condition that might be worsened or caused by sleep apnea. Such conditions include heart disease, high blood pressure, heart failure, diabetes, chronic headaches, epilepsy, obstructive lung disease, or severe acid reflux (GERD).
A child who shows signs of sleep apnea also has attention deficit problems or fails to thrive.
The sleep apnea is severe enough to impair quality of life, increase the risk for accidents, or both.

In some cases of an uncertain diagnosis, high-risk patients may need to consult a sleep specialist or go to a sleep disorders center. At most centers, patients undergo an in-depth analysis, usually supervised by a multi-disciplinary team of consultants who can provide both physical and psychiatric evaluations. Centers should be accredited by the American Academy of Sleep Medicine.

To help determine the presence of sleep apnea, the doctor will ask the following questions:

Is the patient taking any medications?
How many periods of sleepiness are there each day and when do they occur? (Patients with apnea often do not describe this symptom as feeling "sleepy." They are more apt to describe this feeling as "lack of energy" or "feeling tired all day.")
How restful is sleep?
Do headaches occur regularly in the morning?
Is the patient taking or withdrawing from stimulants, such as coffee or tobacco?
How much alcohol is consumed per day?
Does the patient have any problems with mental or emotional functioning?
Does the patient suffer from heartburn?
What is the normal sleeping position (back, side, or stomach)?
If there is a sleeping partner, does he or she complain about the patient's snoring or gasping for breath? (Many times it is useful to interview the bed partner.)

Keeping a Record of Sleep. To help answer these questions, the patient may need to keep a sleep diary. Every day for 2 weeks, the patient should record all sleep-related information, including responses to questions listed above described on a daily basis. Recording sleep behavior using an extended-play audio or videotape can be very helpful in diagnosing sleep apnea.

To diagnose sleep apnea, the doctor will check for physical indications of sleep apnea, including:

Abnormalities in the soft palate or upper airways, including enlarged tonsils
Upper body obesity
A wide neck measurement

Some evidence suggests that doctors may accurately identify nearly all cases of suspected sleep apnea using physical criteria, including taking measurements of body mass (the indication of obesity), neck circumference, and four areas inside the mouth.

If sleep apnea is not obvious after a physical examination and history, the doctor will need to rule out any other problems. These include sleep disorders, (such as narcolepsy, insomnia, or restless legs disorder), or any medical or psychologic conditions (chronic fatigue syndrome, depression) that may be causing daytime sleepiness.

Polysomnography is the technical term for an overnight sleep study that involves recording brain waves and other sleep-related activity. Polysomnography involves many measurements and is typically performed at a sleep center.

The patient arrives about 2 hours before bedtime without having made any changes in daily habits. Polysomnography electronically monitors the patient as he or she passes, or fails to pass, through the various sleep stages. Polysomnography tracks:

Brain waves
Body movements
Breathing
Heart rate
Eye movements

Changes in breathing and blood oxygen levels are also recorded. In patients with suspected sleep apnea, the sleep expert will track instances of apnea and hypopnea that last longer than 10 seconds. In general, if there are more than five episodes per hour, apnea is significant and if there are more than 15, the condition is serious.

Overnight polysomnography has been the gold standard for diagnosing obstructive sleep apnea in both adults and children. It is very labor-intensive and expensive, however, and also misses snoring-induced arousals. It is not always covered by health insurance, and some centers have waiting lists that are months long.

A number of portable devices are available, or are being developed, so that patients have the convenience of being monitored at home. Experts hope that such monitors eventually will replace the need for overnight sleep clinics or the need for attended monitoring at home. Limited evidence exists, however, on the accuracy of many portable monitors. Patients with serious medical conditions, including heart failure or a history of stroke or respiratory failure, should not use home tests.

The following are descriptions of some home monitoring techniques.

Home Oximetry. Pulse oximetry is a procedure that determines if oxygen levels in the blood are low. This is called hypoxia. Normal levels during the night would generally rule out sleep apnea. With this procedure, a device called a pulse oximeter is attached to the patient's finger. The oximeter transmits red and infrared light through the capillaries in the finger. Hemoglobin, a molecule in the blood that carries oxygen, absorbs part of these light waves. The ratio of the two light beams provides the measurement of oxygen. The test is not always accurate, however. A combination with polysomnography, especially heart rate measurements, may be best for diagnosing sleep apnea.

Home oximetry monitors are available to rule out sleep apnea, but their accuracy is unclear. A 2003 study indicated that home oximetry alone was not very helpful in discriminating between patients with or without sleep apnea. Home oximetry however, may be helpful in identifying patients with unsuspected and seriously low oxygen levels.

Unattended Monitoring with Auto-CPAP. This method is a recent and simple method for detecting impaired breathing. It uses an auto-CPAP machine, which is programmed to apply pressure through the airways via a tube that attaches to a mask that fits the nose. A monitor is attached that digitizes and records on a computer all the information on any apnea episodes during sleep.

Nasal Pressure Recording. One promising technique uses a very simple prong device that attaches to the nostrils. A monitor records the airflow through the mouth and nose.

Peripheral Arterial Tonometry. An investigative technique called peripheral arterial tonometry measures changes in blood flow in the arteries of the fingertips during sleep. Such measurements are proving to be accurate in detecting sleep apnea in 80% of cases.

The Epworth Sleepiness Scale uses a simple questionnaire to measure excessive sleepiness during eight situations.


Situation	Chance of Dozing 0 = no chance of dozing 1 = slight chance of dozing 2 = moderate chance of dozing 3 = high chance of dozing
Sitting and reading.	(Indicate a score of 0 to 3)
Watching TV.	(Indicate a score of 0 to 3)
Sitting inactive in a public place (a theater or a meeting).	(Indicate a score of 0 to 3)
As a passenger in a car for an hour without a break.	(Indicate a score of 0 to 3)
Lying down to rest in the afternoon when circumstances permit.	(Indicate a score of 0 to 3)
Sitting and talking to someone.	(Indicate a score of 0 to 3)
Sitting quietly after a lunch without alcohol.	(Indicate a score of 0 to 3)
In a car, while stopped for a few minutes in traffic.	(Indicate a score of 0 to 3)
Score Results	1-6: Getting enough sleep 4-8: Tends to be sleepy but is average. 9-15: Very sleepy and should seek medical advice. Over 16: Dangerously sleepy

Lifestyle Changes

Sleeping on the back causes sleep apnea in about half of all people with mild sleep apnea. Body position greatly affects the number and severity of episodes of obstructive sleep apnea, with at least twice as many apneas occurring in people who lay on their back as in those who sleep on their side. This may be due to the effects of gravity, which cause the throat to narrow when a person lies on the back. (Indeed, astronauts show a marked reduction in apneas and snoring in the weightlessness of space.) Positional sleep apnea affects people of all ages, including young children.

As a first step in dealing with sleep apnea, the patient should simply try rolling over onto the side. Patients who sleep on their backs and have 50 - 80 apneas per hour can sometimes nearly eliminate them when they shift to one side or the other. (Changing positions is less effective the more overweight a person is, but it still helps.)

Here are some suggestions that might help a person maintain a low-risk sleeping position:

Sew a small pocket to the back of the pajamas and place a tennis ball or other small ball into it.
A special pillow that helps to stretch the neck may reduce snoring and improve sleep for people with mild sleep apnea.
Sleeping in an upright position may improve oxygen levels in overweight people with sleep apnea. Elevating the head of the bed may help.

Over-the-counter nasal strips, such as the Breathe Right strip or other devices that open the nostrils, are inexpensive and useful to prevent snoring. They may significantly improve early-stage sleep in people with sleep disorders associated with nasal obstruction and help reduce morning tiredness. They are not intended as treatments for sleep apnea, however.

All patients with obstructive sleep apnea who are overweight should attempt a weight-reducing program. Weight loss certainly reduces snoring in many people, sometimes stopping it completely. It also improves sleep and significantly reduces daytime sleepiness. A 2000 study suggested that people who lost 10% of body weight experienced an average 26% reduction in risk for developing sleep apnea in the first place. (Gaining 10% of their body weight, on the other hand, increased the odds of sleep apnea 6-fold.)

Smokers should quit, since smoking worsens apnea
Alcohol should be avoided within 4 hours of sleep

Treatment

Treatment for sleep apnea depends on the severity of the problem. Given the data on the long-term complications of sleep apnea, it is important for patients to treat the problem as they would any chronic disease. Simply trying to treat snoring will not treat sleep apnea. Because of its association with heart problems and stroke, sleep apnea that does not respond to lifestyle measures should be treated by a doctor, ideally a sleep disorders specialist.

At this time, the most effective treatments for sleep apnea are devices that deliver slightly pressurized air to keep the throat open during the night. There are a number of such devices available.

The best treatment for severe obstructive and mixed sleep apnea is a system known as continuous positive airflow pressure (CPAP), sometimes referred to as nasal continuous positive airflow pressure (nCPAP). It is safe and effective in sleep apnea patients of all ages, including children. CPAP is not recommended for patients with mild apnea. Patients with apnea but no daytime sleepiness report little or no benefit from this treatment.

CPAP works in the following way:

The device itself is a machine weighing about 5 pounds that fits on a bedside table.
A mask containing a tube connects to the device and fits over just the nose.
The machine supplies a steady stream of air through a tube and applies sufficient air pressure to prevent the tissues from collapsing during sleep.

Effects on Sleep and Wakefulness. A major 2003 analysis confirmed the benefits of CPAP on both objective and subjective measures of sleep. After using CPAP regularly many patients report the following benefits:

Restoration of normal sleep patterns.
Greater alertness and less daytime sleepiness.
Less anxiety and depression and better mood.
Improvements in work productivity.
Better concentration and memory. Some adults with symptoms of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder have improved after CPAP treatments for apnea. In two studies, however, equal improvements were also observed in people on sham CPAP, suggesting that the actual cognitive benefits from CPAP may be modest.
Patients' bed partners also report improvement in their own sleep when their mates use CPAP, even though objective sleep tests showed no real difference in the partners' sleep quality.

If patients do not experience less sleepiness after a period of time and are still complying with the regimen, then the airflow pressure may not be high enough. Patients may require retesting. Many patients report feeling more alert after CPAP treatments even if objective laboratory tests fail to show significant differences in the number of apneas and wake-up periods.

Protection from Accidents. Studies suggest that treatment with CPAP can reduce the risk for accidents. In a 2001 study, untreated patients had a risk for automobile accidents that was three times the risk in the general population. When these patients were treated, their risk fell to normal.

Effects on the Heart and Circulation. Evidence is mixed on whether CPAP treatment may reduce serious heart conditions. Early studies suggested that CPAP could improve heart function, lower blood pressure, and prevent new cardiac events (such as heart attacks) in patients with congestive heart failure and coronary artery disease. However, a 2005 study in the New England Journal of Medicine found that, while CPAP helped improve some heart disease symptoms, it did not affect overall survival in patients with heart failure and central sleep apnea. (Patients with heart failure often have central sleep apnea.)

It is also unclear whether CPAP improves blood pressure. A 2006 study of patients with high blood pressure and sleep apnea indicated that short-term (4 weeks) CPAP treatment has no significant effect on lowering blood pressure. (It is possible that longer-term treatment may be helpful.) Other studies have found blood pressure benefits from short-term CPAP treatment. Treatment for sleep apneas must be very effective, however, to have any benefits on blood pressure. Even a 50% reduction in apneas has no effect.

Effects on Other Medical Conditions. Some studies suggest other benefits with the use of CPAP:

Fewer morning headaches
Reduction in abdominal fat (abdominal fat has been related to a higher risk for diabetes and heart disease)
Lower blood sugar levels in patients with type 2 diabetes
Improved thinking and concentration in people with impaired mental function from sleep apnea
Modest lung improvement in patients with both apnea and chronic obstructive lung disease (such as emphysema)

CPAP works well for both adults and children, but many patients have problems getting used to the device. Unfortunately, CPAP devices are often cumbersome, which can lead to patients becoming discouraged and stopping treatment. All patients should be warned that the first few nights of CPAP therapy are unnerving. The device often produces anxiety, primarily because of the mask. Starting out with low pressure to get used to the mask may help. Patients may actually experience less sleep or sleep of a different quality in the beginning of treatment.

Nearly all patients complain about at least one side effect. Nearly half of complaints are related to the mask. Many of these problems can be reduced with a well-chosen mask that is comfortable and reduces leakage as much as possible. Common complaints include:

Irritation in the nose and throat. The most common complaints are nasal congestion and sore or dry mouth, which are caused by leakage that dries the airway. (This may be severe in elderly people or patients who have had uvulopalatopharyngoplasty, a surgical treatment for sleep apnea. Such patients are more likely to stop using CPAP.) Chin straps, nasal salt water sprays, or humidifiers may prevent these side effects. Heated humidification devices are also now available for CPAP users.
Excessive application of pressure making exhalation difficult.
A feeling of claustrophobia is a major factor in noncompliance. This can be improved by a lightweight and transparent mask or with masks known as nasal pillows, which are used only around the nostrils.
Up to 30% of patients experience irritation and sores over the bridge of the nose. Getting a properly fitted and cushioned mask can help reduce this effect.
Eye irritation or conjunctivitis.
Upper respiratory infections. It is very important to keep the unit clean.
Patients may also experience temporary chest muscle discomfort, which is caused by an increase in lung volume.
Severe side effects are very rare but may include heart rhythm disorders (arrhythmias), severe nose bleeding, and air pockets in the skull.
In addition to initial difficulties with its use, the fixed CPAP needs to be periodically readjusted. Patients can be trained to adjust the CPAP at home, thereby avoiding trips to the sleep professional for machine adjustments and making the process more convenient.

Although studies have reported that long-term compliance with CPAP systems is low, with about one-third of patients giving up the treatment, recent information suggests that it is improving, probably due to better technologies and better education. Patient education and support groups, a dedicated nurse to ensure close follow-up of patients (particularly in the first 2 weeks of therapy), and ready access to doctors to make adjustments as needed have all been shown to greatly improve compliance. (However, sleeping pills do not appear to help patients adapt to the device.) Not surprisingly, patients whose symptoms are noticeably relieved by the procedure early on are more likely to continue the therapy.

Because many patients find CPAP uncomfortable and difficult, they tend not to use it for the duration of the entire night. A 2007 study indicated that while some patients’ daytime sleepiness may improve after 4 - 6 hours of CPAP use each night, maximum benefits in quality of life require at least 7.5 hours of nightly CPAP use. It appears that longer nightly duration of CPAP use is best for achieving normal daytime functioning.

Bilevel Positive Airway Pressure. Bilevel positive airway pressure (BPAP) systems may be particularly helpful for patients with coexisting lung disease and those with excessive levels of carbon dioxide. These devices have a sensing feature that helps determine and vary the appropriate pressure depending on whether a person is breathing in or out. Greater pressure is needed on inhalation and less on exhalation. These machines are more expensive than the CPAP and may not be covered by insurance.

Automatic Titrating (Auto)-CPAP Pressure Devices. Even more sophisticated systems, called auto-CPAP devices, are available. These devices automatically customize air pressure for the individual patient. They usually use one of three methods:

Overall pressure is kept low until a specific problem is detected. At that time the pressure is automatically increased rapidly.
Pressure is low when there are no problems but is raised gradually when they are detected.
Pressure is gradually raised and lowered in response to problems or their absence. In addition, the device can change depending on problems within single breaths.

Brands include AutoAdjust, Virtuoso, and AutoSet. These devices are more expensive than those that provide continuous airflow. A 2003 study indicated that they may improve compliance, particularly in patients who require high CPAP use. They may be especially helpful for patients who require varying levels of pressure due to other conditions, such as seasonal allergies. They may also be useful as home diagnostic tools for sleep apnea. Auto-CPAP devices are not recommended for all patients, particularly those with heart failure or serious lung disease.

In general, drugs have not been very beneficial except for specific situations. Medications that treat accompanying disorders associated with sleep apnea may be helpful. The following may be helpful for certain patients:

Modafinil (Provigil), which is also used to treat narcolepsy, was approved by the FDA in 2004 as the first drug to treat the sleepiness associated with obstructive sleep apnea. However, Provigil is meant to be used in combination with -- not as a substitute for -- standard apnea treatments such as CPAP. Sleep experts stress that patients who take Provigil should adhere to CPAP treatment as the drug treats only the symptom of sleepiness, not the underlying health risks associated with sleep apnea.
Thyroid hormone may help sleep apnea in those with low thyroid (hypothyroidism).
Theophylline, a drug commonly used for asthma management, has shown promise in treating central sleep apnea in patients with heart failure.
Omeprazole (Prilosec), a drug used for patients with severe heartburn, may help patients with both sleep apnea and gastroesophageal reflux disorder (GERD).

Note on Sedatives. Sedatives, narcotics, and anti-anxiety drugs can actually worsen the breathing disturbances and arousal conditions that occur with sleep apnea. These substances cause the soft tissues in the throat to sag and diminish the body's ability to inhale. Apnea sufferers should never use sleeping pills or tranquilizers. Apnea patients undergoing surgery should be sure that their surgeons, anesthesiologists, and other doctors are aware of their sleeping disorder in considering sedatives, anesthetics, and medications taken to relieve pain due to surgery.

Dental Devices

Oral appliances, also called dental appliances or devices, may be an option for patients who cannot tolerate CPAP. The American Academy of Sleep Medicine recommends dental devices for patients with mild-to-moderate obstructive sleep apnea who are not appropriate candidates for CPAP or who have not been helped by it. (CPAP should be used for patients with severe sleep apnea whenever possible.)

Several different dental devices are available. A trained dental professional such as a dentist or orthodontist should fit these devices. Devices include:

Mandibular advancement device (MAD). This is the most widely used dental device for sleep apnea. It is similar in appearance to a sports mouth guard. MAD forces the lower jaw forward and down slightly, which keeps the airway open.
Tongue retraining device (TRD). This is a splint that holds the tongue in place to keep the airway as open as possible.

Patients fitted with one of these devices should have a check-up early on to see if it is working; short-term success usually predicts long-term benefits. It may need to be adjusted or replaced periodically.

MAD and similar devices seem to offer the following benefits:

Significant reduction in apneas for those with mild-to-moderate apnea, particularly if patients sleep either on their backs or stomachs. They do not work as well if patients lie on their side. The devices may also improve airflow for some patients with severe apnea.
Improvement in sleep in many patients.
Improvement and reduction in the frequency of snoring and loudness of snoring in most (but not all) patients.
Higher compliance rates than with CPAP.

According to a 2006 review, dental devices help control sleep apnea in 52% of treated patients. A 2002 report indicated that long-term use of a dental device achieved an 81% success rate in apnea improvement, which was significantly higher than the 53% success rate noted for uvulopalatopharyngoplasty (UPPP), the standard surgical treatment. There were also few complications with the dental device.

Dental devices, including MAD, are not as effective as CPAP therapy. The cost of these devices tends to be high. Side effects associated with dental devices include:

Nighttime pain, dry lips, tooth discomfort, and excessive salivation. In general, these side effects are mild, although over the long term they cause nearly half of patients stop using dental devices. Devices made of softer materials may produce fewer side effects.
Permanent changes in the position of the teeth or jaw have occurred in some cases of long-term use. Patients should have regular visits with a health professional to check the devices and make adjustments.
In a small percentage of patients, the treatment may worsen apnea. Patients should be monitored with polysomnography (sleep lab evaluation) before and after therapy and when apnea symptoms worsen or recur.

An orthodontic treatment called rapid maxillary expansion, in which a screw device is temporarily applied to the upper teeth and tightened regularly, may help patients with sleep apnea and a narrow upper jaw. This nonsurgical procedure helps to reduce nasal pressure and improve breathing.

Surgery

Surgery is sometimes recommended, usually by throat specialists, for severe obstructive sleep apnea. A patient should be sure to seek a second opinion from a specialist in sleep disorders. Few randomized clinical trials, the gold standard of medical research, have been conducted to verify the long-term efficacy of sleep apnea surgery.

The Procedure. Surgery known as uvulopalatopharyngoplasty (UPPP) removes soft tissue on the back of the throat. Such tissue includes all or part of the uvula (the soft flap of tissue that hangs down at the back of the mouth) and parts of the soft palate and the throat tissue behind it. If tonsils and adenoids are present, they are removed. The surgery typically requires a stay in the hospital.

The Goal of Surgery. The goal of UPPP is threefold:

Increase the width of the airway at the throat's opening
Block some of the muscle action in order to improve the ability of the airway to remain open
Improve the movement and closure of the soft palate

Success Rates. Success rates for sleep apnea surgery are rarely higher than 65% and often deteriorate with time, averaging about 50% or less over the long term. Few studies have been conducted on which patients make the best candidates. Some studies suggest that surgery is best suited for patients with abnormalities in the soft palate, which may or may not involve the tonsils. Results are poor if the problems involve other areas or the full palate. In such cases, CPAP is superior. In one study, sleeping on the side (rather than the back) after surgery significantly boosted success rates.

Complications. Uvulopalatopharyngoplasty is among the most painful treatments for sleep apnea, and recovery takes several weeks. It is recommended only for select patients with severe obstructive sleep apnea. The procedure also has a number of potentially serious complications. In fact, in one study, 42% of patients had complaints about the procedure. Some complications include:

Infection. In one study, this complication was so common that 40% of patients needed another operation because of it. Preventive antibiotics administered an hour before surgery can help reduce this risk.
Impaired function in the soft palate and muscles of the throat.
Mucus in the throat.
Changes in voice frequency.
Swallowing problems.
Regurgitation of fluids through the nose or mouth.
Impaired sense of smell.
Failure and recurrence of apnea. In such cases, CPAP is often less effective afterward, although one study found that oral appliances (plastic mouth retainer-like devices) may still help.

Experts estimate that in general about 1.6% of patients experience serious complications. Many of these complications can be avoided with proper technique and experienced surgeons. However, a patient’s health status may also affect outcomes. According to a 2006 study, patients are more likely to experience complications if they have severe sleep apnea, are overweight, have other medical problems, or undergo other surgical procedures at the same time as UPPP.

A variation on UPPP called laser-assisted uvulopalatoplasty (LAUP) is being increasingly performed to reduce snoring. It removes less tissue at the back of the throat than UPPP and can be done in a doctor's office. At this time, however, long-term success rates from LAUP are very modest, particularly for reducing apneas. Some doctors, in fact, are concerned that if LAUP eliminates snoring, they may miss a diagnosis of apnea in patients who have the more serious condition.

More than 50% of patients complain of throat dryness after surgery. Throat narrowing and scarring have also been reported. In a minority of patients, snoring becomes worse afterward.

The pillar palatal implant is a noninvasive surgical treatment for mild-to-moderate sleep apnea and snoring. It helps reduce the vibration and movement of the soft palate. In this procedure, a doctor inserts 3 short pieces of polyester string into the soft palate. The procedure can be performed in a doctor’s office and takes about 10 minutes. Unlike uvulopalatopharyngoplasty (UPPP), the pillar procedure requires only local anesthesia. Studies indicate it works as well as UPPP, with less pain and quicker recovery time.

Tracheostomy used to be the only treatment for sleep apnea. It is quite straightforward:

The surgeon makes an opening through the neck into the windpipe and inserts a tube.
It is almost 100% successful, but it requires a quarter-size opening in the throat. This produces a number of medical and psychological problems associated with recovery.

Today, this operation is performed rarely, usually only if sleep apnea is life-threatening.

A technique called radiofrequency ablation uses radiofrequency energy to shrink tissues in the upper airways:

The radio waves heat, stiffen, and shrink a small amount of tissue at the base of the tongue.
The therapy takes about 20 minutes and can be done in a doctor's office.
It typically requires 10 treatments within five or six sessions. (A newer form requires fewer treatment sessions, and it appears to be effective.)
It is far less invasive than standard surgery and results in far less pain and fewer complications. Discomfort can be controlled with simple pain relievers.

Studies reporting significant improvement in reduced snoring and less daytime sleepiness for some patients although, as with other surgeries, the benefits may be short term in the majority of patients. It may be helpful for mild obstructive sleep apnea.

Other surgical procedures may be appropriate to correct facial abnormalities or obstructions that cause sleep apnea. They may be used alone or combined with each other or with UPPP. They include:

Tongue advancement, in which an opening is cut where the tongue joins the jawbone and the area is pulled forward.
Genioplasty, which is plastic surgery on the chin.
Hyoid surgery, in which the movable bone underneath the chin is moved forward, pulling the tongue muscle along with it.
Maxillary or maxillomandibular advancement (MMA), which moves the upper (maxilla) or lower (mandible) jawbone forward. A survey of patients who had MMA found that the surgery changed their facial appearance, but most people thought it was a change for the better.
Surgery for nasal obstructions (such as a deviated septum) that contribute to snoring and other symptoms.

Adenotonsillectomy, or surgical removal of the tonsils and adenoids, is a first-line treatment for children and adolescents with sleep apnea. It cures the condition in 75 - 100% of cases. Two studies, published in 2005, suggested that adenotonsillectomy can significantly improve quality of life for children with obstructive sleep apnea.

Complications include respiratory illness, which occurs in about 25% of children after the surgery. The highest risk for respiratory complications is associated with:

Age under 3 years old
Severe sleep apnea
Heart complications
Failure to thrive
Obesity
Prematurity
Recent lung infections
Certain facial structures
Neuromuscular disease

The procedure may fail to improve apnea in some patients, such as those with very severe disease. Such children are candidates for continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) therapy.

Removal of the tonsils and adenoids alone is not an effective treatment for adults with sleep apnea, although the procedure may be effective when combined with UPPP surgery.

Resources

www.sleepapnea.org -- American Sleep Apnea Association
www.nhlbi.nih.gov -- National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute
www.aasmnet.org -- American Academy of Sleep Medicine
www.sleepfoundation.org -- National Sleep Foundation
www.nhlbi.nih.gov/about/ncsdr -- National Center on Sleep Disorders Research
www.sleepeducation.com -- Sleep Education from the American Academy of Sleep Medicine
www.wfsrs.org -- World Federation of Sleep Research Societies

References

Bradshaw DA, Ruff GA, Murphy DP. An oral hypnotic medication does not improve continuous positive airway pressure compliance in men with obstructive sleep apnea. Chest. 2006 Nov;130(5):1369-76.

Kezirian EJ, Weaver EM, Yueh B, Khuri SF, Daley J, Henderson WG. Risk factors for serious complication after uvulopalatopharyngoplasty. Arch Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg. 2006 Oct;132(10):1091-8.

Peppard PE, Szklo-Coxe M, Hla KM, Young T. Longitudinal association of sleep-related breathing disorder and depression. Arch Intern Med. 2006 Sep 18;166(16):1709-15.

Weaver TE, Maislin G, Dinges DF, Bloxham T, George CF, Greenberg H, et al. Relationship between hours of CPAP use and achieving normal levels of sleepiness and daily functioning. Sleep. 2007 Jun 1;30(6):711-9.

Review Date:
7/18/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Bipolar disorder

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:00 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Risk Factors
Causes
Prognosis
Diagnosis
Treatment
Medications
Other Treatments
Therapy and Lifestyle Chang...
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Drug Approval

In 2007, the FDA approved risperidone (Risperdal) for short-term treatment of manic or mixed episodes of bipolar I disorder in children ages 10 - 17. Risperidone (an atypical antipsychotic) and lithium (a mood stabilizer) are the two drugs currently approved for treating pediatric patients with bipolar disorder.

Drug Warnings

Olanzapine (Zyprexa, Symbex) causes a greater risk for high blood sugar than other atypical antipsychotics, according to updated information added to the drug’s warning label. Olanzapine also causes weight gain and can increase the risk for unhealthy cholesterol levels.
All atypical antipsychotics increase the risk for diabetes. Patients who take these drugs should receive regular screenings for changes in blood sugar levels. Patients should also have their cholesterol levels monitored.

Bipolar Disorder in Children and Adolescents

Diagnoses of bipolar disorder in children have increased 40-fold in the past decade, according to an analysis in the Archives of General Psychiatry. There is debate whether bipolar disorder in children was under-diagnosed in the past or is being over-diagnosed now.
Bipolar symptoms in children differ from those of adults, with some symptoms overlapping with behavioral and conduct disorders. New guidelines from the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry (AACP) caution that a diagnosis of bipolar disorder must be carefully made, especially considering the risks associated with drug therapy. The AACP also advises that there are currently no established criteria for diagnosing bipolar disorder in preschoolers.

Bipolar Depression

The antidepressants bupropion (Wellbutin) and paroxetine (Paxil) do not increase the risk for mania, but neither do they help ease depression any more than mood stabilizers, suggests a 2007 study in the New England Journal of Medicine.
Intensive psychotherapy in combination with medication can help improve depression outcomes, indicates a 2007 study in the Archives of General Psychiatry.

Introduction

Bipolar disorder, or manic-depressive illness, is characterized by moods that swing between two opposite poles:

Periods of mania with exaggerated euphoria, irritability, or both
Episodes of depression

Although chemical imbalances in the brain are a key component of bipolar disorder, it is a complex condition that involves genetic, environmental, and other factors.

Bipolar disorder is classified according to the pattern and severity of the symptoms as bipolar disorder I, bipolar disorder II, or cyclothymic disorder. Patients with one type may develop another. Nevertheless, they are distinct enough to merit separate classifications, and some experts believe these conditions are actually separate disorders with different biologic factors that account for their differences.

Bipolar Disorder I. Bipolar disorder I is characterized by at least one manic episode, with or without major depression, that lasts for at least 7 days. In 60 - 70% of cases, manic episodes precede or follow depressive episodes in a regular pattern. Episodes are more acute and severe than in the other two categories.

Without treatment, patients average four episodes of dysregulated mood each year. With mania, either euphoria or irritability may mark the phase. In addition, there are significant negative effects (such as sexual recklessness, excessive and impulsive shopping, and sudden traveling) on a patient's social life, performance at work, or both. Untreated mania lasts at least a week, and it can last for months. Typically, depressive episodes tend to last 6 - 12 months, if left untreated.

Bipolar Disorder II and Hypomania. Bipolar disorder II is characterized by episodes of predominantly depressive symptoms, with occasional episodes of hypomania, which last for at least 4 days. Hypomania is similar to mania, but the symptoms (typically euphoria) are less severe and do not last as long.

Patients do not experience manic or mixed episodes, and most return to fully functional levels between episodes. However, bipolar II patients have a more chronic course, significantly more depressive episodes, and shorter periods of being well between episodes than patients with type I have. It is highly associated with the risk for suicide.

Cyclothymic Disorder. While cyclothymic disorder is not as severe as either bipolar disorder II or I, the condition is more chronic. Hypomanic symptoms tend toward irritability as compared to the more euphoric symptoms of bipolar II. (One report, in fact, referred to these patients as having "darker" natures, while bipolar II patients were "sunnier.")

The disorder lasts at least 2 years, with single episodes persisting for more than 2 months. Cyclothymic disorder may be a precursor to full-blown bipolar disorder in some people or it may continue as a low-grade chronic condition.

Symptoms of the Depression Phase. The symptoms of depression experienced in bipolar disorder are almost identical to those of major depression, the primary form of unipolar depressive disorder. They include:

Sad mood
Fatigue or loss of energy
Sleep problems such as insomnia, excessive sleeping, or shallow sleep with frequent awakenings
Appetite changes
Diminished ability to concentrate or to make decisions
Agitation or markedly sedentary behavior
Feelings of guilt, pessimism, helplessness, or low self-esteem
Loss of interest or pleasure in life
Thoughts of, or attempts at, suicide

Distinguishing Between Unipolar and Bipolar Depression. It is often difficult to differentiate between unipolar and bipolar depression, particularly in patients with bipolar II disorder. They may differ in the following ways:

Bipolar depression typically lasts 2 - 3 months -- not as long as in major depression (although left untreated some bipolar disorder episodes can last 6 - 12 months or longer).
People with unipolar depression can still experience a variety of other moods, but none meet the criteria for a manic state.
Depressive symptoms in those with bipolar disorder tend to vary. For example, some patients experience increased sleep, gain weight, and feel a heaviness and slowness in their bodies. Other patients with bipolar depression experience impaired sleep, but unlike patients with unipolar depression, they do not feel sleepy the next day.
Bipolar depressive episodes tend to develop more gradually than do those caused by major depression.

Symptoms of the Acute Manic Phase. The acute pure manic phase is always characterized by mood elevation, presented in the following ways:

Exaggerated euphoria (a feeling of great happiness or well-being)
Irritability
Both euphoria and irritability

The episode lasts for at least few days but, in some cases, the episode may last weeks or even months and may be severe enough to require hospitalization.

Other symptoms must also be present to make a diagnosis. Some mental health professionals use the mnemonic device DIGFAST to identify them. In general, for a diagnosis of mania, a patient must have experienced either euphoria with three DIGFAST symptoms or irritability with four of these symptoms:

D. Distractibility. This is the most common symptom, and it is usually characterized by the inability to pay attention to any activity for very long.
I. Insomnia in mania typically means having high energy and requiring less sleep. (This differs from insomnia in depression, in which the patient has low energy plus an inability to sleep.)
G. Grandiosity. Patients with this symptom have an inflated sense of themselves, which, in severe cases, can be delusional. Close to 60% of all manic patients experience feelings of being all-powerful. Sometimes they feel that they are godlike or have celebrity status.
F. Flight of ideas. Thoughts literally race.
A. Activity. The patient may show an increase in intensity in goal-directed activities, which are related to social behavior, sexual activity, work or school.
S. Speech. The patient may talk excessively.
T. Thoughtlessness. Excessive involvement in high-risk activities is present (such as unrestrained shopping, promiscuity). Mood disturbance may be severe enough to damage one's job or social functioning or one's relationships with others. Some patients require hospitalization to prevent harm to others or to themselves.

Some patients with bipolar I may experience psychotic symptoms, including thought disorders, hallucinations, and catatonia (a state in which the patient goes into a stupor for long periods, which may give way to short periods of extreme excitement).

Hypomania. With hypomania the symptoms of mania are milder and of shorter duration (but they last at least 4 days). They do not affect social or work life as dramatically.

Mixed Mania State Symptoms. Mixed mania (also called mixed episodes or dysphoric mania) are manic episodes that also have a depressive component. In such a state, mania is present to a significant degree, but depression is present most of the day and nearly every day. Such mixed symptoms occur for at least a week.

Depressive Mixed State Symptoms. Depressive mixed state is characterized by major depression as the primary emotional state with manic features (such as irritability, distractibility, and racing thoughts). Such patients may receive an inaccurate diagnosis of unipolar depression.

Risk Factors

Between 1 - 2 million Americans may suffer from bipolar disorder. Researchers estimate that about 1% of Americans experience bipolar disorder during the course of their lifetime, but some studies indicate that prevalence may be as high as 4%. There is differing opinion on how to diagnose and categorize bipolar symptoms, which affects these estimates. The majority of people with bipolar disorder also have other psychiatric disorders, particularly anxiety and substance abuse.

Bipolar disorder affects both sexes equally, but there is a higher incidence of rapid cycling, mixed states, and cyclothymia in women. Early-onset bipolar disorder tends to occur more frequently in men and it is associated with a more severe condition. Men with bipolar disorder also tend to have higher rates of substance abuse (drugs, alcohol) than women.

Bipolar disorder frequently occurs within families, although genetic factors account for only about 60% of cases. Family members of patients with bipolar disorder also have a higher than average incidence of other psychiatric problems. They include schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, anxiety disorders, ADHD, and major depression.

Causes

No single cause may ever be found for bipolar disorder. Instead, a combination of biologic, genetic, and environmental factors appears to trigger and perpetuate the chemical imbalances in the brain that shape this complex disorder. Biologic factors observed or considered in bipolar disorder, as detected by use of imaging scans and other tests, include:

Oversecretion of cortisol, a stress hormone
Excessive influx of calcium into brain cells
Abnormal hyperactivity in parts of the brain associated with emotion and movement coordination
Low activity in parts of the brain associated with concentration, attention, inhibition, and judgment
A superfast "biologic clock"

The so-called biologic clock is a tiny cluster of nerves called the supra chiasmatic nucleus, or SCN. The SCN is located in the center of the brain in the hypothalamus region. It regulates a person's circadian rhythm, the daily cycle of life, which influences sleeping and waking.

The genetics of bipolar disorder are the most intensively studied of all psychiatric diseases. Multiple genes, involving several chromosomes, have been linked to its development. Bipolar disorder also may share these genetic factors with other disorders, including schizophrenia, epilepsy, and panic disorder. It is not clear if some of these disorders are variations of a single disease or separate disorders.

Bipolar Disorder and Schizophrenia. Researchers have been investigating whether common biologic factors are involved with schizophrenia, severe bipolar disorder, and other psychoses. Schizophrenia and bipolar disorder often show up in the same family. Researchers are identifying a number of common genetic and biologic pathways that they both share. Bipolar Disorder and Epilepsy. Neurotransmitters called gamma aminobutyric acid (GABA) and norepinephrine have been implicated in mania:

GABA helps prevent nerve cells from over-firing
Norepinephrine is a hormone that involves stress

Some research has associated similar biologic mechanisms in patients with epilepsy and bipolar disorder. As in epilepsy, the more episodes a bipolar disorder patient experiences early in the course of the disease, the more frequent and severe later episodes will be. Antiseizure drugs, in fact, can play an important role in the treatment of bipolar disorder.

Panic Disorder and Bipolar Disorder. Researchers are also studying the common biologic and genetic factors between panic disorder and bipolar disorder. While specific genes have not yet been identified, some researchers studying these illnesses now believe that they may represent different forms of a shared, complex condition.

Prognosis

Bipolar disorder can be severe and long-term, or it can be mild with infrequent episodes. Patients with the disease may experience symptoms in very different ways. A typical bipolar disorder patient averages 8 - 10 manic or depressive episodes over a lifetime. However, some people experience more and some fewer episodes.

Typical Bipolar Cycles. In most cases of bipolar disorder, the depressive phases far outnumber manic phases, and the cycles of mania and depression are neither regular nor predictable. Many patients experience mixed mania, or a mixed state, in which both mania and depression coexist for at least 7 days.

Rapid Cycling. About 15% of patients with the disorder have a temporary, complicated phase known as rapid cycling. With this phase the manic and depressive episodes alternate at least four times a year and, in severe cases, can even progress to several cycles a day. Rapid cycling tends to occur more often in women and in those with bipolar II. Typically, rapid cycling starts in the depressive phase, and frequent and severe episodes of depression may be the hallmark of this event. This phase is difficult to treat, particularly since antidepressants can trigger the switch to mania and set up a cyclical pattern.

Differences Between Children and Adults. Research suggests that symptoms of bipolar disorder in children and adolescents differ from those of adults. While adults with bipolar disorder usually have distinct and persistent periods of mania and depression, children with bipolar disorder fluctuate rapidly in their mood and behavior. Mania in children is characterized by irritability and belligerence whereas adults tend to experience euphoria. Children with bipolar depression are frequently angry and restless, and may have additional mood and behavioral disorders such as anxiety, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, conduct disorder, and substance abuse problems.

Medical evidence has shown that patients with bipolar disorder have higher death rates from suicide, heart problems, and death from all causes than those in the general population. Patients who get treatment, however, experience great improvement in survival rates, including deaths from suicide and heart disease.

Bipolar disorder usually first occurs between the ages of 15 - 30 years, with an average age of onset at 25 years. However, bipolar disorder can affect people of all ages, including children. Bipolar disorder that occurs late in life often accompanies medical and neurological problems (particularly cerebrovascular disease, such as stroke). It is less likely to be associated with a family history of the disorder than earlier-onset bipolar disorder.

Patients with bipolar disorder, especially type II or cyclothymic disorder, have frequent episodes of major depression. Anxiety disorders also commonly coexist in these patients. For example, the occurrence of panic disorder in patients with bipolar disorder is 26 times that of the general population. Patients with bipolar disorder, particularly those with type II, are also subject to phobias. In one study, the presence of anxiety disorders was also associated with longer and more severe bipolar depressive episodes and with a higher risk for suicide.

Symptoms of bipolar disorder in children are often confused with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Furthermore, the two conditions can coincide. In one study, 65% of adolescents with bipolar disorder met criteria for ADHD. The risk for both diagnoses is highest in white males. Symptoms are also more severe in people with both conditions. Some researchers believe that many of these disorders may actually be variations of a single disease.

The risk for suicide is very high in patients who suffer from bipolar disorder and who do not receive medical attention. Between 10 - 15% of patients with bipolar disorder I commit suicide, with the risks being highest during episodes of depression or mixed mania (simultaneous depression and mania). Some studies suggest that the risk for suicide in patients with bipolar disorder II is even higher than it is for those with bipolar disorder I or major depressive disorder. Patients who also suffer from an anxiety disorder are also at greater risk for suicide. (Rapid cycling, although a more severe variation of bipolar disorder, does not appear to increase the suicide risk in patients with bipolar disorder.)

Many pre- and early adolescent children with bipolar disorder are more severely ill than are adults with the disease, and the risk for suicide is high. They have a higher risk for mixed mania, multiple and frequent cycles, and a long duration of illness without well periods.

Studies suggest that patients with bipolar disorder may have varying degrees of problems with short- and long-term memory, speed of information processing, and mental flexibility. Such problems persist even between episodes. They tend to be more severe when a person has more manic episodes. Medications used for bipolar disorder could be responsible for some of these abnormalities, although some evidence suggests that such traits may have a biologic basis. These mental difficulties may make it harder for these patients to comply with medications or to participate in complex psychotherapies.

A small percentage of bipolar disorder patients demonstrate heightened productivity or creativity during manic phases. More often, however, the distorted thinking and impaired judgment that are characteristic of manic episodes can lead to dangerous behavior, including:

Spending money with reckless abandon, causing financial ruin in some cases
Angry, paranoid, and even violent behaviors
Openly promiscuous behavior

Such behaviors are often followed by low self-esteem and guilt, which are experienced during the depressed phases. During all stages of the illness, patients need to be reminded that the mood disturbance will pass and that its severity can be diminished by treatment.

Cigarette smoking is prevalent among patients with bipolar disorder, particularly those who have frequent or severe psychotic symptoms. Some experts speculate that, as in schizophrenia, nicotine use may be a form of self-medication because of its specific effects on the brain.

Up to 60% of patients with bipolar disorder abuse other substances (most commonly alcohol, followed by marijuana or cocaine) at some point in the course of their illness.

The following are risk factors for alcoholism and substance abuse in patients with bipolar disorder:

Having mixed-state episodes rather than ones of pure mania
Being a man with bipolar disorder

Patients do not manifest their negative behaviors (such as spending sprees or even becoming verbally or physically aggressive) in a vacuum. They have a direct effect on others around them. It is very difficult for even the most loving of families or caregivers to be objective and consistently sympathetic with an individual who periodically and unexpectedly creates chaos around them.

Many patients and their families find it difficult to accept that these episodes are part of an illness and not simply extreme, but normal, characteristics. Such denial is often strengthened by patients who are highly articulate and deliberate, and who can intelligently justify their destructive behavior, not only to others, but also to themselves.

Family members may also feel socially alienated by the fact of having a relative with mental illness, and feel forced to conceal this information from acquaintances.

The economic burden of bipolar disorder is significant. It is estimated that the disorder costs the U.S. workplace about $14.1 billion annually in lost productivity, mostly due to poor functioning on the job. According to a 2006 study sponsored by the U.S. National Institute of Mental Health, bipolar disorder accounts for twice as much lost productivity as major depressive disorder (MDD), despite the fact that MDD is more prevalent. Each worker with bipolar disorder loses about 66 workdays a year compared with 27 workdays a year for workers with MDD. Research suggests that bipolar disorder’s depressive episodes impair productivity more than its manic episodes.

People with mental illness have a higher incidence of many medical conditions, including heart disease, asthma and other lung problems, gastrointestinal disorders, skin infections, diabetes, hypertension, migraine headaches, hypothyroidism, and cancer. Patients with bipolar disorder are also less likely to receive medical care than people without mental disorders. Substance abuse, including smoking, alcoholism, and drug abuse, also contributes to many of these problems as well as reduced access to care. Medications used for bipolar disorder can also increase the risk for medical problems.

However, people with bipolar disorder and other mental illness have a higher risk for a number of these conditions independent of these factors.

Diabetes. Diabetes is diagnosed almost three times more often in people with bipolar disorder than it is in the general population. Many patients with bipolar disorder are overweight, with about 25% meeting the criteria for obesity. Being overweight is a significant risk factor for diabetes and so it may be the common factor in both diseases. Drugs used to treat bipolar can also cause weight gain and diabetes. Common genetic factors in diabetes and bipolar disorder may cause a rare disorder called Wolfram syndrome and other problems with carbohydrate metabolism.

High Blood Pressure. Patients with bipolar disorder may be at a higher risk for high blood pressure (hypertension) than patients without the disorder. The high prevalence of hypertension among patients with bipolar disorder may also account for their greater risk for illness and death from heart-related conditions.

Migraine Headaches. Migraines are common in patients with a number of mental illnesses, but they are particularly common among patients with bipolar II disorder. Patients with bipolar II suffer from migraine more frequently than patients with bipolar I, suggesting that different biologic factors may be involved with each bipolar form.

Hypothyroidism. Hypothyroidism (low thyroid levels) is a common side effect of lithium, the standard treatment for bipolar. However, evidence also suggests that patients, particularly women, may be at higher risk for low thyroid levels regardless of which medications they use. Hypothyroidism may, in fact, be a risk factor for bipolar disorder in some patients.

Diagnosis

Bipolar disorder is more common than previously thought, but this illness, particularly bipolar disorder II, is still poorly recognized in the family-practice setting. It is estimated that only a third of affected people are accurately diagnosed.

When making a diagnosis of bipolar disorder, it is important that the doctor rule out other conditions that may be causing symptoms of bipolar disorder.

Distinguishing Mania from Normal Euphoria or Joy. A major difficulty with a diagnosis of bipolar disorder is the tendency for a patient to be unable to recognize his or her own condition, particularly when in the manic state. The patient often denies their symptoms, which may be perceived as positive feelings. The doctor should take a careful and complete history of any and all episodes of depression, mania, or both. Hypomania, the less severe variant of mania, may be particularly difficult to distinguish from normal joy or euphoria. It can often be distinguished by the following characteristics:

Hypomania persists for at least 4 days
Patients with hypomania are easily distracted and overly talkative
Patients with hypomania have difficulty functioning

Distinguishing Unipolar from Bipolar Depression. People with bipolar disorder are more likely to seek help because of a depressive episode and may not have a manic episode until they have experienced three or more depressive episodes. In such cases, the condition is often diagnosed as major depression. An accurate diagnosis is important because patients with bipolar disorder who are inappropriately medicated solely with antidepressants have a higher incidence of rehospitalization than do other bipolar disorder patients.

Bipolar disorder should be suspected in patients who have been treated for depression and who had a fast and good response, followed by the return of depression and failure to respond to other antidepressant treatment.

A family history of manic-depressive illness may make a doctor suspicious, but a diagnosis of bipolar disorder cannot be established until a manic or hypomanic episode has occurred. Patients with bipolar II disorder and those with depressive mixed state are most likely to be misdiagnosed with depression.

Attention Deficit Hyperactive Disorder (ADHD). Children or adolescents with bipolar disorder may be inappropriately diagnosed with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. ADHD and bipolar disorder often cause inattention and distractibility, and the two disorders may be difficult to distinguish, particularly in children. In some cases, ADHD in children or adolescents can even be a marker for an emerging bipolar disorder. The primary distinction between bipolar disorder and ADHD is the presence of a manic or hypomanic episode, which occurs in patients with bipolar disorder but not those with ADHD.

Schizophrenia. Severe manic episodes that include delusions and hallucinations may be easily confused with schizophrenia. (African-American men are more likely to be diagnosed with schizophrenia than with bipolar disorder.) The key factors that distinguish bipolar disorder from schizophrenia include:

The presence of one or more manic or hypomanic episodes in bipolar disorder, but not in schizophrenia
A flat emotional expression, with no variability in the voice among people with schizophrenia
People with bipolar disorder are typically very expressive

Substance Abuse. Up to 60% of patients with bipolar disorder abuse alcohol and drugs at some point during their illness. Both diagnosis and treatment are difficult in such cases, since substance abuse is often a method of self-treatment, and withdrawal can produce symptoms of mania or severe depression. The effects of cocaine in a heavy user can also produce abnormal mood swings that closely resemble those of bipolar disorder.

Other Causes of Mood Swings. Other conditions that can cause mood swings include:

Thyroid disorders
Adrenal disorders (Addison's disease or Cushing syndrome)
Vitamin B12 deficiency
Neurologic disorders such as Huntington's disease, epilepsy, brain tumors, encephalitis, or multiple sclerosis
Medications, including corticosteroids and certain drugs used to treat anxiety and Parkinson's disease

Patients should be tested for drugs or alcohol if the doctor suspects that they have been using these substances. Blood tests for thyroid function should also be performed.

Noninvasive imaging tests of the brain using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and positron-emission tomographic (PET) scans are being evaluated in clinical trials for detecting abnormalities in the brain. The results of these tests may eventually help identify bipolar disorder and test the effectiveness of various treatments. However, imaging tests do not currently play a role in diagnosing bipolar disorder.

The number of children diagnosed with bipolar disorder has increased dramatically during the past decade. Psychiatrists debate whether bipolar disorder was formerly under-diagnosed in children or whether it is being over-diagnosed now. Part of the controversy concerns the diagnostic criteria used for children and adolescents. Some bipolar symptoms, such as irritable mania, share characteristics with common childhood anger outbursts or behavioral disorders such as conduct disorder and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. In addition, many children with bipolar disorder also have behavioral and developmental disorders. These overlapping conditions can complicate diagnosis.

The American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry (AACP) recommends that doctors use specific screening questions to diagnose bipolar disorder. These questions are designed to evaluate periods of mood changes associated with sleep disorders and restlessness. Doctors should also ask about family histories of mood disorders. The AACP cautions that the validity of diagnosing bipolar disorder in children younger than 6 years old has not been established.

Bipolar disorder is treated with powerful psychiatric drugs that can cause serious side effects. It is very important to make sure that a child’s symptoms are due to bipolar disorder, rather than emotional or behavioral issues, before prescribing these medications.

Treatment

Bipolar disorder is a recurrent disease that can be unpredictable. The major goals of treatment are to:

Treat and reduce the severity of acute episodes of mania or depression when they occur
Reduce the frequency of episodes
Avoid cycling from one phase to another
Help the patient function as best as possible between episodes

The doctor will first try to determine what may have triggered the attack and identify any accompanying medical or emotional problems that might interfere with or complicate treatment.

Some experts think that the best way to treat bipolar disorder is through a disease management model, similar to those used for treating diabetes and asthma. In this “collaborative care” model, patients are treated by a multi-disciplinary team of psychiatrists and nurses. The nurses provide patient education on medication side effects, early warning signs of symptoms, and coping skills. In several 2006 studies, patients who received this treatment model reported fewer symptoms, more productive time at work, better relationships with family members, and general improvement in quality of life.

The treatments for bipolar disorder, while very effective, pose some specific challenges for the patient:

Mood variations in bipolar disorder are not predictable, so it is sometimes difficult to tell if a patient is responding to treatment or naturally emerging from a bipolar phase.
A patient with bipolar disorder cannot always reliably inform the doctor about the state of the illness.
The patient is likely to need more than one medication during the course of the disease. This increases the risk for distressing side effects. Noncompliance is common.
Patients often have more than one medical problem and need different drugs to treat each condition. Such medications may interact with drugs used to treat bipolar disorder or increase side effects. For example, children with bipolar disorder have a higher risk for attention deficit-hyperactivity disorder, which is treated with stimulants that can complicate bipolar treatment.
Family members who have not been educated about the disorder may interfere with the treatment.
Treatment strategies for children and the elderly have not been intensively studied and have not been clearly defined.
Treatments may be costly.

The following are the treatment options for most patients with bipolar disorder, depending on the bipolar disorder phase or episode. Patients should understand that, even with aggressive therapy, either mania or depression recurs in almost three-quarters of patients.

Drugs Used in Bipolar Disorder. Mood stabilizing drugs are the mainstay for patients with bipolar disorder. They are defined as drugs that are effective for acute episodes of mania and depression and that can be used for maintenance. The standard first-line mood stabilizers are lithium and valproate. Both drugs stimulate the release of the neurotransmitter glutamate, although they appear to work through different mechanisms. Other drugs may also be used.

Lithium. Lithium has been used for years for bipolar disorder. It remains the best drug for people with pure mania characterized by euphoria and pure depression. Although imperfect, it is also an effective long-term drug for many patients with other bipolar subtypes.
Antiseizure Drugs. Valproate (valproic acid) carbamazepine (Tegretol, Carbatrol, Equetro), oxcarbazepine (Trileptal), and lamotrigine (Lamictal) are the most established antiseizure drugs. Other anti-seizure drugs used or investigated for bipolar include gabapentin (Neurontin), zonisamide (Zonegran) and topiramate (Topamax). To date, it is not clear if any of these newer drugs are useful for the treatment of acute mania.
Atypical Antipsychotics. Drugs known as atypical antipsychotics are used to treat schizophrenia and also have mood stabilizing properties that are applicable to bipolar disorder. They may be used either alone or in combination with lithium or valproate. Clozapine (Clozaril) was the first of these drugs, but it has not yet been approved for treatment of bipolar disorder. The newer atypical antipsychotics include olanzapine (Zyprexa), risperidone (Risperdal), quetiapine (Seroquel), ziprasidone (Geodon), and ariprazole (Abilify).

Such drugs may be used in combination with each other. Additional drugs, such as conventional antipsychotics, antidepressants, antianxiety drugs, or experimental drugs are used as necessary.

Electroconvulsive Therapy. Electroconvulsive therapy is a very effective treatment that may be administered in certain patients for acute episodes or for maintenance.

Non-Medical Treatments. In addition to medical treatments, psychotherapy and sleep management are also parts of bipolar disorder treatment. They can help reduce symptoms and prevent relapse.

The Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program for Bipolar Disorder (STEP-BD), an ongoing trial supported by the National Institute of Mental Health, is the largest treatment study ever conducted for bipolar disorder. With plans to enroll approximately 5,000 patients, STEP-BD aims to evaluate all the best-practice treatment options used for bipolar disorder, including mood-stabilizing medications, antidepressants, and atypical antipsychotics. It will also evaluate psychosocial interventions, including cognitive behavioral therapy, family-focused therapy, interpersonal and social rhythm therapy, and psychoeducation. Results of STEP-BD may clarify the best treatments for bipolar disorder.

Step 1. Determine the Need for Hospitalization and Eliminate Triggers. The first step in treating an acute manic episode is to rule out any life-threatening conditions and eliminate any triggers, such as antidepressants or other substances that can elevate moods.

Patients often require hospitalization at the onset of acute mania. The need for hospitalization depends on a number of factors:

Whether the patient is at risk for suicide or for harming others
The availability of social and emotional support at home

Step 2. Control Symptoms of Acute Manic with a Mood Stabilizer. Doctors often try different drugs to control a manic episode. If a current drug does not work well, another type of drug may be added or substituted. It may take several weeks for a mood stabilizer to take effect, and other drugs may be needed.

The following is an example of a stepped approach recommended by some experts:

Initiating a mood-stabilizing drug is the critical first step. Either valproate or lithium is the standard first drug for most manic episodes. Lithium is effective in 60 - 80% of all hypomanic and manic episodes. Carbamazepine is usually used in place of valproate to treat patients with multiple manic episodes, mixed episodes, and rapid cycling. Combinations of these mood stabilizers may be used if the patient does not respond to a single drug.
If the patient does not respond fully within a week, atypical antipsychotics may be added to one or more mood stabilizers. Atypicals include olanzapine (Zyprexa), risperidone (Risperdal), quetiapine (Seroquel), apriprazole (Abilify), and ziprasidone (Geodon). Clozapine (Clozaril), the oldest atypical drug, also works well but it is not generally used because of its potential for severe side effects and the need for weekly monitoring of white blood cell counts.

Step 3. Addition of Other Treatments. Other treatments may be added to speed recovery, treat any psychosis, and achieve remission. They include:

Older antipsychotic drugs (also called typical antipsychotics), such as haloperidol (Haldol), may be used for acute mania. They can cause severe side effects, however, particularly extrapyramidal effects, which disrupt motor control. They are not generally used on a long-term basis for treating bipolar disorder.
Benzodiazepines, such as clonazepam (Klonopin) or lorazepam (Ativan), are anti-anxiety drugs that may be particularly beneficial if the patient is experiencing severe mania.
Electroconvulsive therapy. This treatment helps patients who do not respond to medication and may even be life-saving in elderly patients with severe late-onset mania.

Step 4. Terminate Some Drug Treatments. Drugs may be stopped under the following circumstances:

When side effects are intolerable
When the patient does not respond to the maximum dose
When the patient improves and recovery is sustained

In cases of improvement and sustained recovery, the neuroleptic or benzodiazepine is slowly withdrawn and only the mood-stabilizing drug is continued.

Step 5. Continuation of Mood Stabilizers. Mood stabilizers are typically continued for about 8 weeks, unless the patient shows signs of shifting to another mood state. If the patient remains stable at that time, the doctor may decide to continue maintenance treatment or to gradually withdraw medications.

Depressive episodes pose a particular challenge. They are a significant cause of suffering, yet the use of standard antidepressants poses a significant risk for triggering mania. It is also not clear if standard antidepressants work for bipolar depression. In fact, depressive episodes are very difficult and patients who do not respond to mood stabilizers may endure prolonged depressive episodes up to 2 - 3 months.

Lithium or lamotrigine are the standard first-line treatments for depressive episodes. Many studies indicate that lithium works better for controlling manic states, and that lamotrigine works better for bipolar depression.

If improvement does not occur within 2 - 4 weeks, an antidepressant may be added. Antidepressants alone are not recommended. The first choices for antidepressants are bupropion (Wellbutrin) or paroxetine (Paxil). Alternatives include one of the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), such as fluoxetine (Prozac), a newer antidepressant such as venlafaxine (Effexor), or a monoamine oxidase inhibitor (MAOI).

Several studies have found no additional benefits from antidepressants. Many studies indicate that antidepressants may cause patients to “switch” to a manic state. Any patient with bipolar disorder who takes antidepressants and who develops symptoms of hypomania should stop taking these drugs, because hypomania is often a sign of impending mania. All antidepressants should be tapered after the mood has been stabilized for a month.

An atypical antipsychotic combined with a mood stabilizer is another treatment option. In 2003, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved a drug (Symbyax) that combines the atypical antipsychotic olanzapine and the SSRI antidepressant fluoxetine. Symbyax was the first drug to be specifically approved for treatment of bipolar depression. In 2006, quetiapine (Seroquel), which is approved for treatment of bipolar mania, received an additional approval for treatment of bipolar depression.

Other Treatments. Cognitive-behavioral therapy or other psychotherapy programs may help patients endure depressive episodes by developing ways to manage negative thoughts and behaviors. Electroconvulsive therapy is another option for depression that does not respond to less intense approaches.

The first step in treating rapid cycling is to try to identify and resolve other factors, such as drug abuse or hypothyroidism, which may have caused this condition. Many patients may require a combination of medications to control rapid cycling:

Antidepressants, particularly SSRIs, may prompt rapid cycling and should be tapered off.
Lithium or valproate is a first-line treatment for rapid cycling.
Lamotrigine is an alternative treatment for rapid cycling.
Atypical antipsychotics (olanzapine, aripiprazole, ziprasidone, risperidone) are approved to treat mixed episodes. These drugs are used either alone or in combination with lithium or valproate.
One biological mechanism involved with rapid cycling is an excessive influx of calcium into brain cells. Cardiovascular drugs called calcium channel blockers may be beneficial for ultra-rapid cycling.
Low thyroid (hypothyroidism) is involved in some cases of rapid cycling. In these cases, levothyroxine, a synthetic derivative of the thyroid hormone T4 (thyroxine), has helped stabilize rapid-cycling patients.
Electroconvulsive therapy can be useful in emergency situations.

In addition, other measures should be taken:

Patients should avoid anti-anxiety drugs, alcohol, caffeine, and stimulants.
Patients should avoid exposure to bright light.
All efforts should be made to help the patient sleep normally.

Drugs Used During Maintenance. Relapse occurs in most patients after treatment of acute attacks, and patients who are at high risk for recurring episodes should consider life-long maintenance therapy. This usually involves mood-stabilizing drugs:

Lithium is a first-line mood stabilizer used in maintenance therapy. The anti-epileptic drug valproate is also a first-line treatment. In general, the two work equally well, although valproate may be better for patients who have had multiple manic episodes. There are some differences in side effects, but the drop-out rates between the drugs are similar. Lithium has proved effective for preventing relapses of manic episodes, but may not work as well for controlling depressive symptoms.
Lamotrigine, an anti-epileptic drug, was approved in 2003 for long-term maintenance treatment. It is also used as a first-line drug for treating depressive episodes.
Carbamazepine and oxcarbazepine are other anti-epileptic drugs used as alternative maintenance treatments.
Atypical antipsychotics may be used for maintenance, particularly in combination with a mood stabilizer. In 2004, olanzapine became the first atypical antipsychotic to be approved specifically for maintenance treatment.

The general recommendations for maintenance therapy with lithium are as follows:

The earlier lithium is started in the disease process, the better. Studies suggest that patients on long-term lithium therapy have survival rates comparable to the general population, but those who permanently drop out of therapy have significantly lower survival rates due to an increased suicide risk.
Lithium still works for patients who discontinue and then restart treatment later on. In such cases, however, there may be a greater need for drug combinations. In addition, patients who stop and start again may be at higher risk for hospitalization than those who use the drug continuously.
For those who want to stop, a gradual discontinuation (over 15 - 30 days) may help to delay recurrence. Stopping lithium quickly poses a high risk for relapse and even for suicide.

Information on clinical care of pregnant women with bipolar disorder remains very limited. In fact, in one survey, almost half of women with bipolar disorder were discouraged by their doctors from becoming pregnant. Nevertheless, after careful counseling about medications, possibilities for relapse, and disease severity, nearly two-thirds of them decided to attempt pregnancy.

Risks for Bipolar Episodes. Some studies suggest the following risks for bipolar episodes during and after pregnancy:

In women who discontinue lithium during pregnancy, the chance for recurrence of bipolar disorder is the same as in non-pregnant women, which is over 50%.
Pregnant women with bipolar disorder are at particularly high-risk for recurrence in the period after childbirth. In one study, symptoms recurred in 74% of women after delivery, and another 20% were hospitalized within 90 days after giving birth. The risk for depressive or mixed states is particularly high.

Drugs for Bipolar and Pregnancy. It is not ethical to test drugs during pregnancy, so all known effects of bipolar drugs are reported anecdotally. It is well-known, however, that most mood stabilizers used for bipolar disorder carry a high risk for the fetus, particularly if they are taken during the first trimester. Taking mood stabilizers at the time of delivery may help reduce the risk of manic episodes occurring after the baby is born. However, caution is still advised. Reported effects of drugs taken during pregnancy include:

Lithium can pass through the placenta and affect the fetus. When possible, patients should avoid taking lithium during pregnancy, especially during the first 3 months. Studies report that lithium use during the first trimester may cause heart defects and thyroid problems in the baby. If taken immediately before childbirth, lithium can also cause muscle weakness and drowsiness in newborn infants. Women who must take lithium during pregnancy should take the lowest possible dosage and stop the drug 1 - 2 days before delivery. Mothers who are taking lithium should not nurse their babies, since lithium is concentrated in breast milk.
The antiseizure drugs valproate and carbamazepine both greatly increase the risk for physical malformations, developmental delay, and spina bifida in babies. They appear to have minimal effect on breastfeeding, however. Lamotrigine can cause cleft lip and palate birth defects if taken during the first trimester.
Small studies have suggested that the atypical antipsychotic olanzapine does not increase the risk for birth defects. However, it does pose a great risk for excess weight gain that could be unhealthy during pregnancy. Less is known about the effects of other atypical antipsychotics during pregnancy.

Electroconvulsive Therapy (ECT). In spite of its bad press, ECT appears to be very beneficial for women with bipolar disorder who become pregnant. The patient should discuss this option with her doctor.

Doctors are still trying to decide the best treatment of bipolar disorder in children and adolescents. The drugs used for bipolar disorder have considerable side effects, which may be even more severe in younger people. Parents should consider the potential risks and benefits of treatment for their children.

Until recently, lithium was the only drug approved for treating bipolar disorder in children (age 12 years and older). In 2007, the FDA approved the atypical antipsychotic risperidone (Risperdal) for short-term treatment of manic or mixed episodes of bipolar I disorder in children ages 10 - 17.

Lithium is generally used as the first-line treatment, with valproate and risperidone (or other atypical antipsychotics) as alternatives. If treatment with a single drug does not work, a combination of drugs may be used.

Lithium and valproate are the drugs most studied in children and adolescents. However, side effects of these drugs in children may include severely impaired thinking, acne, increased urination, weight gain (lithium), and menstrual irregularities and polycystic ovary syndrome (valproate). Side effects of risperidone may include drowsiness, fatigue, increased appetite, nausea, dizziness, dry mouth, tremor, and rash.

Pediatric prescriptions for atypical antipsychotics have been increasing in recent years. However, the safety and effectiveness of these drugs for children and adolescents has not been established. They appear to work well in the short-term, but a 2006 study noted that there is little available evidence concerning their long-term effects.

Psychotherapy is also an important addition to drug treatment. Therapy that includes the entire family is important. Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) may benefit adolescents with bipolar I disorder who suffer severe episodes of mania or depression and who have not been helped by medication.

Medications

Lithium (Carbolith, Duralith, Lithobid, Lithizine, Eskalith, Lithane) is one of the standard mood stabilizing drugs for bipolar disorder. Lithium is extremely helpful for most patients and it significantly reduces the rate of hospitalizations in bipolar disorder. Some studies report the following advantages of lithium:

Lithium is effective in 60 - 80% of all hypomanic and manic episodes. (Valproate may be better in patients with multiple manic episodes, mixed episodes, and rapid cycling.)
It helps to prevent relapses.
It helps psychosocial functioning.
It may help reduce the risk for suicide regardless of its effects on stabilizing mood.
It works well for most patients even if they have discontinued taking it and wish to restart treatment.

Administration of Lithium. Lithium may take weeks to become totally effective, so patients should not expect an immediate response during an acute episode. Doctors may take different approaches to administering the drug:

Some doctors initially administer lithium in two low doses and gradually increase the dosage over time until an effective (therapeutic) level is achieved.
Another approach is to administer a higher dose initially and measure blood levels of the drug after 24 hours. The doctor uses this information combined with a chart called a nomogram to calculate the doses most likely to be therapeutic.

In addition to drugs, several factors may affect lithium levels:

Seasonal change -- lithium levels may be higher in summer.
Menstrual cycle -- lithium levels may drop during the premenstrual phase.
Weight loss
Changes in salt intake
Dehydration
Diarrhea

Lithium levels should be monitored regularly. Side effects can occur at therapeutic levels or at those only slightly higher than desired. Blood tests that measure drug levels should be conducted frequently during acute attacks and about every 3 months during maintenance therapy.

Lithium Toxicity. Evidence of moderate toxicity include:

Trembling hands
Nausea
Increased urine output
Blurred vision
Some loss of coordination

Severe reactions occurring at higher blood levels, include:

Vomiting
Convulsions
Uncontrolled jerky movements in arms and legs
Stupor
Coma

Very high blood levels of lithium can be fatal. If overdose occurs, drugs should be stopped immediately and one or more of the following steps taken, depending on the severity:

Patients are given fluids and drugs to increase excretion of lithium salts.
Gastric lavage, a procedure that rinses the stomach, may be used to treat very recent overdoses.
Hemodialysis, a procedure that filters lithium out of the blood, may also be performed in severe cases.

Side Effects. Even for patients who do not experience a severe response, long-term use of lithium is not without problems. Weight gain is one of the main reasons why some patients want to stop taking the drug. Other side effects include:

An unpleasant taste in the mouth
Hair loss
Skin eruptions that can resemble acne and make psoriasis worse
Low thyroid function
An increased risk for diabetes
A blunted sexual drive
Dulled emotions and lack of mental clarity
Memory loss
Lack of motor coordination
Increased sensitivity to light

In some cases, light sensitivity may slightly affect a person's ability to recognize colors. More seriously, it can cause problems with night driving. This effect occurs regardless of how long a person has been on the drug. Experts recommend that patients wear sunglasses outside and avoid extensive exposure to bright light.

Drug Interactions. Because lithium is eliminated from the body by the kidneys, any drugs or dietary factors that slow the kidneys' actions may increase lithium blood levels and should be used with great caution. Such drugs include:

Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs)
Thiazide diuretics
ACE inhibitors

There have been reports of interactions between lithium and certain drugs commonly used in combination, including:

Antipsychotics
Anticonvulsants
Calcium-channel blockers

The risks associated with these drug interactions are very low, but caution is needed.

Patients should be sure to contact their doctor if they have any suspicious symptoms or illnesses.

Noncompliance. Noncompliance is common. One study of lithium users found that patients took their medication only 34% of the time. Another reported that nearly a third of patients eventually went off the drug.

Side effects are certainly one reason for noncompliance. Some patients regret the loss of their manic episodes and the exhilaration and creativity that sometimes accompany them. In one small study of artists with bipolar disorder, however, only 25% felt their work had declined, while another 25% found no change in their creative output, and 50% believed that lithium had improved their output.

Despite side effects and other concerns, this important drug saves lives. Doctors are confident that lithium, which has been in use for more than 50 years, can be taken safely, even for life, by most patients.

Antiseizure drugs, also called anti-epileptics or anticonvulsants, affect the neurotransmitter gamma aminobutyric acid (GABA), which helps prevent nerve cells from over-firing. These drugs may be an alternative for patients (especially substance abusers) who do not tolerate or respond to lithium. They also may be used in combination with lithium, atypical antipsychotics, or other drugs.

Standard Antiseizure Drugs.

Valproate (Depakote), also called valproic acid or divalproex, is now a first option for many bipolar disorder patients. It works well for many patients with mania, rapid-cycling, and mixed states, as well as for patients who are substance abusers. Valproate also helps migraine headaches, a common problem among patients.
Lamotrigine (Lamictal) is approved for maintenance treatment of adults with bipolar I disorder. It appears to be particularly helpful for patients with rapid cycling and bipolar II disorder, in whom depression remains problematic after taking other mood stabilizers.
Carbamazepine (Epitol, Tegretol), a standard alternative antiseizure drug used for mood stabilizing, is usually the second anti-seizure medication of choice. In 2004, the FDA approved an extended release form of carbamazepine (Equetro). Another drug, oxcarbazepine (Trileptal), is similar to carbamazepine.
Other anti-seizure drugs used or investigated for bipolar include gabapentin (Neurontin), zonisamide (Zonegran) and topiramate (Topamax). To date, it is not clear if any of these newer drugs are useful for the treatment of acute mania.

General Side Effects. The side effects given here are associated with valproate. Other antiseizure drugs have similar effects and some specific ones of their own. Most are usually minor, occurring early in therapy and then subsiding. Valproate side effects include:

Gastrointestinal problems such as nausea, vomiting, and heartburn
Headaches
Visual disturbances
Ringing in the ear
Hair loss
Weight gain (a significant problem with valproate)
Agitation
Odd movements
Menstrual irregularities and a higher risk for polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS)
Birth defects when taken by pregnant women
Cognitive impairment and symptoms of Parkinson's disease

Very serious side effects are possible. Stevens-Johnson syndrome (SJS) is a rare but severe and potentially life-threatening, rash that can develop as a side effect of carbamazepine, lamotrigine, oxcarbazepine and other anticonvulsants. Because this is a very serious condition, these drugs are discontinued at the first sign of rash. The risk of serious skin reactions is 10 times higher for patients of Asian ancestry than Caucasians. The FDA recommends that people of Asian ancestry get a genetic test before starting carbamazepine to determine if they are at risk for this side effect.

Other serious side effects, also rare, may include liver damage, convulsions, coma, and pancreatitis.

Atypical antipsychotics are standard drugs for schizophrenia. They are now proving to be beneficial for bipolar disorder when used alone or in combination with the mood stabilizers that treat mania. These drugs include clozapine (Clozaril) (the first atypical antipsychotic), olanzapine (Zyprexa), risperidone (Risperdal), paliperidone (Invega), quetiapine (Seroquel), aripiprazole (Abilify), and ziprasidone (Geodon).

Olanzapine was the first atypical antipsychotic approved for treatment of bipolar disorder. In 2000, the FDA approved it to treat bipolar mania and mixed states. In 2004, the drug became the first atypical antipsychotic approved for bipolar maintenance treatment.
Symbyax, a drug that combines olanzapine and the antidepressant fluoxetine, was approved in 2003 for treatment of bipolar depression.
Risperidone, ziprasidone, and ariprazole are approved for treatment of bipolar mania and mixed states. Paliperidone (Invega), which is chemically related to risperidone, was approved in 2007 for treatment of schizophrenia but has not yet been approved for bipolar disorder.
Quetiapine is approved for treatment of bipolar mania and bipolar depression, making it the only drug approved for treating both manic and depressive states.
Clozapine has not been approved for treatment of bipolar disorder, but has shown promise in investigational studies. However, this drug has more significant side effects than other atypical antipsychotics. It poses a risk of white blood cell reduction (agranulocytosis).

Side Effects. Although atypical antipsychotics have fewer severe side effects than standard antipsychotics, many patients fail to comply with regimens containing them. Common side effects include:

Nasal congestion or runny nose
Drooling
Dizziness
Headache
Drowsiness -- however, these drugs may also cause restlessness and insomnia.
Constipation
Rapid heart beat
Difficulty urinating
Skin rash
Increased body temperature
Confusion, short-term memory problems, disorientation, and impaired attention
Weight gain -- risk is highest with clozapine and olanzapine, lowest with aripiprazole and ziprasidone

More serious risks include:

Diabetes (See Diabetes Risk and Atypical Antipsychotics)
Weight gain and metabolic problems. The risk is highest for olanzapine, and lowest for aripiprazole and ziprasidone.
Unhealthy cholesterol levels. Particularly with olanzapine, increased risk for high levels of trigylcerides and total cholesterol.
Seizures
Heat stroke
Sudden drop in blood pressure (hypotension)
A significant drop in white blood cell count (neutropenia) and neutrophils (agranulocytosis) occurs in 1% or more of patients, generally in the first 6 months after starting treatment. Patients should have their white blood count and absolute neutrophil count regularly monitored if they take clozapine.
Extrapyramidal side effects, which are lack of motor coordination and involuntary movements
Cataracts and worsening of any existing glaucoma
Increased prolactin levels -- prolactin is a hormone associated with infertility and impotence. High levels can cause menstrual abnormalities and may increase the risk for osteoporosis and possibly breast cancer.

Diabetes Risk and Atypical Antipsychotics. In 2003, the FDA requested that the strongest warning be added to the product labels of all atypical antipsychotics. This so-called black box warning advises that these drugs can increase the risk of high blood sugar (hyperglycemia) and diabetes. (Olanzapine is more likely to cause high blood sugar levels than other atypical antipsychotic medicines.) The FDA recommends that:

Patients with an established diagnosis of diabetes who begin atypical antipsychotic treatment should be regularly monitored for worsening of blood sugar control.
Patients with risk factors for diabetes (obesity, family history of diabetes) should undergo fasting blood sugar testing at the beginning of atypical antipsychotic treatment and periodically during treatment.
All patients treated with atypical antipsychotics should be monitored for high blood sugar (hyperglycemia) symptoms.
Patients who develop hyperglycemia symptoms should undergo fasting blood sugar testing.

Antidepressants are sometimes used for depressive episodes in bipolar disorder, but their use is controversial. They may trigger mania in 12 - 28% of patients. In addition, a number of studies report no additional benefits from antidepressants. Specific antidepressants may be beneficial in certain circumstances. However, any patient on antidepressants who develops symptoms of hypomania should stop taking these drugs, since hypomania is often a sign of impending mania. All antidepressants should be tapered off after the mood has been stabilized for a month.

Bupropion. The antidepressant bupropion (Wellbutrin) appears to pose a lower risk for triggering mania than do other antidepressants. Side effects include restlessness, agitation, sleeplessness, headache, rashes, stomach problems, and in rare cases, hallucinations and bizarre thinking. Initial weight loss occurs in about 25% of patients. High doses may cause seizures. This side effect is uncommon and tends to occur in patients with eating disorders (anorexia or bulimia) or those with risk factors for seizures.

Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors. Serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), such as fluoxetine (Prozac), citalopram (Celexa), sertraline (Zoloft), and paroxetine (Paxil), are sometimes used to treat bipolar depression, but their benefits have not yet been established. They may be useful in patients whose depression does not respond to lithium. They do not appear to be useful as an add-on treatment to lithium. Another antidepressant, venlafaxine (Effexor), may also be used in patients with severe cases of depression who do not respond to other treatments.

Side effects of SSRIs include:

Nausea and gastrointestinal problems, which usually wear off over time
Agitation, insomnia, mild tremor, and impulsivity
Dry mouth, which can increase the risk for cavities and mouth sores
Headache
Sexual dysfunction

Some weight loss may occur during the first few weeks of treatment, but over time patients on maintenance treatment typically return to their pretreatment weight.

Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors (MAOIs). Older drugs known as monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs), particularly tranylcypromine (Parnate) are recommended for depression that does not respond to newer antidepressants. MAOIs can interact with certain foods and cause severe high blood pressure. Such foods have high tyramine content and include aged cheeses, most red wines, vermouth, dried meats and fish, canned figs, fava beans, and concentrated yeast products. MAOIs can also have severe interactions with certain drugs, including some common over-the-counter cough medications. In such cases, severe high blood pressure or dangerous reactions can occur. It is important that patients discuss with their doctor any other medications they are taking.

Other Treatments

Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) is a non-drug treatment for bipolar disease and other mental disorders, such as severe depression. It is commonly called shock therapy. ECT has received bad press since it was introduced in the 1930s. But, over the years it has been refined, and is now considered a very safe treatment.

Research suggests ECT may be particularly beneficial for:

Patients who need immediate stabilization of their condition and who cannot wait for medications to work
Most patients with mania -- especially elderly patients with severe mania
Patients who suffer suicidal thoughts and guilt during the depressive phase
Pregnant patients
Patients who cannot tolerate drug treatments
Patients with certain types of heart problems
Young patients

In a review of studies, about 80% of ECT-treated patients experienced improvement, and for some, it is the only treatment that works.

The Procedure. ECT is performed on an outpatient basis and does not require hospitalization. In general, the ECT procedure is performed as follows:

A muscle relaxant and short-acting anesthetic are given to the patient.
A small amount of electricity is sent to the brain, causing a generalized seizure that lasts for about 40 seconds.
The response to ECT is usually very fast, and the patient often needs less medication afterward.

Side Effects. Side effects of ECT may include temporary confusion, memory lapses, headache, nausea, muscle soreness, and heart disturbances. Taking the drug naloxone immediately before ECT may help reduce its effects on concentration and some (but not all) forms of memory impairment. Concerns about permanent memory loss appear to be unfounded.

Biologic Effects of ECT on Bipolar Disorder. The precise way that ECT benefits patients with bipolar disorder is not clear. ECT may help by:

Causing changes in the brain's physiology. For example, ECT may increase the permeability of the blood-brain barrier, produce an antiseizure effect (similar to the effects of antiseizure drugs used as mood stabilizers), and reduce blood flow in parts of the brain associated with improved mood.
Causing various hormonal changes, particularly with thyroid-related hormones.
Balancing dopamine levels. This brain chemical plays an important role in bipolar disorder as well as other conditions for which ECT is sometimes recommended, including delusional depression.
Stimulating growth of neurons in the hippocampus (the area in the brain responsible for memory).

Some studies are finding that maintenance electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) may be helpful for patients who do not respond to medications. In one study of patients with bipolar disorder, those who had intractable recurrent episodes received monthly ECT treatments for more than a year and a half. Without ECT, those patients spent an average of almost half a year in the hospital, suffering at least three episodes annually. After ECT, all the rapid cyclers achieved full or partial remission.

Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation. Repeated transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS) is also being studied for unipolar and bipolar depression. Unlike ECT, this procedure does not appear to cause seizures, memory lapses, or impaired thinking. The only common side effect is a mild headache.

Therapy and Lifestyle Changes

Psychotherapy is an important addition to medication. Many approaches are proving to be very useful. Trained mental health professionals can:

Educate patients about bipolar disorder and its treatments
Teach patients to recognize and manage early warning symptoms of imminent manic or depressive episodes
Help them comply with drug regimens
Monitor the patient's on-going status
Intervene early in manic and depressive episodes to reduce the severity of the attack

In addition, psychotherapy can help patients:

Adjust to the reality of the illness and understand the negative consequences of mania -- particularly important for patients who consider their mania to be positive, creative, and exhilarating
Cope with feelings of guilt and remorse that occur after manic episodes
Deal with feelings of imperfection and despair

Therapists trained in cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) may be particularly helpful for many patients. CBT is a structured, conscious method that aims to help a patient recognize negative thoughts and behavioral patterns and to change them. CBT is known to be helpful for other mood disorders, including depression and anxiety, and some studies suggest that it benefits bipolar disorder patients as well. For example, in one recent study, patients who were given mood stabilizers and underwent a CBT program that was specifically designed to prevent relapse experienced fewer and shorter episodes and improved social functioning compared to those on mood stabilizers alone.

Using Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Bipolar Disorder. Typical goals of CBT for bipolar disorder patients include learning how to:

Recognize manic episodes before they become full-blown and change behaviors during an episode
Cope with depression by developing behaviors and thoughts that may help offset the negative mood

It is very important that partners, family members, or both be involved in therapy. CBT can help them learn how to accept the condition, the need for medications, and how to protect themselves and the patient financially during manic episodes. In fact, one study indicated that when a spouse of a patient learned ways of coping with the illness, the partner's chances of sticking to a prescribed treatment improved.

Supporting the Patient. Recommendations for supporting the patient include:

Create a treatment contract as a first step. In this contract, the patient and family agree to specific steps for maintaining emotional stability. If such measures fail, all parties agree on further actions to be taken during an acute episode, including requests for hospitalization.
Be supportive. Unlike relatives of patients with alcoholism who may be encouraged to get tough, relatives of patients with bipolar disorder must be strongly supportive because of the high risk for suicide with this disorder. Simply listening attentively and being empathic can help.
Get the patient to comply with treatment, even if it means threatening a hospitalization if the patient fails to comply.
Have ready a hotline number or the telephone number of a psychiatrist authorized to commit the patient. The doctor should be willing to facilitate commitment if a patient becomes violent or the family is on the verge of collapse.
Don't feel guilty and don't make the patient feel guilty. Bipolar disorder results from an imbalance of chemicals in the brain and not from anyone's fault.

Support for the Family. Unfortunately, actions that support a bipolar disorder patient may not be intuitive, and they take their toll. Loved ones must also care for themselves or they may also follow a path to severe depression. They should to boost energy and reduce stress through:

Exercise
Meditation
Relaxation techniques
Holidays away from the patient
Involvement in hobbies
Involvement in support groups, Internet resources with chat rooms, and message boards for bipolar disorder caregivers

Interpersonal problems (such as family disputes) and disruptions in daily routines or social rhythms (such as loss of sleep or changes in meal times) may make people with bipolar disorder more susceptible to new episodes of their illness. A form of psychosocial treatment called interpersonal and social rhythm therapy (IPSRT) focuses on maintaining a regular schedule of daily activities to reduce these potential triggers and improve emotional stability. Patients also learn how to avoid problems with personal relationships. Preliminary evidence suggests that IPSRT combined with drug therapy works better than medication alone. A 2-year study of patients with bipolar 1 disorder indicated that IPSRT may help prevent new manic episodes.

Exercise. Exercise is an important part of treatment, particularly in helping manage weight gain. It also helps increase feelings of well-being.

Sleep Management. Good sleep hygiene is particularly important for patients. One study reported that techniques used to enforce healthy sleep helped reduce mood cycling.

Diet. A healthy diet low in saturated foods and rich in whole grains, fresh fruits, and vegetables is important for anyone. People with bipolar disorder should be sure to maintain a regular healthy diet. They may need to restrict calories if they are on medications that increase weight.

Some research indicates that consumption of omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids found in oily fish (such as mackerel, sardines, salmon, and bluefish) may help reduce the symptoms of a variety of mental illnesses, including bipolar disorder. Researchers are investigating the effects of eicosapentaneoic acid (EPA) and docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) supplements for patients who have not responded to other treatments.

Resources

www.nimh.nih.gov -- National Institute of Mental Health
www.bpkids.org -- Child & Adolescent Bipolar Foundation
www.dbsalliance.org -- Depression and Bipolar Support Alliance
www.nami.org -- National Alliance on Mental Illness
www.nmha.org -- Mental Health America
www.aabt.org -- Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies
www.psych.org -- The American Psychiatric Association
www.aacap.org -- American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry

References

Gentile S. Extrapyramidal adverse events associated with atypical antipsychotic treatment of bipolar disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2007 Feb;27(1):35-45.

Jarema M. Atypical antipsychotics in the treatment of mood disorders. Curr Opin Psychiatry. 2007 Jan;20(1):23-9.

Mathews M, Muzina DJ. Atypical antipsychotics: new drugs, new challenges. Cleve Clin J Med. 2007 Aug;74(:597-606.

McClellan J, Kowatch R, Findling RL; Work Group on Quality Issues. Practice parameter for the assessment and treatment of children and adolescents with bipolar disorder. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2007 Jan;46(1):107-25.

Merikangas KR, Akiskal HS, Angst J, et al. Lifetime and 12-month prevalence of bipolar spectrum disorder in the National Comorbidity Survey replication. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2007 May;64(5):543-52.

Miklowitz DJ, Otto MW, Frank E, et al. Psychosocial treatments for bipolar depression: a 1-year randomized trial from the Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2007 Apr;64(4):419-26.

Moreno C, Laje G, Blanco C, Jiang H, Schmidt AB, Olfson M. National trends in the outpatient diagnosis and treatment of bipolar disorder in youth. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2007 Sep;64(9):1032-9.

Morriss RK, Faizal MA, Jones AP, Williamson PR, Bolton C, McCarthy JP. Interventions for helping people recognise early signs of recurrence in bipolar disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2007 Jan 24;(1):CD004854.

Newcomer JW. Metabolic considerations in the use of antipsychotic medications: a review of recent evidence. J Clin Psychiatry. 2007;68 Suppl 1:20-7.

Sachs GS, Nierenberg AA, Calabrese JR, et al. Effectiveness of adjunctive antidepressant treatment for bipolar depression. N Engl J Med. 2007 Apr 26;356(17):1711-22. Epub 2007 Mar 28.

Scherk H, Pajonk FG, Leucht S. Second-generation antipsychotic agents in the treatment of acute mania: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2007 Apr;64(4):442-55.

Smith LA, Cornelius V, Warnock A, Bell A, Young AH. Effectiveness of mood stabilizers and antipsychotics in the maintenance phase of bipolar disorder: a systematic review of randomized controlled trials. Bipolar Disord. 2007 Jun;9(4):394-412.

Review Date:
12/25/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Editor-in-Chief, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital. Also reviewed by David Zieve, MD, MHA, Medical Director, A.D.A.M., Inc.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Diabetes - type 1

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:05 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Risk Factors
Symptoms
Life-Threatening Complicati...
Diagnosis
Dietary Goals and Exercise...
Treatment
Monitoring Tests
Long-Term Complications
Transplantation Procedures...
Prevention
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

New Continuous Glucose Meter System

In 2007, the FDA approved the STS-7 System, which monitors glucose levels every 5 minutes during a 7-day period. The STS-7 System, like other continuous glucose meter systems, is designed to be used in combination with traditional fingerstick tests and meters. It does not replace them. But the system can track trends and fluctuation patterns in blood sugar levels that fingerstick tests cannot detect.

Type 1 Diabetes Gene Discovered

In 2007, scientists announced the discovery of a gene that may increase the risk of developing childhood type 1 diabetes.

Anemia Drugs Warning

In 2007, following the publication of several studies in the New England Journal of Medicine, the FDA warned that erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs (used to treat anemia) can increase the risk for blood clots, strokes, and heart attacks when excessive doses are given. The FDA has set new dosing and hemoglobin target levels for these drugs. Anemia is a common complication of end-stage kidney disease.

Cell Transplantation Research

Islet cell transplantation using the Edmonton protocol is a promising treatment for type 1 diabetes, suggests a 2006 study published in the New England Journal of Medicine. The Edmonton protocol involves isolating islet cells from donor pancreases and then injecting the cells into the patient. In the first international multicenter trial of this investigational procedure, 44% of 36 patients were able to temporarily suspend insulin injections, while 28% achieved partial islet function.
Stem cell transplantation using cells harvested and re-infused from the patient’s own body may help increase beta cell function and eliminate the need for insulin injections, according to a small, preliminary study published in 2007 in the Journal of the American Medical Association.

Type 1 Diabetes Prevention Research

Scientists around the world are investigating new ways to prevent type 1 diabetes or at least delay its onset. Experimental preventive measures include treatment with oral insulin and with drugs that may prevent the immune system’s attack on beta cells.

Introduction

The two major forms of diabetes are type 1, previously called insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM) or juvenile-onset diabetes, and type 2, previously called non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) or maturity-onset diabetes.

Both type 1 and type 2 diabetes share one central feature: elevated blood sugar (glucose) levels due to absolute or relative insufficiencies of insulin, a hormone produced by the pancreas. Insulin is a key regulator of the body's metabolism. It works in the following way:

During and immediately after a meal the process of digestion breaks carbohydrates down into sugar molecules (of which glucose is one) and proteins into amino acids.
Right after the meal, glucose and amino acids are absorbed directly into the bloodstream, and blood glucose levels rise sharply. (Glucose levels after a meal are called postprandial levels.)
The rise in blood glucose levels signals important cells in the pancreas, called beta cells, to secrete insulin, which pours into the bloodstream. Within 20 minutes after a meal insulin rises to its peak level.
Insulin enables glucose and amino acids to enter cells in the body, particularly muscle and liver cells. Here, insulin and other hormones direct whether these nutrients will be burned for energy or stored for future use. (It should be noted that the brain and nervous system are not dependent on insulin; they regulate their glucose needs through other mechanisms.)
When insulin levels are high, the liver stops producing glucose and stores it in other forms until the body needs it again.
As blood glucose levels reach their peak, the pancreas reduces the production of insulin.
About 2 - 4 hours after a meal both blood glucose and insulin are at low levels, with insulin being slightly higher. The blood glucose levels are then referred to as fasting blood glucose concentrations.

The pancreas is located behind the liver and stomach. In addition to secreting digestive enzymes, the pancreas secretes the hormones insulin and glucagon into the bloodstream. The release of insulin into the blood lowers the level of blood glucose (simple sugars from food) by enhancing glucose to enter the body cells, where it is metabolized. If blood glucose levels get too low, the pancreas secretes glucagon to stimulate the release of glucose from the liver.

In type 1 diabetes, the disease process is more severe than with type 2 diabetes, and onset is usually in childhood:

Beta cells in the pancreas that produce insulin are gradually destroyed. Eventually insulin deficiency is absolute.
Without insulin to move glucose into cells, blood glucose levels become excessively high, a condition known as hyperglycemia.
Because the body cannot utilize the sugar, it spills over into the urine and is lost.
Weakness, weight loss, and excessive hunger and thirst are among the consequences of this "starvation in the midst of plenty."
Patients become dependent on administered insulin for survival.

Type 2 diabetes is the most common form of diabetes, accounting for 90% of cases. About 20 million Americans have type 2 diabetes and half are unaware they have it. The disease mechanisms in type 2 diabetes are not wholly known, but some experts suggest that it may involve the following three stages in most patients:

The first stage in type 2 diabetes is the condition called insulin resistance. Although insulin can attach normally to receptors on liver and muscle cells, certain mechanisms prevent insulin from moving glucose (blood sugar) into these cells where it can be used. Most patients with type 2 diabetes produce variable, even normal or high, amounts of insulin, and in the beginning this amount is usually sufficient to overcome such resistance.
Over time, the pancreas becomes unable to produce enough insulin to overcome resistance. In type 2 diabetes, the initial effect of this stage is usually an abnormal rise in blood sugar right after a meal (called postprandial hyperglycemia). This effect is now believed to be particularly damaging to the body.
Eventually, the cycle of elevated glucose further impairs and possibly destroys beta cells, thereby stopping insulin production completely and causing full-blown diabetes. This is made evident by fasting hyperglycemia, in which elevated glucose levels are present most of the time.

Maturity-Onset Diabetes in Youth. Maturity-onset diabetes in youth (MODY) is a rare genetic form of type 2 diabetes that develops only in Caucasian teenagers. It accounts for 2 - 5% of type 2 cases.

Gestational Diabetes. An estimated 5% of pregnant women develop a form of type 2 diabetes in their third trimester called gestational diabetes. Gestational diabetes is usually temporary. [See In-Depth Report #60: Diabetes - type 2.]

Conditions that damage or destroy the pancreas, such as pancreatitis, pancreatic surgery, or certain industrial chemicals can cause diabetes. Certain drugs can also cause temporary diabetes, including corticosteroids, beta-blockers, and phenytoin. Rare genetic disorders (Klinefelter's syndrome, Huntington's chorea, Wolfram's syndrome, leprechaunism, Rabson-Mendenhall syndrome, lipoatrophic diabetes, and others) and hormonal disorders (acromegaly, Cushing syndrome, pheochromocytoma, hyperthyroidism, somatostatinoma, aldosteronoma) also increase the risk for diabetes.

Causes

Type 1 diabetes is usually a progressive autoimmune disease, in which the beta cells that produce insulin are slowly destroyed by the body's own immune system. It is unknown what first starts this cascade of immune events, but evidence suggests that both a genetic predisposition and environmental factors, such as a viral infection, are involved.

Islets of Langerhans contain beta cells and are located within the pancreas. Beta cells produce insulin which is needed to metabolize glucose within the body.

Certain factors are thought to be important in this process:

White blood cells called T lymphocytes produce immune factors called cytokines that attack and gradually destroy the beta cells of the pancreas. Important cytokines are interleukin-1beta, tumor necrosis factor-alpha, and interferon-gamma.
Specific proteins are also critical in the process. They include glutamic acid decarboxylase (GAD), insulin, and islet cell antigens. These proteins serve as autoantigens. That is, they trigger the self-attack of the autoantibodies on the body's own beta cells.

Progression from the first stage, known as insulitis, to full-blown diabetes can take 7 years or longer. Unfortunately, by the time a person is aware that something is wrong and goes to the doctor with symptoms of type 1 diabetes, about 80 - 90% of the beta cells have been destroyed.

More than half of patients with insulitis do not develop diabetes. Researchers are greatly interested in discovering any factors that prevent the disease.

Researchers have found at least 18 genetic locations, labeled IDDM1 - IDDM18, that are related to type 1 diabetes. The IDDM1 region contains the HLA genes that encode proteins called major histocompatibility complex. The genes in this region affect the immune response. New advances in genetic research are identifying other genetic components of type 1 diabetes. In 2007, scientists announced that they had discovered a gene, KIAA0350, on chromosome 16. Variations in this gene appear to increase the risk of a child developing type 1 diabetes. The research team expects to identify an additional 15 - 20 genes associated with type 1 diabetes.

The odds of inheriting the disease, however, are only 10% if a first-degree relative has diabetes, and even in identical twins, one twin has only a 33% chance of having type 1 diabetes if the other has it. Children are more likely to inherit the disease from a father with type 1 diabetes than from a mother with the disorder.

Genetic factors cannot fully explain the development of diabetes. Over the past 30 years, a major increase in the incidence of type 1 diabetes has been reported in certain European countries, and the incidence has nearly tripled in the northeastern U.S. If genetic factors were the only cause of type 1 diabetes, such an increase in cases would take at least 400 years.

Some researchers believe one or more viral infections may trigger the disease in genetically susceptible individuals. Researchers suggest the following scenario:

An infection introduces a viral protein that resembles a beta-cell protein.
T cells and antibodies are tricked by this resemblance into attacking the beta protein as well as the virus.

Among the viruses under scrutiny are enteric viruses, which attack the intestinal tract. Coxsackieviruses are a family of enteric viruses of particular interest. (One study has suggested that respiratory infection in a child's first year, and not later, may be protective against diabetes, perhaps by priming the immune response so that it is better able to respond later on to other organisms.)

Risk Factors

An estimated 1 million people in the U.S. have type 1 diabetes, with about 30,000 new cases diagnosed each year. It is much less common than type 2, however, consisting of only 5 - 10% of all cases of diabetes. Nevertheless, like type 2 diabetes, the incidence of type 1 diabetes among children and adolescents has been rising over the past few decades. Experts estimate that about 1 in every 400 - 600 children and adolescents has type 1 diabetes. While type 2 diabetes has been increasing among African-American and Hispanic adolescents, the highest rates of type 1 diabetes are found among Caucasian youth.

Type 1 can occur at any age but usually appears between infancy and the late 30s, most typically in childhood or adolescence. Boys and girls are equally vulnerable. Studies report the following may be risk factors for developing type 1 diabetes:

Being ill in early infancy.
Early foods. Some studies have reported that early exposure to cow's milk in infancy and not being breast fed increased the risk for type 1 diabetes. Two studies in 2003 suggested that very early exposure to cereal -- not cow's milk -- plays a role in risk. Any risk from early dietary factors is still very low and likely to affect children who already have a genetically impaired immune response to dietary proteins. Breast milk contains factors that may help regulate the immune response and prevent diabetes in such children. National differences in risk also suggest that not all cow's milk is the same, and some proteins may confer higher risks than others.
Having a parent with type 1 diabetes.
Having an older mother.
Having a mother who had preeclampsia during pregnancy.
Obesity in children has long been linked to a higher risk for type 2 diabetes. Two 2001 studies reported an association between high weight at birth and obesity during childhood as risk factors for type 1 diabetes as well. The common risk factor may be an increase in insulin secretion, which occurs with obesity. This theoretically could overstress the beta cells so that they become susceptible to damage by overactive immune factors (particularly cytokines), and eventually to destruction in children genetically vulnerable to type 1 diabetes.

Until recently, diabetes in children was almost always type 1 diabetes. Of major concern, however, are estimates that between 8 - 45% of new diabetes cases in children are now type 2, most likely because of the increase in childhood obesity. [See In-Depth Report #60: Diabetes - type 2.]

The incidence of type 1 diabetes is higher than average among people with other autoimmune diseases, including Grave's disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis (a form of hypothyroidism), Addison's disease, multiple sclerosis (MS), and pernicious anemia. Research has raised the possibility that all autoimmune diseases share a common genetic basis. A 2001 study found, for example, that the T-cell immune factors in type 1 diabetes target the same self-antigens as in multiple sclerosis (MS). Both diseases have been associated with cow's milk protein. Many questions are unanswered, however. It is not known why the diseases develop in different locations to cause separate disorders or why some autoimmune events occur in everyone but not everyone develops an autoimmune disease.

There is a very wide variation in incidence of type 1 among population groups. Type 1 diabetes appears to be most common in people of northern European descent and in specific Mediterranean groups (such as Sardinians). It is less common among Asians and African-Americans. Still, African-Americans with type 1 diabetes are 50% more likely to die from it than Caucasians, mostly due to lower-quality health care.

Symptoms

The process that destroys the insulin-producing beta cells can be long and insidious. At the point when insulin production bottoms out, however, type 1 diabetes usually appears suddenly and progresses quickly. Warning signs of type 1 diabetes include:

Frequent urination (in children, a recurrence of bed-wetting after toilet training has been completed)
Unusual thirst, especially for sweet, cold drinks
Extreme hunger
Sudden, sometimes dramatic, weight loss
Weakness
Extreme fatigue
Blurred vision or other changes in eyesight
Irritability
Nausea and vomiting (acute symptoms)

Children with type 1 diabetes may also be restless, apathetic, and have trouble functioning at school. In severe cases, diabetic coma may be the first sign of type 1 diabetes.

Life-Threatening Complications

Diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA) is a life-threatening complication that develops when insulin stores are depleted. It is almost always caused by noncompliance with insulin treatments. Other contributing factors are lack of health insurance and intentionally reducing insulin levels in order to lose weight. In one study, adolescent girls were at higher risk for ketoacidosis than other groups of children and young people.

Diabetic ketoacidosis often develop as follows:

The process is usually triggered in insulin-deficient patients by a stressful event, most often pneumonia or urinary tract infections. Other triggers include alcohol abuse, physical injury, pulmonary embolism, heart attacks, or other illnesses.
Severely low insulin levels cause excessive amounts of glucose in the bloodstream (hyperglycemia).
Fat breakdown then accelerates and increases the production of fatty acids.

These fatty acids are converted into chemicals called ketone bodies, which are toxic at high levels. Symptoms and complications include:

Nausea and vomiting
Deep and rapid breathing may with frequent sighing
Rapid heartbeat
Cerebral edema, or brain swelling, is a rare but very dangerous complication that occurs in 1% of ketoacidosis cases and results in coma, brain damage, or death in many cases. Research now suggests that the risk for this complication is significantly higher in children with severe ketoacidosis (indicated by low carbon dioxide levels and high nitrogen urea levels), and possibly if they are also treated with bicarbonate to reduce acid levels.
Other serious complications from DKA include aspiration pneumonia and adult respiratory distress syndrome.
If the condition persists, coma and eventually death may occur, although over the past 20 years, death from DKA has decreased to about 2% of all cases.

Life-saving treatment uses rapid rehydration with a salt (saline) solution followed by low-dose insulin and potassium replacement.

Ketoacidosis is a serious condition of glucose build-up in the blood and urine. A simple urine test can determine if high ketone levels are present.

Tight blood sugar (glucose) control increases the risk of low blood sugar (hypoglycemia). Hypoglycemia, also called insulin shock, occurs if blood glucose levels fall below normal. Hypoglycemia may also be caused by insufficient intake of food, or excess exercise or alcohol. Usually the condition is manageable, but occasionally, it can be severe or even life threatening, particularly if the patient fails to recognize the symptoms.

Risk Factors for Severe Hypoglycemia. Among young patients, the youngest children and boys of any age are at higher risk for hypoglycemia. Specific risk factors for severe hypoglycemia include:

Intensively controlling blood glucose and HbA1c levels
Having long-term diabetes
Being less educated about the condition
Being underinsured
Having psychiatric disorders

Hypoglycemia unawareness. Hypoglycemia unawareness is a condition in which people become insensitive to hypoglycemic symptoms. It affects about 25% of patients who use insulin, nearly always people with type 1 diabetes. In such cases, hypoglycemia appears suddenly, without warning, and can escalate to a severe level. Even a single recent episode of hypoglycemia may make it more difficult to detect the next episode. With vigilant monitoring and by rigorously avoiding low blood glucose levels, patients can often regain the ability to sense the symptoms. However, even very careful testing may fail to detect a problem, particularly one that occurs during sleep.

Symptoms. Mild symptoms usually occur at moderately low and easily correctable levels of blood glucose. They include:

Sweating
Trembling
Hunger
Rapid heartbeat

Severely low blood glucose levels can cause neurologic symptoms such as:

Confusion
Weakness
Disorientation
Combativeness
In rare and worst cases, coma, seizure, and death

Preventive Measures. The following tips may help avoid hypoglycemia or prepare for attacks.

Nocturnal hypoglycemia (which occurs during sleep) is a common problem for children, even those on nonintensive insulin therapy. (The risk for hypoglycemia is high in any case in children.) Bedtime snacks are advisable if blood glucose levels are below 180 mg/dL (10 mmol/L). Protein snacks may be best. (The use of the insulin pump may help prevent hypoglycemic episodes.)
Some research has suggested that children (particularly thin children) are at higher risk for hypoglycemia because the injection goes into muscle tissue. Pinching the skin so that only fat (and not muscle) tissue is gathered or using shorter needles may help.
Various insulin regimens are available that can reduce the risk. For example, taking a fast-acting insulin (insulin lispro) before the evening meal may be particularly helpful in preventing hypoglycemia.
Patients who intensively control their blood sugar should monitor blood levels as often as possible, four times or more per day. This is particularly important for patients with hypoglycemia unawareness.
In adults, it is particularly critical to monitor blood glucose levels before driving, when hypoglycemia can be very hazardous.
Patients who are at risk for hypoglycemia should always carry hard candy, juice, sugar packets, or commercially available glucose substitutes.

Family and friends should be aware of the symptoms and be prepared:

If the patient is helpless (but not unconscious), family or friends should administer three to five pieces of hard candy, two to three packets of sugar, half a cup (four ounces) of fruit juice, or a commercially available glucose solution.
If there is inadequate response within 15 minutes, additional oral sugar should be provided or the patient should receive emergency medical treatment, possibly including the intravenous administration of a glucose solution.
Family members and friends can learn to inject glucagon, a hormone, which, in contrast to insulin, raises blood glucose.

Click the icon to see an example of a glucagon kit.

Experts have been concerned that the increased incidence of hypoglycemia accompanying strict blood glucose control could cause mental deterioration over time, but a 6-year study has found no evidence of this in adolescents and adults. (The effect on young children, however, is not known.)

Diagnosis

Fasting Plasma Glucose. The fasting plasma glucose (FPG) test is the standard test for diagnosing diabetes. It is a simple blood test taken after 8 hours of fasting. In general, results indicate the following:

FPG levels are considered normal up to 100 mg/dL (or 5.5 mmol/L).
Levels between 100 - 125 mg/dL (5.5 - 7.0 mmol/L) are referred to as impaired fasting glucose or pre-diabetes. These levels are considered to be risk factors for type 2 diabetes and its complications.
Diabetes is diagnosed when FPG levels are 126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol/L) or higher.

The FPG test is not always reliable, so a repeat test is recommended if the initial test suggests the presence of diabetes, or if the tests are normal in people who have symptoms or risk factors for diabetes. For example, people who take the test in the afternoon and show normal results may actually have abnormal levels that would be revealed if they are tested in the morning.

Glucose Tolerance Test. The oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) is more complex than the FPG and may overdiagnose diabetes in people who do not have it. Some experts recommend it as a follow-up after FPG, if the latter test results are normal but the patient has symptoms or risk factors of diabetes. The test uses the following procedures:

It first uses an FPG test.
A blood test is then taken 2 hours later after drinking a special glucose solution.

The following results suggest different conditions:

OGTT levels are normal up to 140 mg/dL.
Levels between 140 - 199 mg/dL are referred to as impaired glucose tolerance or pre-diabetes.
Diabetes is diagnosed when OGTT levels are 200 mg/dL or higher.

Both the FPG and OGTT tests require that the patient not eat for at least 8 hours prior to the test.

The oral glucose tolerance test is used to diagnose diabetes. The first portion of the test involves drinking a special glucose solution. Blood is then taken several hours later to test for the level of glucose in the blood. Patients who have diabetes will have higher than normal levels of glucose in their blood.

Test for Glycated Hemoglobin. Another test examines blood levels glycated hemoglobin, also known as hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c). Measuring glycated hemoglobin is not currently used for an initial diagnosis, but it may be useful for determining the severity of diabetes.

The basis for its use as a diagnostic measurement in diabetes is as follows:

Hemoglobin is a protein molecule found in red blood cells. When glucose binds to it, the hemoglobin becomes modified, a process called glycation.
Glycation affects a number of proteins, and elevated levels of glycolated hemoglobin is strongly associated with complications of diabetes.
A glycated hemoglobin level of 1% above normal range identifies diabetes in 98% of patients. Normal HbA1c levels do not necessarily rule out diabetes, but if diabetes is present and levels are normal, the risk for complications is low.

The test is not affected by food intake so it can be taken at any time. A home test has been developed that might make it easier to measure HbA1c. In general, measurements suggest the following:

Normal HbA1c levels should be below 7%.
Levels of 11 - 12% glycolated hemoglobin indicate poor control of carbohydrates. High levels are also markers for kidney trouble.

Testing for Insulin Resistance. Investigators hope that some day a simple test for insulin resistance will be available to identify people at risk for diabetes. Some research suggests that measuring insulin and triglyceride levels during a fasting period may predict a person's sensitivity to insulin.

Type 1 diabetes is characterized by the presence of a variety of antibodies that attack the islet cells. These antibodies are referred to as autoantibodies because they attack the body's own cells -- not a foreign invader. Blood tests for these autoantibodies can help differentiate between type 1 and type 2 diabetes.

Screening for Heart Disease. All patients with diabetes should be tested for high blood pressure (hypertension) and unhealthy cholesterol and lipid levels and given an electrocardiogram. For cholesterol, people with diabetes should aim for LDL levels below 100 mg/dL, HDL levels over 50 mg/dL, and triglyceride levels below 150 mg/dL. Blood pressure goals should be 130/80 mmHg or lower. Other tests may be needed in patients with signs of heart disease.

High blood pressure is strongly associated with diabetic nephropathy (kidney disease). In fact, patients with type 2 diabetes who show signs of microalbuminuria typically already have hypertension. Type 1 diabetes patients with microalbuminuria, on the other hand, usually have normal blood pressure readings in the doctor's office. A 2002 study using home monitors, however, found that in patients with type 1 diabetes, high systolic blood pressure during sleep often occurs before development of nephropathy. (Systolic pressure is the first and higher number in a blood pressure reading.) Home blood pressure monitoring, may help identify patients with type 1 diabetes who are at risk for kidney damage.

Click the icon to see an image of an ECG.

Screening for Kidney Damage. The earliest manifestation of kidney disease is microalbuminuria, in which tiny amounts (30 - 300 mg per day) of protein called albumin are found in the urine. Microalbuminuria is also a marker for other complications involving blood vessel abnormalities, including heart attack and stroke.

The American Diabetes Association recommends that people with diabetes receive an annual microalbuminuria urine test. Patients should also have their blood creatinine tested at least once a year. Creatinine is a waste product that is removed from the blood by the kidneys. High levels of creatinine may indicate kidney damage. A doctor uses the results from a creatinine blood test to calculate the glomerular filtration rate (GFR). The GFR is an indicator of kidney function; it estimates how well the kidneys are cleaning the blood.

Screening for Retinopathy. The American Diabetes Association recommends that patients with type 1 diabetes have an annual comprehensive eye exam, with dilation, to check for signs of retina disease (retinopathy). Patients at low risk may need exams only every 2 - 3 years.

Screening for Neuropathy. All patients should be screened for nerve damage (neuropathy), including a comprehensive foot exam. Patients who have loss of sensation in their feet should have a foot exam every 3 - 6 months to check for ulcers or infections.

Screening for Thyroid Abnormalities. Thyroid function tests should be administered.

Dietary Goals and Exercise

The treatment goals for a diabetes diet are:

Achieve near-normal blood glucose levels. People with type 1 diabetes must coordinate calorie intake with medication or insulin administration, exercise, and other variables to control blood glucose levels. New forms of insulin now allow more flexibility in timing meals.
Protect the heart and aim for healthy lipid (cholesterol and triglyceride) levels and control of blood pressure.
Achieve reasonable weight. A reasonable weight is usually defined as what is achievable and sustainable, rather than one that is culturally defined as desirable or ideal. Children, pregnant women, and people recovering from illness should be sure to maintain adequate calories for health.
Manage or prevent complications of diabetes. People with diabetes, whether type 1 or 2, are at risk for a number of medical complications, including heart and kidney disease. Dietary requirements for diabetes must take these disorders into consideration.
Promote overall health.

Overall Guidelines. There is no such thing as a single diabetes diet. Patients should meet with a professional dietitian to plan an individualized diet within the general guidelines that takes into consideration their own health needs.

Healthy eating habits along with good control of blood glucose are the basic goals, and several good dietary methods are available to meet them. General dietary guidelines for diabetes recommend:

Carbohydrates should provide 45 – 65% of total daily calories. The type and amount of carbohydrate are both important. Best choices are vegetables, fruits, beans, and whole grains. These foods are also high in fiber. Patients with diabetes should monitor their carbohydrate intake either through carbohydrate counting or meal planning exchange lists
Fats should provide 25 – 35% of daily calories. Monounsaturated (olive, peanut, canola oils; avocados; nuts) and omega-3 polyunsaturated (fish, flaxseed oil, walnuts) fats are the best types. Limit saturated fat (red meat, butter) to less than 7% of daily calories. Choose nonfat or low-fat dairy instead of whole milk products. Limit trans-fats (hydrogenated fat found in snack foods, fried foods, commercially baked goods) to less than 1% of total calories.
Protein should provide 12 – 20% of daily calories, although this may vary depending on a patient’s individual health requirements. Patients with kidney disease should limit protein intake to less than 10% of calories. Fish, soy, and poultry are better protein choices than red meat

[See In-Depth Report #42: Diabetes diet.]

Weight gain is a potential side effect of intense diabetic control with insulin. Being overweight can increase the risk for health problems. On the other hand, studies suggest that more than one-third of women with diabetes omit or underuse insulin in order to lose weight. Eating disorders have become a serious problem within the general population and are especially dangerous in patients with diabetes. Some evidence suggests that they contribute to about 20% of cases of recurrent ketoacidosis in young women. Ketoacidosis is a significant complication of insulin depletion and can be life threatening.

Aerobic exercise has significant and particular benefits for people with type 1 diabetes. It increases sensitivity to insulin, lowers blood pressure, improves cholesterol levels, and decreases body fat. Because glucose levels swing dramatically during workouts, people with type 1 diabetes need to take certain precautions:

Monitor glucose levels carefully before, during, and after workouts.
Avoid exercise if glucose levels are above 300 mg/dL or under 100 mg/dL.
To avoid hypoglycemia, inject insulin in sites away from the muscles they use the most during exercise.
Before exercising, avoid alcohol and if possible certain drugs, including beta-blockers, which increase the risk of hypoglycemia.
Insulin-dependent athletes may need to decrease insulin doses or take in more carbohydrates, especially in the form of pre-exercise snacks. Skim milk is particularly helpful. They should also drink plenty of fluids.
Good, protective footwear is essential to help avoid injuries and wounds to the feet.

Resistance or high impact exercises should be avoided. They can strain weakened blood vessels in the eyes of patients with retinopathy. High-impact exercise may also injure blood vessels in the feet. Because patients with diabetes may have silent heart disease, they should always check with their doctors before undertaking vigorous exercise.

A 2006 study of over 19,000 children with type 1 diabetes found that regular physical activity helps improve blood sugar levels without increasing the risk of severe hypoglycemia. The researchers suggest that doctors recommend regular exercise for pediatric patients with type 1 diabetes.

Various fraudulent products are often sold on the Internet as “cures” or treatments for diabetes. These dietary supplements have not been studied or approved. In 2006, the FDA and Federal Trade Commission (FTC) launched a crackdown on these scams. The FDA and FTC warn patients with diabetes not to be duped by bogus and unproven remedies.

Treatment

Insulin is essential for strict control of blood glucose levels in type 1 diabetes. Tight blood glucose control is the best way to prevent major complications in type 1 diabetes including those that affect the kidneys, eyes, nerve pathways, and blood vessels. Intensive insulin treatment in early diabetes may even help preserve any residual insulin secretion for at least 2 years.

There are, however, some significant problems with intensive insulin therapy:

There is a higher risk for low blood sugar (hypoglycemia).
Many patients experience significant weight gain from insulin administration, which may have adverse effects on blood pressure and cholesterol levels. It is important to manage heart disease risk factors that might develop as a result of insulin treatment.

A diet plan that compensates for insulin administration and supplies healthy foods is extremely important. [See In-Depth Report #42: Diabetes diet.] Pancreas transplantation eventually may be recommended for patients who cannot control glucose levels without frequent episodes of severe hypoglycemia.

The goal of intensive insulin therapy is to keep blood glucose levels as close to normal as possible. In one major study, even when levels were 40% higher than nondiabetic levels, benefits were still observed.


	Normal	Goal
Blood glucose levels before meals	Less than 110 mg/dL (or 6.1 mmol/L)	90 - 130 mg/dL (or 5 - 7.2 mmol/L)
Bedtime blood glucose levels	Less than 120 mg/dL (6.6 mmol/L)	110 - 150 mg/dL (or 6.1 - 8.3 mmol/L)
Glycated hemoglobin (HbA1c) levels	4 - 6%	Less than 7%
Source: National Diabetes Information Clearinghouse, National Institutes of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases.

Standard insulin therapy usually consists of one or two daily insulin injections, one daily blood sugar test, and visits to the health care team every 3 months. For strictly controlling blood glucose, however, intensive management is required. The regimen is complicated although newer insulin forms may make it easier.

There are two components to flexible insulin administration and a number of variations of insulin delivery for accomplishing them:

Basal insulin administration. The basal component of the treatment attempts to provide a steady amount of background insulin throughout the day. Basal insulin levels maintain regular blood glucose needs. Insulin glargine now offers the most consistent insulin activity level, but other intermediate and long-acting forms may be beneficial when administered twice a day. Short-acting insulin delivered continuously using a pump is proving to a very good way to provide basal rates of insulin.
Mealtime insulin administration. Meals require a boost (a bolus) of insulin to regulate the sudden rise in glucose levels after a meal.

In achieving insulin control the patient must also take other steps:

The patient should perform four or more blood glucose tests during the day.
Patients should coordinate insulin administration with calorie intake. In general, they should eat three meals each day at regular intervals. Snacks are often required.
Insulin requirements vary depending on many non-nutritional situations during the day, including exercise and sleep. People are at enhanced risk for low blood sugar during exercise. Some patients experience a sudden rise in blood glucose levels in the morning -- the so-called "dawn phenomenon."
The patient must also maintain a good diet plan and should visit the health care team of doctors, nurses, and dietitians once a month.

Because of the higher risk for hypoglycemia in children, experts recommend that intensive treatment be used very cautiously in children under 13 and not at all in very young children.

Insulin cannot be taken orally because the body's digestive juices destroy it. Injections of insulin under the skin ensure that it is absorbed slowly by the body for a long-lasting effect. The timing and frequency of insulin injections depend upon a number of factors:

The duration of insulin action. Insulin is available in several forms, including: standard, intermediate, long-acting, and rapid-acting.
Amount and type of food eaten. Ingestion of food makes the blood glucose level rise. Alcohol lowers levels.
The person's level of physical activity. Exercise lowers glucose levels.

Fast-Acting Insulin. Insulin lispro (Humalog) and insulin aspart (Novo Rapid, Novolog) lower blood sugar very quickly, usually within 5 minutes after injection. Insulin peaks in about 4 hours and continues to work for about 4 hours. This rapid action reduces the risk for hypoglycemic events after eating (postprandial hypoglycemia). Optimal timing for administering this insulin is about 15 minutes before a meal, but it can be also taken immediately after a meal (but within 30 minutes). Fast-acting insulins may be especially useful for meals with high carbohydrates.

Regular Insulin. Regular insulin begins to act 30 minutes after injection, reaches its peak at 2 - 4 hours, and lasts about 6 hours. Regular insulin may be administered before a meal and may be better for high-fat meals.

Intermediate Insulin. NPH (neutral protamine Hagedorn) insulin has been the standard intermediate form. It works within 2 - 4 hours, peaks 4 - 12 hours later, and lasts up to 18 hours. Lente (insulin zinc) is another intermediate insulin that peaks 4 - 12 hours and lasts up to 18 hours.

Long-Acting (Ultralente) Insulin. Long-acting insulins, such as insulin glargine (Lantus), are released slowly. Insulin glargine matches parts of natural insulin and maintains stable activity for more than 24 hours. Studies suggest that it poses less of a risk for hypoglycemia and weight gain than NPH. It has a higher incidence of pain at the injection site than NPH. Ultralente insulin peaks at 10 hours and lasts up to 20 hours but varies greatly in activity from day to day.

Combinations. Regimens generally include combinations of short and longer-acting insulins to help match the natural cycle. For example, one approach in patients who are intensively controlling their glucose levels uses 3 injections of insulin, which includes a mixture of regular insulin and NPH at dinner. Another approach uses 4 injections, including a separate short-acting form at dinner and NPH at bedtime, which may pose a lower risk for nighttime hypoglycemia than the 3-injection regimen.

Insulin Pumps. An insulin pump can improve blood glucose control and quality of life with fewer hypoglycemic episodes than multiple injections. The pumps correct for the “dawn phenomenon” (sudden rise of blood glucose in the morning) and allow quick reductions for specific situations, such as exercise. Many different brands are available.

The typical pump is about the size of a beeper and has a digital display. Some are worn externally and are programmed to deliver insulin through a catheter in the skin or the abdomen. They generally use rapid-acting insulin, the most predictable type. They work by administering a small amount of insulin continuously (the basal rate) and a higher dose (a bolus dose) when food is eaten.

Many adults, adolescents, and school children use insulin pumps. A 2006 study found that even very young children (ages 2 - 7 years) can successfully use insulin pumps and that the pumps provided better blood sugar control than twice-daily insulin injections.

The catheter at the end of the insulin pump is inserted through a needle into the abdominal fat of a person with diabetes. Dosage instructions are entered into the pump's small computer, and the appropriate amount of insulin is then injected into the body in a calculated, controlled manner.

Learning to use the pump can be complicated, although over time most patients find the devices are fairly easy to use. To achieve good control, patients and parents of children must undergo some training. The patient and doctor must determine the amount of insulin used -- it is not automatically calculated. This requires an initial learning period, including understanding insulin needs over the course of the day and in different situations and knowledge of carbohydrate counting. Frequent blood testing is very important, particularly during the training period.

Insulin pumps are more expensive than insulin shots and occasionally have some complications, such as blockage in the device or skin irritation at the infusion site. In spite of early reports of a higher risk for ketoacidosis with pumps, more recent studies have found no higher risk.

Insulin Pens. Insulin pens, which contain cartridges of insulin, have been available for some time. Until recently, they were fairly complicated and difficult to use. Newer, prefilled pens (Humulin Pen, Humalog) are disposable and allow the patient to dial in the correct amount.

Inhaled Aerosol. In 2006, the FDA approved the first non-injected form of insulin. Exubera is an inhaled form of insulin. It is approved for adults but should not be used by patients who smoke or have quit smoking within the past 6 months. Patients with asthma, bronchitis, or emphysema should also not use inhaled insulin. Scientists are also developing other types of non-injected insulin, including spray formulas.

Other Alternative Insulin Delivery Methods. Another promising avenue of investigation for delivering insulin is the use of ultrasound pulses.

Pramlintide (Symlin) is a new type of injectable drug that can help control postprandial hyperglycemia, the sudden increase in blood sugar after a meal. Pramlintide is injected before meals and can help lower blood sugar levels in the 3 hours after meals. Pramlintide is used in addition to insulin for patients who take insulin regularly but still need better blood sugar control. The FDA approved this drug in 2005 for adults with type 1 and type 2 diabetes. Pramlintide and insulin are the only two drugs approved for treatment of type 1 diabetes.

Pramlintide is a synthetic form of amylin, a hormone that is related to insulin. Side effects may include nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, headache, fatigue, and dizziness. Patients with type 1 diabetes have an increased risk of severe low blood sugar (hypoglycemia) that may occur within 3 hours following a pramlintide injection. This drug should not be used if patients have trouble knowing when their blood sugar is low or have slow stomach emptying (gastroparesis).

CD3-Antibodies. A new type of drug called a CD3 antibody is showing promise for helping patients newly diagnosed with type 1 diabetes. In phase II clinical trials, patients received the drug for 6 days. Results from a 2005 trial published in the New England Journal of Medicine indicated that the CD3 antibody helped stimulate the patients’ natural insulin production and decreased their need for insulin drug therapy. The beneficial effects lasted up to 18 months after CD3 treatment. Researchers think that this drug affects the autoimmune response involved in type 1 diabetes and helps preserve the residual beta cell function of the pancreas.

Monitoring Tests

Both low blood sugar (hypoglycemia) and high blood sugar (hyperglycemia) are of concern for patients who take insulin. It is important, therefore, to carefully monitor blood glucose levels. In general, patients with type 1 diabetes need to take readings four or more times a day. Patients should aim for the following measurements:

Pre-meal glucose levels of between 90 - 130 mg/dL
Bedtime levels of between 110 - 150 mg/dL

Different goals may be required for specific individuals, including pregnant women, very old and very young people, and those with accompanying serious medical conditions.

Finger-Prick Test. A typical blood sugar test includes the following:

A drop of blood is obtained by pricking the finger.
The blood is then applied to a chemically treated strip.
Monitors read and provide results.

Home monitors are about 10 - 15% less accurate than laboratory monitors are and many do not meet the standards of the American Diabetes Association. Most doctors believe, however, that they are accurate enough to indicate when blood sugar is too low.

To monitor the amount of glucose within the blood a person with diabetes should test their blood regularly. The procedure is quite simple and can often be done at home.

Some simple procedures may improve accuracy:

Testing the meter once a month.
Recalibrating it whenever a new packet of strips is used.
Using fresh strips; outdated strips may not provide accurate results.
Keeping the meter clean.
Periodically comparing the meter results with the results from a laboratory.

Supplementary Monitoring Devices. Other devices are available for monitoring blood glucose. These devices are used in addition to traditional fingerstick test kits and glucose meters but do not replace them:

Continuous glucose monitoring systems (CGMS) use a needle-like sensor inserted under the skin of the abdomen to monitor glucose levels every 5 minutes. In 2007, the STS-7 System was approved. Using a disposable sensor, the STS-7 measures glucose levels for up to a week. An alarm will sound if glucose levels are too high or low. The older Minimed system measures glucose over a 72-hour period and has wireless communication between the monitor and an insulin pump.
GlucoWatch is a battery-powered wristwatch-like device that measures glucose by sending tiny electric currents through the skin, a technique called reverse iontophoresis. It is painless and has a warning device when detecting high glucose levels. It takes 2 hours to warm up, and the sensor pads need to be changed every day. Glucowatch measures glucose levels three times per hour for up to 12 hours. About a quarter of the time, the results differ significantly from actual fingerstick tests, however.

Hemoglobin A1c (also called HbA1c , HA1c, or A1C) is measured periodically every 2 - 3 months to determine the average blood-sugar level over the lifespan of the red blood cell. Normal A1C levels should be below 7%. Home tests are also available for measuring A1C.

Urine tests are useful for detecting the presence of ketones. These tests should always be performed during illness or stressful situations, when diabetes is likely to go out of control. The patient should also undergo yearly urine tests for microalbuminuria (small amounts of protein in the urine), a risk factor for future kidney disease.

Long-Term Complications

Type 1 diabetes reduces the normal lifespan by an average of 5 - 8 years. However, survival rates are improving in all ethnic groups and both genders. Longer survival rates are probably due to improvements in monitoring and tighter control of blood glucose. There are two important approaches to preventing complications from type 1 diabetes:

Intensive control of blood glucose and keeping glycosylated hemoglobin (HbA1c) levels below 7%. This approach is proving to prevent complications due to vascular (blood vessel) abnormalities and nerve damage (neuropathy) that can cause major damage to organs, including the eyes, kidneys, and heart.
Managing risk factors for heart disease. Blood glucose control helps the heart, but it is also very important that people with diabetes control blood pressure, cholesterol levels, and other factors associated with heart disease.

Patients with type 1 diabetes have a 10 times greater risk of heart disease than healthy patients. Heart attacks account for 60% and strokes for 25% of deaths in patients with diabetes. Diabetes affects the heart in many ways:

Both type 1 and 2 diabetes accelerate the progression of atherosclerosis (hardening of the arteries). Diabetes can adversely affect blood lipid levels by lowering HDL ("good cholesterol") and increasing triglycerides. This can lead to coronary artery disease, heart attack, or stroke.
In type 1 diabetes, high blood pressure (hypertension) usually develops if the kidneys become damaged. High blood pressure is another major cause of heart attack, stroke, and heart failure. Children with diabetes are also at risk for hypertension.
Impaired nerve function (neuropathy) associated with diabetes also causes heart abnormalities. Some experts estimate that the mortality rates from neuropathy-related heart conditions ranges from 15 - 53%.

Atherosclerosis is a disease of the arteries in which fatty material is deposited in the vessel wall, resulting in narrowing and eventual impairment of blood flow. Severely restricted blood flow in the arteries to the heart muscle leads to symptoms such as chest pain. Atherosclerosis shows no symptoms until a complication occurs.

Click the icon to see an image of the kidney.

Results from the Diabetes Control and Complications Trial (DCCT) prove that intensive blood sugar control reduces the long-term risk of heart disease complications by 50%. The results indicate that intensive blood sugar control is even more important in reducing these risks than blood pressure- and cholesterol-lowering drugs. Original participants in the trial received intensive blood glucose control for 6 years during the 1980s. Researchers continued to follow these patients’ progress during the next 17 years. A follow-up study, published in 2005 in the New England Journal of Medicine, found that the benefits of tight blood glucose control persisted over time and halved the risk of heart attack, stroke, angina, or coronary artery disease.

Aspirin for Reducing the Risk for Blood Clots. Taking a daily aspirin reduces the risk for blood clotting and may help protect against heart attacks. In a 2000 study, low-dose aspirin was associated with a 30% lower risk for death from heart disease in adults with type 2 diabetes.

Reducing Blood Pressure. Strict control of blood pressure is critical for preventing complications of diabetes and has proven to improve survival rates. Patients should strive for blood pressure levels of less than 130/80 mm Hg (systolic/diastolic). (Controlling systolic pressure may be especially important for reducing the risk for kidney complications.)

Dozens of anti-hypertensive drugs are available. Most fall into the following categories:

Diuretics rid the body of extra sodium (salt) and water. There are three main types of diuretics: Potassium-sparing, thiazide, and loop.
Angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors reduce the production of angiotensin, a chemical that causes arteries to narrow.
Angiotensin-receptor blockers (ARBs) block angiotensin.
Beta-blockers block the effects of adrenaline and ease the heart’s pumping action.
Calcium-channel blockers (CCBs) decrease the contractions of the heart and widen blood vessels.

The American Diabetes Association (ADA) recommends any of these classes of drugs as first-line treatment for hypertension. New research suggests, however, that beta-blockers are less effective at preventing strokes and heart attacks than other types of blood pressure medications. ACE inhibitors are especially helpful for patients with type 1 diabetes as they may help prevent kidney disease (nephropathy).

Many patients require more than one type of drug to control blood pressure. For patients with diabetes who have microalbuminuria, the ADA strongly recommends ACE inhibitors or ARBs. Microalbuminuria is an accumulation of protein in the blood, which can signal the onset of kidney disease (nephropathy).

Anti-hypertensive drugs that block or reduce angiotensin are the first option for many people with diabetes. Angiotensin is a natural chemical that influences all aspects of blood pressure control and also interferes with insulin's normal metabolic signaling. In fact, angiotensin may be the common factor linking diabetes and high blood pressure.

The 2005 landmark Antihypertensive and Lipid Lowering Treatment to Prevent Heart Attack Trial (ALLHAT) indicated that a thiazide-type diuretic works as well as an ACE inhibitor or CCB for patients with type 2 diabetes and high blood pressure. Compared with ACE inhibitors or CCBs, diuretics appeared to be better at lowering systolic blood pressure and preventing heart failure. In addition, the trial suggested that diuretics are especially helpful for African-Americans, by offering greater protection than ACE inhibitors or CCBS in preventing strokes. [See In-Depth Report #14: High blood pressure.]

Improving Cholesterol and Lipid Levels. Abnormal cholesterol and lipid levels are common in diabetes. High LDL (“bad”) cholesterol should always be lowered, but people with diabetes also often have additional harmful imbalances, including low HDL (“good”) cholesterol and high triglycerides. Patients should aim for LDL levels below 100 mg/dL, HDL levels over 50 mg/dL, and triglyceride levels below 150 mg/dL. Patients with diabetes and existing heart disease should strive for even lower LDL levels; the American Diabetes Association recommends LDL levels below 70 mg/dL for these patients.

Statins are the best cholesterol-lowering drugs. They include atorvastatin (Lipitor), lovastatin (Mevacor and generics), pravastatin (Pravachol), simvastatin (Zocor and generics), fluvastatin (Lescol), and rosuvastatin (Crestor). These drugs are very effective for lowering LDL cholesterol levels. Recent studies indicate that aggressive high-dose statin therapy may be an important treatment approach for high-risk patients who need to substantially lower their LDL levels. A 2006 study found that patients with diabetes and heart disease who were treated with 80 mg daily of atorvastatin had a 25% lower risk of heart attack and stroke than patients who received a 10 mg daily dose.

The primary safety concern with statins has involved myopathy, an uncommon condition that can cause muscle damage and, in some cases, muscle and joint pain. A specific myopathy called rhabdomyolysis can lead to kidney failure. People with diabetes and risk factors for myopathy should be monitored for muscle symptoms.

Although lowering LDL cholesterol is beneficial, statins are not as effective as other medications -- such as fibrates, niacin, ezetimbe, or bile acid sequesters -- in addressing HDL and triglyceride imbalances. This is a common problem in type 2 diabetes. Combining a statin with one of these drugs may be helpful for people with diabetes who have heart disease, low HDL, and near-normal LDL levels. Although combinations of statins and fibrates or niacin increase the risk of myopathy, both combinations are considered safe if used with extra care.

Fibrates, such as gemfibrozil (Lopid) and fenofibrate (Tricor), are usually the first choice. Niacin has the most favorable effect on raising HDL and lowering triglycerides of all the cholesterol drugs. However, about 30% of patients who take high-dose niacin experience increased blood glucose levels. Moderate doses of niacin can achieve lipid control without causing serious blood glucose problems. [See In-Depth Report #23: Cholesterol.]

Kidney disease (nephropathy) is a very serious complication of diabetes. With this condition, the tiny filters in the kidney (called glomeruli) become damaged and leak protein into the urine. Over time this can lead to kidney failure. Urine tests showing microalbuminuria (small amounts of protein in the urine) are important markers for kidney damage.

Treatment and Prevention of Nephropathy. Tight control of blood sugar and blood pressure is essential for preventing the onset of kidney disease. Long-term studies report that strict control of these two conditions produces a 60% reduction in new cases of nephropathy and a delay in progression of the disease. Research indicates that ACE inhibitors are the best class of blood pressure medications for delaying kidney disease and slowing disease progression in patients with type 1 diabetes. Angiotensin-receptor blockers (ARBs) are also very helpful.

A doctor may recommend a low-protein diet for patients whose kidney disease is progressing despite tight blood sugar and blood pressure control. Protein-restricted diets can help slow disease progression and delay the onset of end-stage renal disease (kidney failure). However, patients with end-stage renal disease who are on dialysis generally require higher amounts of protein. [See In-Depth Report #42: Diabetes diet.]

Diabetic nephropathy, the leading cause of end-stage renal disease (ESRD), occurs in about 20 - 40% of patients with diabetes. Patients with ESRD have 13 times the risk of death compared to other patients with type 1 diabetes. If the kidneys fail, dialysis is required. Symptoms of kidney failure may include swelling in the feet and ankles, itching, fatigue, and pale skin color. On an encouraging note, a 2005 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association reported that the prognosis of end-stage renal disease has greatly improved during the last 4 decades for patients with type 1 diabetes. The outlook was best for patients who were diagnosed with diabetes at a young age (under 5 years old). In addition, the study found that fewer people with type 1 diabetes are developing ESRD.

Anemia is a common complication of end-stage kidney disease. Patients on dialysis usually require injections of erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs to increase red blood cell counts and control anemia. Patients with end-stage kidney disease should be aware of the current controversies surrounding the dosing of these drugs.

In 2006, two important New England Journal of Medicine studies indicated that aggressive dosing to completely normalize hemoglobin levels does not work better than standard dosing that only partially corrects anemia. In 2007, the FDA issued new warnings on darbepoetin alfa (Aranesp) and epoetin alfa (Epogen and Procrit). The warnings describe an increased risk for blood clots, strokes, and heart attacks in patients with end-stage kidney disease when these drugs were given at higher than recommended doses. The FDA has set new dosing and hemoglobin target levels for these drugs.

The FDA recommends that patients with end-stage kidney disease who receive erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs should:

Maintain hemoglobin levels that do not exceed 12 g/dL
Receive frequent blood tests to monitor hemoglobin levels
Contact their doctors if they experience such symptoms as shortness of breath, pain, swelling in the legs, or increases in blood pressure

[See In-Depth Report #57: Anemia.]

Diabetes reduces or distorts nerve function, causing a condition called neuropathy. Neuropathy refers to a group of disorders that affect nerves. The two main types of neuropathy are:

Peripheral (affects nerves in the toes, feet, legs, hand, and arms)
Autonomic (affects nerves that help regulate digestive, bowel, bladder, heart, and sexual function)

Peripheral neuropathy particularly affects sensation. It is a common complication that affects nearly half of people with type 1 or type 2 diabetes after 25 years. The most serious consequences of neuropathy occur in the legs and feet and pose a risk for ulcers and, in very severe cases, amputation. Peripheral neuropathy usually starts in the fingers and toes and moves up to the arms and legs (called a stocking-glove distribution). Symptoms include:

Tingling
Weakness
Burning sensations
Loss of the sense of warm or cold
Numbness (if the nerves are severely damaged, the patient may be unaware that a blister or minor wound has become infected)
Deep pain

Autonomic neuropathy can cause digestive problems (constipation, diarrhea, nausea, vomiting), bladder infections, and erectile dysfunction. In some cases, neuropathy may mask angina, the warning chest pain for heart disease and heart attack. Patients with diabetes should be aware of other warning signs of a heart attack, including sudden fatigue, sweating, shortness of breath, nausea, and vomiting.

Blood sugar control is the only treatment for neuropathy. Studies show that tight control of blood glucose levels delays the onset and slows progression of neuropathy. A 2005 study also suggested that heart disease risk factors can increase the likelihood of developing neuropathy. Lowering triglycerides, losing weight, reducing blood pressure, and quitting smoking may help prevent the onset of neuropathy.

Pain-Relief Treatment for Peripheral Neuropathy. A number of different drugs are used for peripheral neuropathy pain relief: They include:

Nonprescription analgesics, such as aspirin, acetaminophen, and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). (Patients with stomach or kidney problems should check with their doctors before using these drugs.)
Prescription painkillers, such as tramadol (Ultram). Tramadol is a drug that is similar to opioids. It can help relieve pain but has significant side effects, including nausea, constipation, and headache.
Topical medications, particularly capsaicin (the active ingredient in hot peppers), are applied to the skin to relieve minor local pain. A 5% lidocaine patch has also shown good results in clinical trials.
Tricyclic antidepressants, such as amitriptyline (Elavil) or doxepin (Sinequan), are effective in reducing pain from neuropathy in up to 75% of patients. A combination of doxepin and capsaicin (applied to the skin) may be particularly beneficial. Unfortunately, tricyclics may cause heart rhythm problems.
Duloxetine (Cymbalta) is a serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor, a newer type of antidepressant, which was approved in 2004 for treatment of pain associated with diabetic peripheral neuropathy.
The anti-convulsant drug pregabalin (Lyrica) was approved in 2004 for neuropathic pain management. It is classified as a controlled substance (like narcotics), which indicates a potential risk for abuse. Other anti-seizure drugs used for peripheral neuropathy pain relief include gabapentin (Neurontin) and valproate (Depakote).

Treatments under investigation include acetyl-l-carnitine and intravenous alpha-lipoic acid. Patients may also benefit from transcutaneous electrostimulation (TENS), a treatment that involves administering mild electrical pulses to painful areas. Alternative treatments such as hypnosis, biofeedback, relaxation techniques, and acupuncture have helped some patients manage pain. Doctors also recommend lifestyle measures, such as walking and wearing elastic stockings.

Treatments for Other Complications of Neuropathy. Neuropathy also impacts other functions, and treatments are needed to reduce their effects. If diabetes affects the nerves in the autonomic nervous system, then abnormalities of blood pressure control and bowel and bladder function may occur. Erythromycin, domperidone (Motilium), or metoclopramide (Reglan) may be used to relieve delayed stomach emptying caused by neuropathy.

Erectile dysfunction is also associated with neuropathy. Studies indicate that phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE-5) drugs, such as sildenafil (Viagra), vardenafil (Levitra), and tadalafil (Cialis), are safe and effective, at least in the short term, for patients with diabetes. Typical side effects are minimal but may include headache, flushing, and upper respiratory tract and flu-like symptoms.

Perhaps the most serious consequences of diabetic neuropathy occur in the lower limbs. An estimated 15% of patients with diabetes experience serious foot problems. They are the leading cause of hospitalizations for these patients.

Diabetes is responsible for more than half of all lower limb amputations performed in the U.S. Each year there are about 88,000 non-injury amputations, 50 - 75% of them due to diabetes. The number is increasing as the prevalence in diabetes type 2 rises. According to a 2005 study in the Lancet, every 30 seconds someone in the world receives a lower limb amputation due to diabetes. About 85% of amputations start with foot ulcers, which develop in about 12% of people with diabetes.

In general, foot ulcers develop from infections, such as those resulting from blood vessel injury. A 2006 study reported that people with diabetes who develop foot infections are 155 times more likely to have an amputation than people who did not develop infections. Foot infections often develop from injuries. Even minor infections can develop into severe complications. Numbness from nerve damage, which is common in diabetes, compounds the danger since the patient may not be aware of injuries. About one-third of foot ulcers occur on the big toe.

A 2003 government survey found that those at higher risk for foot ulcers tend to be people with diabetes who are overweight, smokers, and those with a long history of diabetes. People who have the disease for more than 20 years and are insulin-dependent are at the highest risk. Related conditions that put people at risk include peripheral neuropathy, peripheral artery disease, foot deformities, and a history of ulcers. [See In-Depth Report #102: Peripheral artery disease and intermittent claudication.]

Charcot Foot. Charcot foot or Charcot joint (medically referred to as neuropathic arthropathy) occurs in up to 2.5% of people with diabetes. Early changes appear like an infection, with the foot becoming swollen, red, and warm. A seriously affected foot can become deformed. The bones may crack, splinter, and erode, and the joints may shift, change shape, and become unstable. It typically develops in people who have neuropathy to the extent that they cannot feel sensation in the foot and are not aware of an existing injury. Instead of resting an injured foot or seeking medical help, the patient often continues normal activity, causing further damage.

Charcot foot is initially treated with strict immobilization of the foot and ankle; some centers use a cast that allows the patient to move and still protects the foot. A 2001 study in the U.K. concluded that a single dose of pamidronate, a bisphosphonate, reduces bone turnover, symptoms, and disease activity. When the acute phase has passed, patients usually need lifelong protection of the foot using a brace initially and custom footwear.

Measures to Prevent Foot Ulcers. Preventive foot care can significantly reduce the risk of ulcers and amputation. Some tips for preventing problems include:

Patients should inspect their feet daily and watch for changes in color or texture, odor, and firm or hardened areas, which may indicate infection and potential ulcers.
When washing the feet, the water should be warm (not hot) and the feet and areas between the toes should be thoroughly dried afterward. Check water temperature with the hand or a thermometer before stepping in.
Moisturizers should be applied, but not between the toes.
Corns and calluses should be gently pumiced and toenails trimmed short and the edges filed to avoid cutting adjacent toes.
Patients should not use medicated pads or try to shave the corns or calluses themselves.
Well-fitting footwear is very important. People should be sure the shoe is wide enough; according to a 2001 study, 30% of patients with diabetes wear shoes that are too narrow. Patients should also avoid high heels, sandals, thongs, and going barefoot. Shoes with a rocker sole (LucRo) reduce pressure under the heel and front of the foot by 35 - 65% and may be particularly helpful. Custom-molded boots increase the surface area over which foot pressure is distributed. This reduces stress on the ulcers and allows them to heal.
Shoes should be changed often during the day.
Wear socks, particularly with extra padding (which can be specially purchased).
Patients should avoid tight stockings or any clothing that constricts the legs and feet.
Foot pain, numbness, or tingling is worse at night; diphenhydramine (Benadryl) may help.
A specialist in foot care should be consulted for any problems.

Click the icon to see an image of foot inspection.

Treating Foot Ulcers in Diabetes. About one-third of foot ulcers will heal within 20 weeks with good wound care treatments. Some treatments are as follows:

Antibiotics are generally given. In some cases, hospitalization and intravenous antibiotics for up to 28 days may be needed for severe foot ulcers.
In virtually all cases, wound care requires debridement, which is the removal of injured tissue until only healthy tissue remains. Debridement may be accomplished using chemical (enzymes), surgical, or mechanical (irrigation) means.
Hydrogels (Nu-Gel, Intrasite Gel, Scherisorb, Clearsite, Duoderm, Geliperm) are helpful in healing ulcers and are noninvasive and soothing.
Felted foam may be helpful in healing ulcers on the sole of the foot. Felted foam uses a multi-layered foam pad over the bottom of the foot with an opening over the ulcer.

Other Treatments for Foot Ulcers. Doctors are also using or investigating other treatments to heal ulcers. These include:

Administering hyperbaric oxygen (oxygen given at high pressure) is showing promise in promoting healing. In one study, patients who had had ulcers that had not responded to treatment for over 3 months received daily treatments that lasted 90 minutes for 2 weeks. About 15 days after completion, patients who received oxygen had significant reduction in ulcers, sometimes with complete healing. Other studies are also demonstrating good results.
Monochromatic near-infrared photo energy (MIRE) uses light therapy to improve sensation in the feet of patients with peripheral neuropathy.
Total-contact casting (TCC) uses a cast that is designed to match the exact contour of the foot and to distribute weight along the entire length of the foot. It is usually changed weekly. It may be helpful for ulcer healing and for Charcot foot. Although it is very effective in healing ulcers, recurrence is common.

Diabetes accounts for 12,000 - 24,000 of new cases of blindness annually and is the leading cause of new cases of blindness in adults ages 20 - 74. The most common eye disorder in diabetes is retinopathy. People with diabetes are also at higher risk for developing cataracts and certain types of glaucoma. [See In-Depth Report #26: Cataracts and In-Depth Report #25: Glaucoma.]

Description of Retinopathy. Retinopathy is a condition in which the retina becomes damaged. The two primary abnormalities that occur are a weakening of the blood vessels in the retina and the obstruction in the capillaries -- probably from very tiny blood clots. Retinopathy generally occurs in one or two phases:

Click the icon to see an image of diabetic retinopathy.

The early and more common type of this disorder is called nonproliferative or background retinopathy. The blood vessels in the retina are abnormally weakened. They rupture and leak, and waxy areas may form. If these processes affect the central portion of the retina, swelling may occur, causing reduced or blurred vision.
If the capillaries become blocked and blood flow is cut off, soft, "woolly" areas may develop in the retina's nerve layer. These woolly areas may signal the development of proliferative retinopathy. Often there are no symptoms of progressing retinopathy. In this more severe condition, new abnormal blood vessels form and grow on the surface of the retina. They may spread into the cavity of the eye or bleed into the back of the eye. Major hemorrhage or retinal detachment can result, causing severe visual loss or blindness. The sensation of seeing flashing lights may indicate retinal detachment.

According to a 2003 study, about 40% of young adults with type 1 diabetes had developed retinopathy within 10 years of diagnosis. (Although this rate is high, it is significantly lower than in previous years when blood glucose control was not as strict.) The risk is lower in patients with type 2, although in one study over 20% had signs of retinopathy 6 years after diagnosis. In general, all patients with diabetes should have a yearly eye examination. Patients with no signs of retinal damage or low risk factors for retinopathy may only require screening every 2 - 3 years.

Click the icon to see an animation on diabetic retinopathy.

Prevention of Retinopathy. Fortunately, severe and even moderate vision loss is largely preventable with tight control of blood glucose levels. (Intense glucose control can cause early worsening of retinopathy, although this is nearly always counterbalanced by long-term benefits.) Tight control of blood pressure can also help protect against retinopathy. Aspirin therapy does not help prevent retinopathy.

Treatment of Retinopathy. Patients with severe diabetic retinopathy or macular edema (swelling of the retina) should be sure to see an eye specialist who is experienced in the management and treatment of diabetic retinopathy. Once damage to the eye develops, laser eye surgery may be needed. Laser surgery can help reduce vision loss in high-risk patients.

Studies indicate that patients with type 2 diabetes face a higher than average risk of developing dementia caused either by Alzheimer's disease or problems in blood vessels in the brain. Problems in attention and memory can occur even in people under age 55 who have had diabetes for a number of years. In one study of people with type 1 diabetes, high glucose levels (hyperglycemia) were associated with slower brain function, including less verbal fluency and slow ability to do mental arithmetic.

Respiratory Infections. People with diabetes face a higher risk for influenza and its complications, including pneumonia, possibly because the disorder neutralizes the effects of protective proteins on the surface of the lungs. In fact, deaths among people with diabetes increase by 5 - 15% during flu epidemics, and they are six times more likely to be hospitalized with complications from flu than nondiabetic patients who have flu. Everyone with diabetes should have annual influenza vaccinations and a vaccination against pneumococcal pneumonia.

Urinary Tract Infections. Women with diabetes face a significantly higher risk for urinary tract infections, which are likely to be more complicated and difficult to treat than in the general population.

Diabetes doubles the risk for depression. Furthermore, depression, in turn, increases the risk for hyperglycemia and complications of diabetes, according to one study. Restoring mental health, both through medication and psychotherapy, not only improves quality of life but may help patients control their blood sugar levels.

Diabetes changes bone quality and density, but the effects differ depending on type:

Type 1 diabetes is associated with a slightly reduced bone density, putting patients at risk for osteoporosis and possibly fractures. The best medications for bone loss in patients with diabetes are bisphosphonates, such as alendronate (Fosamax) and risedronate (Actonel). They not only help prevent bone loss but may even reduce daily insulin requirements in patients taking insulin. [See In-Depth Report #18: Osteoporosis.]
Type 2 diabetes, on the other hand, is associated with an increased bone density but is also associated with fractures. In such cases, the bone quality itself may be impaired.

Older patients with either type of diabetes are at risk for falling, which compounds the risk for fracture.

Diabetes increases the risk for other conditions, including:

Hearing loss
Periodontal disease
Carpal tunnel syndrome
Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, also called nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH); a particular danger for people who are obese
Colorectal cancer
Uterine cancer

Diabetes and Pregnancy. Both temporary diabetes that occurs during pregnancy (gestational diabetes) and pregnancy in a patient with existing diabetes can increase the risk for birth defects. Studies indicate that high blood sugar levels (hyperglycemia) may affect the developing fetus as soon as it is conceived.

Because glucose crosses the placenta, a woman with diabetes can pass high levels of blood glucose to the fetus. In response, the fetus secretes large amounts of insulin. This combination of high fetal blood levels of insulin and glucose can have significant effects:

Excessive fetal weight gain, which can lead to complications during delivery
Birth defects
Breathing problems and delayed lung development
Low blood sugar
Higher future risk for obesity and diabetes

In addition to endangering the fetus, diabetes also presents risks to the pregnant woman, particularly preeclampsia, which is a potentially dangerous condition involving very high blood pressure during pregnancy. Pregnant women with diabetes are also at greater risk for retinopathy.

Some recommendations for preventing complications include:

Intensive blood sugar control during pregnancy may reduce the risk for problems in the infant.
Monitoring blood glucose after meals may protect against preeclampsia more effectively than monitoring before meals.
Aerobic exercise before and during pregnancy can lower glucose levels. (All pregnant women, particularly those with diabetes, should check with their doctors before embarking on a rigorous exercise regimen.)
To prevent birth defects that affect the heart and nervous system, women with diabetes should take a higher dose of folic acid from the time of conception up to week 12 of pregnancy. They should also be checked for any heart problems.
Women with diabetes should have an eye examination during pregnancy and up to a year afterward.

Although there was some concern that short-acting insulin lispro might increase the risk for birth defects, the most recent evidence suggests that it does not. In fact, some experts believe it achieves a better outcome and should be preferred to regular insulin in pregnant women. More research is needed.

Effect on Estrogen. Diabetes appears to blunt some of the effects of estrogen, which may increase the risk for heart disease. Women with diabetes have a higher risk for early menopause, which, in one study, occurred at an average age of about 41 years.

Reproductive Cancers. Women with type 1 diabetes often have lumps in the breast that are benign but which make mammograms difficult to interpret. It is not clear whether these lumps are risk factors for breast cancer. One study indicated that women with diabetes have a higher risk for endometrial cancer and possibly for breast cancer.

Lack of Blood Glucose Control. Control of blood glucose levels is generally very poor in adolescents and young adults. Adolescents with diabetes are at higher risk than adults for ketoacidosis resulting from noncompliance. In a British study of young adults with type 1 diabetes, 15% were already hypertensive, and about half of these young people had signs of kidney damage. Young people who do not control glucose are also at high risk for permanent damage in small vessels, such as those in the eyes.

Self-Destructive Behaviors. One study found that young people with diabetes have a higher than average rate of suicidal fantasies. Although the actual rate of suicide was no higher than that of their nondiabetic peers, such thoughts are strongly associated with self-destructive behavior.

Of particular note, up to one-third of young women with type 1 diabetes have eating disorders and under-use insulin to lose weight. Anorexia and bulimia pose significant health dangers in any young person -- but they can be especially severe in people with diabetes.

Transplantation Procedures

Major advances in islet-cell transplantation are allowing more patients to come off insulin or reduce their use of it.

Major clinical trials are now using a specific islet-cell (also called beta-cell) transplantation procedure called the Edmonton protocol, which usually involves the following steps:

As soon as there are sufficient numbers of islets available for transplantation, the patient is given intravenous antibiotics and oral vitamins E, B6, and A.
A machine isolates islet cells taken from donor pancreases, generally from cadavers. Two or three organs are usually needed in order to supply enough islet cells to have any effect on insulin production. (This is a major limitation of the procedure.)
Once the islets have been isolated, they are injected directly in a major vein in the patient's liver.
The islets are carried to capillaries in the liver where they produce insulin.
Specific drugs, such as tacrolimus, sirolimus, or rapamycin (Rapamume), are used to suppress the immune system. (Unlike immunosuppressant drugs used in other transplantation procedures, these drugs do not contain steroids, which destroy islet cells.) Immunosuppressants are needed for the rest of the patient's life so that the body does not reject these foreign islet cells.
The procedure has to be performed two or more times over a period of 2 - 3 months. This generally requires multiple pancreas donors in order to achieve complete independence from insulin therapy. This is a major limitation to the procedure.

In 2006, the New England Journal of Medicine published the results of the first multicenter trial of the Edmonton protocol. The results indicated that this treatment may benefit some patients with severe type 1 diabetes. Of the 36 patients who underwent the transplant procedure, 44% no longer needed insulin injections a year after the final treatment. However, two-thirds of these insulin-independent patients needed to resume insulin injections within 2 years.

The Edmonton protocol achieved partial islet function in 28% of patients, which helped control hypoglycemic unawareness, a serious complication of diabetes. (In hypoglycemic unawareness, patients no longer recognize the symptoms of severe low blood sugar.) Even though these patients still needed insulin shots, they had better control of their diabetes. Researchers are continuing to work on refining the Edmonton protocol so that its benefits can be more sustainable and long lasting.

A major obstacle for the islet cell transplantation is the need for two or more donor pancreases to supply sufficient islet cells. Unfortunately, there are not enough pancreases available to make this procedure feasible for even 1% of patients. Researchers, then, are looking for alternative sources for islet cells. In one center, for example, researchers used pig islet cells as the donor source in children and did not administer immunosuppressant drugs. Half the children responded well to this approach. Another study reported that select patients may require only one donor.

Other research is focusing on umbilical cord cells, embryonic or adult stem cells, bone marrow transplantation, and other types of cellular therapies. These studies are still in very early stages, but experts predict that there will be major research advances in these fields in the coming years. A small, preliminary study published in 2007 in the Journal of the American MedicalAssociation looked at the effects of autologous nonmyeloablative hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (AHST) in patients newly diagnosed with type 1 diabetes. AHST is an experimental treatment for type 1 diabetes. It involves treating a patient with high doses of drugs to suppress the immune system, then harvesting the patient’s own blood cells and re-infusing them back into the body. In the study, 14 out of 15 patients who underwent AHST were able to stop taking insulin shots.

Whole pancreas transplants and double transplants of pancreases and kidneys are proving to have a good long-term success rate for some patients with type 1 diabetes. The operations help to prevent further kidney damage, and long-term studies indicate that they may even eventually reverse some existing damage. There is some evidence that heart disease and diabetic neuropathy improve after pancreas transplantation (although not retinopathy). One 10-year study reported that survival rate at 10 years was 76%, and two-thirds of the patients had both pancreas and kidney function. Immunosuppressive drugs are needed lifelong with this procedure. Experts generally recommend transplants in cases of end-stage kidney failure or when diabetes poses more of a threat to the patient's life than the transplant itself.

Uncontrolled diabetes causes damage to many tissues of the body, including the kidneys. Kidney damage caused by diabetes most often involves thickening and hardening of the internal kidney structures. Strict blood glucose control may delay the progression of kidney disease in type 1 and type 2 diabetics.

Prevention

Fingerstick blood tests are now available that can test for autoantibodies that identify children who are at high risk for developing type 1 diabetes. At this time, however, there is no way to prevent type 1 diabetes, and all preventive therapies are investigative. Until there are ways to prevent the condition, such screening tests are expensive and provide little value.

Investigational approaches focus on preventing type 1 diabetes or at least delaying it as long as possible. Preventive measures are sometimes defined as primary and secondary:

Primary prevention attempts to preserve all beta cells before the disease process starts.
Secondary prevention aims to deter further beta cell destruction once it has started and before symptoms arise.

For primary prevention, one experimental approach involves oral insulin, which is taken as a pill once a day. Unlike insulin injections that lower blood sugar, oral insulin does not affect blood glucose levels because it is quickly broken down in the digestive system. It may, however, help calm the immune system and prevent its attack on beta cells. Another study is exploring whether docosahexaenoic acid (DHA), an omega-3 fatty acid, can help prevent development of autoimmune type 1 diabetes in newborns who are at high risk for the disease.

Secondary prevention focuses on preserving beta cells and their insulin-producing function. Researchers are exploring several treatments for patients who are newly diagnosed with type 1 diabetes. These experimental therapies include:

Rituximab (Rituxan), a monoclonal antibody drug used for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, is being studied in patients with type 1 diabetes for its effects on disrupting the immune system’s attack on beta cells.
Immune-suppressing drugs, such as mycophenolate mofetil (MMF) alone or in combination with daclizumab (DZB), are used to prevent rejection in organ transplantation. Researchers hope that these drugs may be able to slow or stop the autoimmune disease process of type 1 diabetes.
CD3-antibody drug therapy is showing promise in retaining newly diagnosed patients’ natural insulin production and decreasing their need for insulin therapy.

Resources

www.diabetes.org -- American Diabetes Association
www.niddk.nih.gov -- National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases
www.jdrf.org -- Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation
www.nei.nih.gov -- National Eye Institute
www.eatright.org -- American Dietetic Association
www.kidney.org -- National Kidney Foundation
www.diabetestrialnet.org -- Type 1 Diabetes International Clinical Trial Net
www.medicalert.org -- Bracelets or neck chain emblems with personal medical information
www.childrenwithdiabetes.com -- Children with diabetes online community

References

American Diabetes Association (ADA). Standards of medical care in diabetes. VI. Prevention and management of diabetes complications. Diabetes Care. 2007 Jan;30(Suppl 1):S15-24.

Drueke TB, Locatelli F, Clyne N, Eckardt KU, Macdougall IC, Tsakiris D, et al. Normalization of hemoglobin level in patients with chronic kidney disease and anemia. N Engl J Med. 2006 Nov 16;355(20):2071-84.

Hakonarson H, Grant SFA, Bradfield JP, Marchand L, Kim CE, Glessner JT, et al. A genome-wide association study identifies KIAA0350 as a type 1 diabetes gene. Nature. Published online 15 July 2007.

SEARCH for Diabetes in Youth Study Group , Liese AD, D'Agostino RB, Hamman RF, Kilgo PD, Lawrence JM, et al. The burden of diabetes mellitus among US youth: prevalence estimates from the SEARCH for Diabetes in Youth Study. Pediatrics. 2006 Oct;118(4):1510-8.

Shapiro AM, Ricordi C, Hering BJ, Auchincloss H, Lindblad R, Robertson RP, et al. International trial of the Edmonton protocol for islet transplantation. N Engl J Med. 2006 Sep 28;355(13):1318-30.

Singh AK, Szczech L, Tang KL, Barnhart H, Sapp S, Wolfson M, et al. Correction of anemia with epoetin alfa in chronic kidney disease. N Engl J Med. 2006 Nov 16;355(20):2085-98.

Skyler JS. Cellular therapy for type 1 diabetes: has the time come? JAMA. 2007 Apr 11;297(14):1599-600.

Vardi M, Nini A. Phosphodiesterase inhibitors for erectile dysfunction in patients with diabetes mellitus. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2007 Jan 24(1):CD002187.

Voltarelli JC, Couri CE, Stracieri AB, Oliveira MC, Moraes DA, Pieroni F, et al. Autologous nonmyeloablative hematopoietic stem cell transplantation in newly diagnosed type 1 diabetes mellitus. JAMA. 2007 Apr 11;297(14):1568-76.

Writing Group for the SEARCH for Diabetes in Youth Study Group , Dabelea D, Bell RA, D'Agostino RB, Imperatore G, Johansen JM, et al. Incidence of diabetes in youth in the United States. JAMA. 2007 Jun 27;297(24):2716-24.

Review Date:
7/19/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com